HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract Provisions -CAG-26-132
Contract No.: CAG-26-132
Contract Provisions Award Amount:
Award Date:
Award To:
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
Volume 1 of 2
General Bid Information: Builders Exchange of Washington, Inc.
(425) 258-1303
Prepared by:
City Contact: Ethan Belen
(425) 430-7221
Consultant Contact: Tani Stafford, PE
(206) 284-0860
Approved for Bid
City of Renton Date:
Approved for Construction
City of Renton Date: Gray & Osborne, Inc.
1130 Rainier Avenue South, Suite 300
Seattle, Washington 98144
1055 South Grady Way, Renton, Washington 98057
06/05/26
CITY OF RENTON
RENTON, WASHINGTON
Contract Provisions
for the
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
City Contract Number: CAG-26-132
June 2026
City of Renton
1055 South Grady Way
Renton, WA 98057
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 Table of Contents
Page 1 of 1 2026
CITY OF RENTON
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
Table of Contents
VOLUME I
I. CALL FOR BIDS
II. INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS
1. INFORMATION AND CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS
2. SUMMARY OF FAIR PRACTICES POLICY, CITY OF RENTON
3. SUMMARY OF AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT POLICY, CITY OF RENTON
III. PROJECT PROPOSAL
1. * PROJECT PROPOSAL BID SUMMARY
2. * PROPOSAL COVER PAGE
3. * SCHEDULE OF PRICES
4. * NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION
5. * LOCAL AGENCY SUBCONTRACTOR LIST
6. * PROPOSAL FOR INCORPORATING RECYCLED MATERIALS INTO THE PROJECT
7. * CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION, WAGE LAW COMPLIANCE – RESPONSIBILITY
CRITERIA, WASHINGTON STATE PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS
8. * PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE
9. * PROPOSAL BID BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON
IV. AGREEMENT FORMS
1. ❖ AGREEMENT
2. ❖ CONTRACT BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON
3. ❖ FAIR PRACTICES POLICY AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE
* Submit as part of the bid.
❖ Submit within 10 days after Notice of Award.
V. CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS
1. SPECIAL PROVISIONS
APPENDICES
A – PREVAILING HOURLY MINIMUM WAGE RATES
B – CITY OF RENTON STANDARD PLANS
C – WSDOT STANDARD PLANS
VOLUME II
1. CONTRACT PLANS
City of Renton
Contract Provisions for
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
______________________________________________________________________________
I. CALL FOR BIDS
CAG-26-132
City of Renton
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
TRO04347
CITY OF RENTON
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
CAG-26-132
CALL FOR BIDS
Sealed bids will be received until 3:00 PM on Tuesday, June 23rd, 2026 at the lobby of Renton City Hall,
1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98057. Bids delivered by mail, FedEx, UPS, or any other courier
delivery service, will not be accepted. All supplemental documents, that are allowed to be
submitted after this date and time, shall be received at the lobby of Renton City Hall. Sealed bids will
be opened and publicly read via Zoom video-conferencing web application (meeting information
below) at 3:00 PM on June 25, 2026. Any bids received after the published bid submittal time cannot
be considered and will not be accepted.
Join Zoom Meeting
https://us06web.zoom.us/j/81705218668?pwd=J919ReKFZadJIIfc1TbzbhT0VTW3OS.1
Meeting ID: 817 0521 8668 Passcode: 715168
Approved plans, specifications, addenda, and plan holders list for this project are available on-line
through Builders Exchange of Washington, Inc., at http://www.bxwa.com. Click on bxwa.com; Posted
Projects; Public Works; City of Renton; Projects Bidding. (Note: Bidders are encouraged to Register as
a Bidder, in order to receive automatic email notification of future addenda and to be placed on the
Bidders List). Contact Builders Exchange of Washington at 425-258-1303 should you require further
assistance.
The City of Renton in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C.
2000d to 2000d-4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation,
Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally-Assisted programs of
the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it
will affirmatively ensure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement,
disadvantaged business enterprises as defined at 49 CFR Part 26 will be afforded full opportunity
to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds
of race, color, national origin, or sex in consideration for an award.
The improvement for which bids will be received is described below:
Construct the Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2. The work includes but is not limited to:
improvements to pedestrian crossings at three intersections: Union Avenue NE/NE 8th Street,
Hoquiam Avenue NE/NE 5th Street, and 116th Avenue SE/SE 165th Street. Improvements include curb
bulb outs, curb ramp replacement, rectangular rapid flashing beacons, permanent signing, storm
improvements, street lighting, electrical improvements, pavement patches, pavement markings,
traffic control, and surface restoration.
Engineer’s Cost Estimate: $658,118.00
___________________________
Jason A. Seth, City Clerk
Published:
Daily Journal of Commerce: June 9, 2026 and June 16, 2026
City of Renton
Contract Provisions for
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
______________________________________________________________________________
II. INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 Information and Checklist for Bidders
Page 1 of 3 2026
INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS
The following supplements the information in the Call for Bids:
1. Special Project Information. The Contract Documents, including Standard Specifications, and
all applicable laws and regulations apply to this project. The following items particular to this
project are repeated here for emphasis:
a. Prevailing Wages. This project does not include federal funding. Therefore, only State
Prevailing Wages must be paid on this project. The Prevailing Wages in effect at time
of Advertisement are provided in Appendix B. It is the Bidder’s responsibility to obtain
wage information for any work classifications that are not included.
b. Map of Project Locations and Summary of Quantities. Volume 2 of 2 includes a Map of
Project Locations and may include a summary of quantities for each street included in the
scope of work. If there is a conflict in quantities between these summaries and the
Schedule of Prices, the Schedule of Prices shall govern.
OTHER PROJECT SPECIFIC INFORMATION
2. Any prospective Bidder desiring an explanation or interpretation of the Bid Documents, shall
request the explanation or interpretation in writing by the close of business five (5) business
days preceding the bid opening to allow a written reply to reach all prospective Bidders
before the submission of their Bids. Oral explanations, interpretations, or instructions given
by anyone before the Award of Contract will not be binding on the City of Renton.
3. If a bidder has any questions regarding the project, the bidder may either:
• Submit questions via e-mail: mailto: EBelen@rentonwa.gov. Put “Renton School and
Pedestrian Crossing No. 2” in the subject line
No other type of inquiry will be accepted.
4. All bids must be self -explanatory. Partial bids will not be accepted. No opportunity will be
offered for oral explanation except as the City of Renton may request further information on
particular points. The bidder shall, upon request, furni sh information to the City of Renton
as to their financial and practical ability to satisfactorily perform the work.
5. The construction contract will be awarded by the City of Renton to the lowest responsible,
responsive bidder. The total bid amount of all schedules combined will be used to
determine the low bidder.
6. The City of Renton reserves the right to reject any and all bids or waive any and/or all
informalities.
7. Payment for this work will be made in cash warrants.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 Information and Checklist for Bidders
Page 2 of 3 2026
8. Bidders are not required to be in possession of a current City of Renton business license in
order to bid on City projects. However, Contractors and all subcontractors of all tiers must
be in possession of a current City business license while conducting work in the City.
9. Bidding Checklist
Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the name and
address of the Bidder, and the name and number of the project for which the bid is submitted.
It is the responsibility of each bidder to ascertain if all the documents listed below and in the
Table of Contents are included in their copy of the Contract Provisions. If documents are
missing, it is the sole responsibility of the Bidder to contact the City of Renton to obtain the
missing documents prior to the date and time that bids are due.
The following documents shall be submitted with the bid.
a. Project Proposal Cover Sheet - The form included in these Bid Documents must be used;
no substitute will be accepted.
b. Proposal – The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be
accepted.
c. Schedule of Prices – The form(s) included in these Bid Documents must be used; no
substitute will be accepted. Bidders must bid on all schedules and items shown on the
Schedule of Prices. If any unit price is left blank, it will be considered no charge for that
bid item, regardless of what has been placed in the extension column.
d. Non-Collusion Declaration – The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no
substitute will be accepted.
e. Local Agency Subcontractor List - This form is available at
http://wsdot.wa.gov/forms/pdfForms.html. Bidder may download, print and complete
the form to include with Bid. The DOT Form, DOT Form Number and revision date must
match the form included in these Bid Documents, otherwise the Bid will be considered
irregular and non-responsive and the Bid will be rejected.
f. Proposal for Incorporating Recycled Materials into the Project – The form included in
these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will be accepted.
g. Contractor Certification, Wage Law Compliance – Responsibility Criteria, Washington
State Public Works Contracts – This form is available at
http://wsdot.wa.gov/forms/pdfForms.html. Bidder may download, complete, print and
sign the form to include with Bid. The DOT Form, DOT Form Number and revision date
must match the form included in these Bid Documents, otherwise the Bid will be
considered irregular and non-responsive and the Bid will be rejected.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 Information and Checklist for Bidders
Page 3 of 3 2026
h. Proposal Signature Page – The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no
substitute will be accepted.
i. Proposal Bid Bond to the City of Renton – The form included in these Bid Documents
must be used; no substitute will be accepted. If an attorney-in-fact signs bond, the power
of attorney authorizing such execution must be current and enforceable, be properly
executed by the Surety in accordance with the Surety’s by-laws or other applicable rules
and resolutions, and include all necessary corporate seals, signatures, and notaries.
10. Contract Checklist
The following documents are to be executed by the successful Bidder after the Contract is
awarded.
a. Agreement – The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute will
be accepted. Two originals shall be executed by the successful Bidder.
b. Contract Bond – The form included in these Bid Documents must be used; no substitute
will be accepted. Two originals shall be executed by the successful Bidder and its surety
company. This bond covers successful completion of all work and payment of all laborers,
subcontractors, suppliers, etc. If an attorney-in-fact signs bond, the power of attorney
authorizing such execution must be current and enforceable, be properly executed by the
Surety in accordance with the Surety’s by-laws or other applicable rules and resolutions,
and include all necessary corporate seals, signatures, and notaries.
c. Fair Practices Policy Affidavit of Compliance – The form included in these Bid Documents
must be used; no substitute will be accepted.
d. Certificates of Insurance – To be executed by an insurance company acceptable to the
City, on ACORD Forms. Required coverages are listed in Section 1-07.18 of the Special
Provisions. The City of Renton shall be named as “Additional Insured” on the insurance
policies as well as the entities listed in Section 1 -07.18(2) of the Special Provisions.
e. Retainage – Refer to Standard Specification Section 1-09.9(1), Retainage.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 Summary of Fair Practices Policy
2026
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 Summary of American Disabilities Act Policy
2026
City of Renton
Contract Provisions for
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
______________________________________________________________________________
III. PROJECT PROPOSAL
Project Name: Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
City Contract Number: CAG-26-132
Company:
Address:
Telephone No.:
Fax No.:
Total Bid Amount:
$
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 Proposal
2026
PROPOSAL COVER PAGE
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
TO THE CITY OF RENTON
RENTON, WASHINGTON
Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
The undersigned (Bidder) hereby certify that the Bidder has examined the location and
construction details of the proposed work, has read and thoroughly understands the Contract
Documents governing the work, and the nature of the work, and the method by which
payment will be made for said work. Bidder hereby proposes to undertake and complete the
work detailed in and in accordance with these Contract Documents, for the Total Bid Amount
shown on the attached Schedule of Prices.
The Bidder understands that the quantities mentioned herein are approximate only and are
subject to increase or decrease, and hereby proposes to perform all quantities of work as either
increased or decreased in accordance with the Contract Documents.
As evidence of good faith, pursuant to RCW 35.23.352(1), an original Bid Proposal Deposit in the
form of (check one) bid bond, or cashier's check (made payable to the City of Renton), or
postal money order (made payable to the City of Renton), in an amount equal to five percent
(5%) of the Total Bid Amount, is attached hereto.
If a bid bond is signed by an attorney-in-fact, Bidder agrees that the power of attorney authorizing
such execution must be current and enforceable, be properly executed by the Surety in
accordance with the Surety’s by-laws or other applicable rules and resolutions, and include all
necessary corporate seals, signatures, and notaries.
Bidder understands that Contract Award or Bid rejection will occur within 45 calendar days after
the opening of bids, as specified in Section 1-03.2 of the Standard Specifications.
Bidder further understands that should Bidder fail to enter into this contract in accordance with
his or her Bid and furnish a contract bond within a period of ten (10) days from the date at which
he or she is notified that he or she is the successful bidder, the Bid Proposal Deposit shall be
forfeited to the City of Renton, as set forth in RCW 35A.40.200 and RCW 35.23.352
Bidder hereby agrees to complete the Physical Work in all respects within 50 working days.
Contract time shall begin on the first working day following the Notice to Proceed date.
ITEM
NO.ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC.
SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* EXTENSION
1 MINOR CHANGE 1-04.4(1) EST 1 $15,000.00 $15,000.00
2 ADA FEATURE SURVEYING 1-05.4 LS 1
3 ROADWAY SURVEYING 1-05.4 LS 1
4 SPCC PLAN 1-07.15(1) LS 1
5 MOBILIZATION 1-09.7 LS 1
6 TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR 1-10.5(2) LS 1
7 PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC CONTROL 1-10.5(2) LS 1
8 FLAGGERS 1-10.5(2) HR 720
9 CONSTRUCTION SIGNS CLASS A 1-10.5(2) SF 576
10 PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN 1-10.5(2) HR 3,360
11 OTHER TRAFFIC CONTROL LABOR 1-10.5 HR 60
12 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 2-01.5 AC 0.03
13 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND
OBSTRUCTIONS 2-02.5 LS 1
14 REMOVING CURB AND GUTTER 2-02.5 LF 125
15 REMOVING CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK 2-02.5 SY 95
16 REMOVING ASPHALT CONC. PAVEMENT 2-02.5 SY 360
17 SAWCUTTING 2-02.5 LF 560
SCHEDULE OF PRICES
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
ALL ENTRIES SHALL BE WRITTEN IN INK OR TYPED TO VALIDATE BID
NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid shall be shown. Enter unit prices in numerical figures only, in
dollars and cents to two (2) decimal places (including whole dollar amounts). All figures must be clearly legible. Bids with illegible
figures in the Unit Price column will be regarded as nonresponsive and rejected. Where conflict occurs between the unit price and the
total amount specified for any item, the unit price shall prevail, and totals shall be corrected to conform thereto.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
Page 1 of 4
Schedule of Prices
2026
ITEM
NO.ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC.
SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* EXTENSION
18 ROADWAY EXCAVATION, INCL. HAUL 2-03.5 CY 70
19 GRAVEL BORROW, INCL. HAUL 2-03.5 TN 20
20 LOCATE EXISTING UTILTIES 2-09.5 LS 1
21 POTHOLE 2-09.5 EACH 14
22 CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE 4-04.5 TON 200
23 ADJUST EXISTING CATCH BASIN, REPLACE
CASTING 5-04.5 EACH 2
24 ADJUST EXISTING MANHOLE COVER 5-04.5 EACH 1
25 ADJUST EXISTING VALVE BOX 5-04.5 EACH 2
26 PLANING BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT 5-04.5 SY 65
27 HMA CL. 1/2" PG 58H-22 5-04.5 TON 140
28 JOB MIX COMPLIANCE PRICE ADJUSTMENT 5-04.5 CALC 1 $0.00 $0.00
29 COMPACTION PRICE ADJUSTMENT 5-04.5 CALC 1 $0.00 $0.00
30 DI STORM SEWER PIPE, 8 IN. DIAM. (INCL.
BEDDING)7-04.5 LF 40
31 DI STORM SEWER PIPE, 12 IN. DIAM. (INCL.
BEDDING)7-04.5 LF 80
32 TELEVISION INSPECTION 7-04.5 LS 1
33 CONNECTION TO EXISTING STORM
STRUCTURE 7-05.5 EACH 2
34 CONCRETE INLET 7-05.5 EACH 2
35 CATCH BASIN, TYPE 1 7-05.5 EACH 1
36 CATCH BASIN, TYPE 2, 48 IN. DIAM.7-05.5 EACH 1
37 TRENCH EXCAVATION SAFETY SYSTEMS 7-08.5 LS 1
38 BANK RUN GRAVEL FOR TRENCH BACKFILL 7-08.5 TN 30
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
Page 2 of 4
Schedule of Prices
2026
ITEM
NO.ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC.
SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* EXTENSION
39 TRENCH EXCAVATION, INCL. HAUL 7-08.5 CY 20
40 RELOCATE FIRE HHYDRANT ASSEMBLY 7-14.5 EACH 1
41 EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION
PREVENTION 8-01.5 LS 1
42 INLET PROTECTION 8-01.5 EACH 12
43 WATTLE 8-01.5 LF 25
44 SOD INSTALLATION 8-02.5 SY 170
45 TOPSOIL, TYPE A 8-02.5 CY 30
46 BARK OR WOOD CHIP MULCH 8-02.5 CY 5
47 CEMENT CONC. TRAFFIC CURB AND GUTTER 8-04.5 LF 270
48 CURB MOUNTED DELINEATOR POSTS 8-10.5 LF 8
49 CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK 8-14.5 SY 140
50 CEMENT CONC. CURB RAMP, TYPE PARALLEL 8-14.5 EACH 1
51 CEMENT CONC. CURB RAMP, TYPE
PERPENDICULAR 8-14.5 EACH 5
52 DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE (ASPHALT
PATH)8-14.5 SF 16
53 MAILBOX SUPPORT, TYPE 2 8-18.5 EACH 1
54 RRFB SYSTEM AT SITE 1, COMPLETE 8-20.5 LS 1
55 RRFB SYSTEM AT SITE 2, COMPLETE 8-20.5 LS 1
56 RRFB SYSTEM AT SITE 3, COMPLETE 8-20.5 LS 1
57 UTILITY TRENCH 8-20.5 LF 250
58 CONDUIT PIPE PVC SCH. 80, 2 IN. DIAM.
W/FITTINGS 8-20.5 LF 365
59 CONDUIT PIPE PVC SCH. 80, 3 IN. DIAM.
W/FITTINGS 8-20.5 LF 80
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
Page 3 of 4
Schedule of Prices
2026
ITEM
NO.ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC.
SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE* EXTENSION
60 JUNCTION BOX, TYPE 1 8-20.5 EACH 5
61 STREET LIGHT STANDARD 8-20.5 EACH 1
62 STREET LIGHT BASE 8-20.5 EACH 1
63 SERVICE METER AT SITE 3, COMPLETE 8-20.5 LS 1
64 PERMANENT SIGNING 8-21.5 LS 1
65 REMOVING PAINT LINE 8-22.5 LF 470
66 REMOVING PLASTIC LINE 8-22.5 LF 15
67 REMOVING PLASTIC CROSSWALK LINE 8-22.5 SF 140
68 PLASTIC LINE 8-22.5 LF 400
69 PLASTIC WIDE LINE 8-22.5 LF 140
70 PLASTIC CROSSWALK LINE 8-22.5 SF 320
71 PLASTIC STOP LINE 8-22.5 LF 30
72 PLASTIC INTERSECTION BIKE LANE
PAVEMENT MARKING 8-22.5 SF 125
73 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKING 8-23.5 LF 540
TOTAL BID AMOUNT =
*NOTE: All applicable sales tax shall be included in the unit and lump sum bid price per section 1-07.2(1) and WAC 458-20-171.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
Page 4 of 4
Schedule of Prices
2026
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 Local Agency Non-Collusion Declaration
2026
Renton School and Pedstrian Crossing No. 2 Proposal For Incorporating Recycled Materials
2026
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 Contractor Certification, Wage Law Compliance – Responsibility Criteria
2026
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 Proposal – Signature Page
2026
PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE
By signing below, Bidder acknowledges receipt and understanding of the following Addenda to
the Bid Documents:
Addendum No. Date of Receipt Addendum No. Date of Receipt
1
3
2
4
NOTE: A Proposal may be considered irregular and may be rejected if the receipt of Addenda is not acknowledged.
The bidder is hereby advised that by signature of this proposal he/she is deemed to have
acknowledged all requirements and signed all certificates contained herein.
[Signature of Authorized Official] * [Business Name]
[Printed Name] [Address Line 1]
[Title] [Address Line 2]
[Date] [Telephone Number]
* NOTE: Evidence of the signatory’s authority to sign the Proposal on behalf of the business entity shall be
submitted with the Bid. Otherwise, the submitted Bid will be considered irregular and non -responsive
and the Bid may be rejected.
NOTE: The address and phone number listed above will be used for all communications regarding this proposal.
Type of business entity (e.g. corporation, partnership, etc.):
State of Incorporation, or State where business entity was formed:
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 Proposal – Signature Page
2026
WA State Contractor’s Registration #
UBI #
Industrial Insurance Account #
Employment Security Department #
State Excise Tax Registration #
DUNS #
N/A
The Surety Company which will furnish the required Contract Bond is
[Surety] [Address Line 1]
[Telephone Number] [Address Line 2]
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 Proposal Bid Bond to the City of Renton
2026
PROPOSAL BID BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, [Bidder] _________________________________
of [address] ______________________________________________________ as Principal, and
[Surety] _________________________________________ a corporation organized and existing
under the laws of the State of ________________________ as a surety corporation, and qualified
under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with
municipal corporations, as Surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound unto the City
of Renton in the full sum of five (5) percent of the total bid amount of the proposal of said
Principal for the work hereinafter described, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made,
we bind ourselves and our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and successors and
assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
The condition of the bond is such, that whereas the Principal herein is herewith submitting
his/her or its sealed proposal for the following public works construction project, to wit:
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
said bid and proposal, by reference thereto, being made a part hereof.
NOW, THEREFORE, If the said proposal bid by said Principal be accepted, and the contract be
awarded to said Principal, and if said Principal shall duly make and enter into and execute said
contract and shall furnish contract bond as required by the City of Renton within a period of ten
(10) days from and after said award, exclusive of the day of such award, then this obligation shall
be null and void, otherwise it shall remain and be in full force and effect.
IN THE EVENT, the Principal, following award, fails to execute an Agreement with the City of
Renton in accordance with the terms of the Proposal and furnish a contract bond with Surety or
Sureties approved by the City of Renton within ten (10) days from and after said award, then
Principal shall forfeit the Bid Bond/Bid Proposal Deposit or Surety shall immediately pay and
forfeit to the City of Renton the amount of the Proposal Bid Bond, as set forth in RCW 35A.40.200
and RCW 35.23.352.
This Proposal Bid Bond shall be governed and construed by the laws of the State of Washington,
and venue shall be in King County, Washington.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have caused these presents to be signed and
sealed this ________ day of ____________________, 20______.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 Proposal Bid Bond to the City of Renton
2026
PRINCIPAL SURETY
[Principal] [Surety]
[Signature of Authorized Official] [Signature of Authorized Official]
[Printed Name] [Printed Name]
[Title] [Title]
[Date] [Date]
Name and address of local office of
Agent and/or Surety Company:
Telephone:
Surety WAOIC #
Surety NAIC #
City of Renton
Contract Provisions for
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
______________________________________________________________________________
IV. AGREEMENT FORMS
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 Agreement
2026
AGREEMENT
CONTRACT NO. CAG-26-132
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this ________ day of ________________, ________
by and between the CITY OF RENTON, a municipal corporation of the State of Washington,
hereinafter referred to as “City” and _______________________________________________,
hereinafter referred to as “Contractor.”
WITNESSETH: That in consideration of the terms and conditions contained herein and attached
and made a part of this agreement, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
1. The Contractor shall do all work and furnish all tools, materials, and equipment for:
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 in accordance with and as described in the
attached plans and specifications, and the 2025 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and
Municipal Construction, as prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation
(WSDOT) and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association
(APWA) which are by this reference incorporated herein and made part hereof and, shall
perform any changes in the work in accord with the Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall provide and bear the expense of all equipment, work and labor, of any
sort whatsoever that may be required for the transfer of materials and for constructing and
completing the work provided for in these Contract Documents except those items
mentioned therein to be furnished by the City.
2. The City hereby promises and agrees with the Contractor to employ, and does employ the
Contractor to provide the materials and to do and cause to be done the above described work
and to complete and furnish the same in accord with the attached plans and specifications
and the terms and conditions herein contained and hereby contracts to pay for the same
according to the attached specifications and the schedule of unit or itemized prices at the
time and in the manner and upon the conditions provided for in this contract
The sum total of all progress payments is not to exceed the Total Bid Amount listed in the
Schedule of Prices incorporated into this contract, unless the Total Bid Amount is amended
by change order(s) prepared and executed in accordance with these Contract Documents .
3. The Contractor for himself/herself, and for his/her heirs, executors, administrators,
successors, and assigns, does hereby agree to full performance of all covenants required of
the Contractor in the contract.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 Agreement
2026
4. It is further provided that no liability shall attach to the City by reason of entering into this
contract, except as provided herein.
5. In the event litigation is commenced to enforce this contract, the prevailing party shall be
entitled to recover its costs, including reasonable attorney’s and expert witness fees.
6. This contract is executed in two (2) identical counterparts, by the parties, each of which shall
for all purposes be deemed and original.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Contractor has executed this instrument, on the day and year first
below written and the Mayor has caused this instrument to be executed by and in the name of
the City of Renton the day and year first above written.
CONTRACTOR CITY OF RENTON
[Signature of Authorized Official] * Denis Law, Mayor
[Title] ATTEST
[Business Name] Jason Seth, City Clerk
[Date]
* NOTE: Evidence of the signatory’s authority to sign the Agreement on behalf of the business entity shall be
submitted.
CONTRACTOR ADDRESS FOR GIVING NOTICES CITY OF RENTON ADDRESS FOR GIVING NOTICES
Transportation Systems Division
Renton City Hall – 5th Floor
1055 South Grady Way
Renton, WA 98057
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 Page 1 of 2 Contract Bond to the City of Renton
03/08/2022 F clb
CONTRACT BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON
Bond No. ________________
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, (CONTRACTOR/PRINCIPAL) ______________________
of [address]________________________________________________ as PRINCIPAL , and
(SURETY)_________________________________________ a corporation organized and existing under
the laws of the State of ________________________ as a SURETY corporation, and qualified under the
laws of the State of Washington to become SURETY upon bonds of contractors with municipal
corporations, as SURETY , are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Renton (City) in
the sum of________________________________________________ US Dollars
($________________________) Total Contract Amount, for the payment of which sum on demand we
bind ourselves and our heirs, successors, assigns, executors, administrators and personal
representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into pursuant to the laws of the State of
Washington and the ordinances of the City of Renton.
Dated at _____________, Washington, this ________ day of ____________________, 20______.
NOW, THEREFORE THE CONDITIONS OF THE ABOVE OBLIGATION ARE AS FOLLOWS:
WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Contract No. CAG-26-132 providing for construction of the Renton
School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2; the PRINCIPAL has accepted, or is about to accept, the
Contract, and undertake to perform the Work therein provided for in the manner and within the time
set forth.
• The SURETY indemnifies, defends, and protects and holds the CITY/OWNER, its officers, agents, and
assigns harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, causes of action, damages, and costs for such
payments for labor, equipment, and materials by satisfying all claims and demands incurred under
the Contract, and reimbursing and paying CITY/OWNER all expenses that CITY/OWNER may incur in
making good any default by PRINCIPAL; and, against any claim of direct or indirect loss resulting from
the failure of the PRINCIPAL, its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, (or the
subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors of the PRINCIPAL) to pay all laborers, mechanics,
subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors material persons, and all persons who shall supply such
contractor or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of such work; and,
against any claim of direct or indirect loss resulting from the failure of the PRINCIPAL, its heirs,
executors, administrators, successors, or assigns (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower
tier subcontractors of the PRINCIPAL) to faithfully perform the Contract.
• The indemnities to CITY/OWNER shall also inure to the benefit of the Consulting Engineers and other
design professionals retained by OWNER in connection with the Project.
• No change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to
be performed under the Contract shall in any way affect SURETY 's obligation on the Contract Bond.
SURETY , for value received, hereby waives notice of any change, extension of time, alteration, or
addition to the terms of the Contract or the Work to be performed thereunder and agrees that
modifications and changes to the terms and conditions of the Contract that increase the total amount
to be paid the PRINCIPAL shall automatically increase the obligation of the SURETY on this Contract
Bond and notice to SURETY is not required for such increased obligation.
• This Contract Bond shall be governed and construed by the laws of the State of Washington, and
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 Page 2 of 2 Contract Bond to the City of Renton
03/08/2022 F clb
venue shall be in King County, Washington.
FURTHERMORE, this Contract Bond shall be satisfied and released only upon the conditions that
PRINCIPAL or SURETY:
• Faithfully performs all provisions of the Contract and changes authorized by CITY/OWNER in the
manner and within the time specified as may be extended under the Contract;
• Pay, in accordance with Chapters 39.08, 39.12 and 60.28 Revised Code of Washington (RCW), the
sums due all workers, laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, material
suppliers, and all other persons or agents who supply labor, equipment, or materials for carrying on
of such work under the Contract;
• Pay all taxes, increases and penalties, if any, incurred on or related to the Contract under Titles 50 and
51 Revised Code of Washington (RCW) and any and all taxes imposed on the Principle under Title 82
RCW or any other law;
• Receives a written discharge/release of bond from CITY, signed by the Mayor or by a duly authorized
representative of CITY.
This Contract Bond shall be executed in two (2) original counterparts, and shall be signed by the parties’
duly authorized officers. This Contract Bond will only be accepted if is accompanied by a fully executed
and original power of attorney for the office executing on behalf of the SURETY.
PRINCIPAL SURETY
[PRINCIPAL] [SURETY]
[Signature of Authorized Official] [Signature of Authorized Official]
[Printed Name] [Printed Name]
[Title] [Title]
[Date] [Date]
Name and address of local office of
Agent and/or SURETY Company:
Telephone:
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 Fair Practices and Non-Discrimination Declaration
2026
FAIR PRACTICES AND NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY
DECLARATION
I, by signing the Agreement, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the
United States that the following statements are true and correct:
1. That the undersigned person(s), firm, association or corporation affirms and subscribes to the
Fair Practices and Non-discrimination policies set forth by the law and by City of Renton
policy, adopted by Resolution No. 4085.
2. That by signing the signature page of this Agreement, I am deemed to have signed and to
have agreed to the provisions of this declaration.
City of Renton
Contract Provisions for
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
______________________________________________________________________________
V. CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS
City of Renton
Contract Provisions for
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
______________________________________________________________________________
1. Special Provisions
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP i Special Provisions
2026
Table of Contents
Introduction To The Special Provisions ................................................................................................... SP 1
Description of Work ............................................................................................................................... SP 2
1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS ........................................................................................ SP 4
1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT ................................................................................ SP 12
1-04 SCOPE OF WORK ..................................................................................................................... SP 14
1-05 CONTROL OF WORK ................................................................................................................ SP 15
1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL .......................................................................................................... SP 23
1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC .................................................... SP 23
1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS ............................................................................................... SP 34
1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ............................................................................................. SP 39
1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL .............................................................................................. SP 42
2-01 CLEARING, GRUBBING AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP ................................................................... SP 44
2-02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS ................................................................... SP 45
2-03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT ........................................................................ SP 48
2-04 HAUL ........................................................................................................................................ SP 51
2-07 WATERING ............................................................................................................................... SP 51
2-09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION ........................................................................................................ SP 51
3-01 PRODUCTION FROM QUARRY AND PIT SITES .......................................................................... SP 55
4-04 BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING ....................................................................................... SP 56
5-04 HOT MIX ASPHALT ................................................................................................................... SP 57
6-07 PAINTING ................................................................................................................................. SP 82
7-04 STORM SEWERS ....................................................................................................................... SP 85
7-05 MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS AND DRYWELLS .............................................................. SP 90
7-07 CLEANING EXISTING DRAINAGE STRUCTURES ......................................................................... SP 94
7-08 CLEANING EXISTING DRAINAG STRUCTURES ........................................................................... SP 95
7-09 WATER MAINS ....................................................................................................................... SP 102
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP ii Special Provisions
2026
7-12 VALVES FOR WATER MAINS ................................................................................................... SP 113
7-14 HYDRANTS .............................................................................................................................. SP 114
8-01 EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ....................................................... SP 117
8-02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION....................................................................................................... SP 118
8-04 CURB, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS .......................................................................................... SP 122
8-09 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS ................................................................................................ SP 123
8-10 GUIDE POSTS .......................................................................................................................... SP 123
8-14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS............................................................................................ SP 124
8-18 MAILBOX SUPPORT ................................................................................................................ SP 127
8-20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS,
AND ELECTRICAL .............................................................................................................. SP 128
8-21 PERMANENT SIGNING ............................................................................................................ SP 145
8-22 PAVEMENT MARKING ............................................................................................................ SP 146
9-03 AGGREGATES ......................................................................................................................... SP 148
9-14 EROSION CONTROL AND ROADSIDE PLANTING .................................................................... SP 148
9-29 ILLUMINATION, SIGNALS, ELECTRICAL ................................................................................... SP 149
APPENDICES ....................................................................................................................................... SP 152
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 1 Special Provisions
2026
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
INTRODUCTION TO THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS
(January 4, 2024 APWA GSP, Option A)
The work on this project shall be accomplished in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Road,
Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2025 edition, as issued by the Washington State Department of
Transportation (WSDOT) and the American Public Works Association (APWA), Washington State Chapter
(hereafter “Standard Specifications”). The Standard Specifications, as modified or supplemented by these
Special Provisions, all of which are made a part of the Contract Documents, shall govern all of the Work.
These Special Provisions are made up of both General Special Provisions (GSPs) from various sources,
which may have project-specific fill-ins; and project-specific Special Provisions. Each Provision either
supplements, modifies, or replaces the comparable Standard Specification, or is a new Provision. The
deletion, amendment, alteration, or addition to any subsection or portion of the Standard Specifications
is meant to pertain only to that particular portion of the section, and in no way should it be interpreted
that the balance of the section does not apply.
The GSPs are labeled under the headers of each GSP, with the effective date of the GSP and its source.
For example:
(March 8, 2013 APWA GSP)
(April 1, 2013 WSDOTGSP)
(May 1, 2013 Renton GSP) Agency Special Provision
Project specific special provisions are labeled without a date as such:
(*****)
Also incorporated into the Contract Documents by reference are:
• Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, currently adopted edition,
with Washington State modifications, if any
• Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, WSDOT Manual M21-01, current
edition
• City of Renton Standard Details, City of Renton Public Works Department, Current Edition
• Public Rights-of-Way Accessibility Guidelines (PROWAG), current edition
Contractor shall obtain copies of these publications, at Contractor’s own expense.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 2 Special Provisions
2026
DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DESCRIPTION OF WORK
(March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP)
This Contract provides for the improvement of Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 and other
work, all in accordance with the attached Contract Plans, these Contract Provisions, and the Standard
Specifications.
1-01.3 Definitions
(January 19, 2022 APWA GSP)
Delete the heading Completion Dates and the three paragraphs that follow it, and replace them with
the following:
Dates
Bid Opening Date
The date on which the Contracting Agency publicly opens and reads the Bids.
Award Date
The date of the formal decision of the Contracting Agency to accept the lowest responsible and
responsive Bidder for the Work.
Contract Execution Date
The date the Contracting Agency officially binds the Agency to the Contract.
Notice to Proceed Date
The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the Contract time begins.
Substantial Completion Date
The day the Engineer determines the Contracting Agency has full and unrestricted use and
benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint, any remaining traffic
disruptions will be rare and brief, and only minor incidental work, replacement of temporary
substitute facilities, plant establishment periods, or correction or repair remains for the Physical
Completion of the total Contract.
Physical Completion Date
The day all of the Work is physically completed on the project. All documentation required by
the Contract and required by law does not necessarily need to be furnished by the Contractor by
this date.
Completion Date
The day all the Work specified in the Contract is completed and all the obligations of the
Contractor under the contract are fulfilled by the Contractor. All documentation required by the
Contract and required by law must be furnished by the Contractor before establishment of this
date.
Final Acceptance Date
The date on which the Contracting Agency accepts the Work as complete.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 3 Special Provisions
2026
Supplement this Section with the following:
All references in the Standard Specifications or WSDOT General Special Provisions, to the terms
“Department of Transportation”, “Washington State Transportation Commission”, “Commission”,
“Secretary of Transportation”, “Secretary”, “Headquarters”, and “State Treasurer” shall be revised
to read “Contracting Agency”.
All references to the terms “State” or “state” shall be revised to read “Contracting Agency” unless
the reference is to an administrative agency of the State of Washington, a State statute or
regulation, or the context reasonably indicates otherwise.
All references to “State Materials Laboratory” shall be revised to read “Contracting Agency
designated location”.
All references to “final contract voucher certification” shall be interpreted to mean the Contracting
Agency form(s) by which final payment is authorized, and final completion and acceptance granted.
Additive
A supplemental unit of work or group of bid items, identified separately in the Bid Proposal, which
may, at the discretion of the Contracting Agency, be awarded in addition to the base bid.
Alternate
One of two or more units of work or groups of bid items, identified separately in the Bid Proposal,
from which the Contracting Agency may make a choice between different methods or material of
construction for performing the same work.
Business Day
A business day is any day from Monday through Friday except holidays as listed in Section 1-08.5.
Contract Bond
The definition in the Standard Specifications for “Contract Bond” applies to whatever bond form(s)
are required by the Contract Documents, which may be a combination of a Payment Bond and a
Performance Bond.
Contract Documents
See definition for “Contract”.
Contract Time
The period of time established by the terms and conditions of the Contract within which the Work
must be physically completed.
Notice of Award
The written notice from the Contracting Agency to the successful Bidder signifying the Contracting
Agency’s acceptance of the Bid Proposal.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 4 Special Provisions
2026
Notice to Proceed
The written notice from the Contracting Agency or Engineer to the Contractor authorizing and
directing the Contractor to proceed with the Work and establishing the date on which the Contract
time begins.
Traffic
Both vehicular and non-vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists, wheelchairs, and equestrian
traffic.
1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS
1-02.1 Prequalification of Bidders
Delete this Section and replace it with the following:
1-02.1 Qualifications of Bidder
(January 24, 2011 APWA GSP)
Before award of a public works contract, a bidder must meet at least the minimum qualifications of
RCW 39.04.350(1) to be considered a responsible bidder and qualified to be awarded a public works
project.
1-02.2 Plans and Specifications
(June 27, 2011 APWA GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Information as to where Bid Documents can be obtained or reviewed can be found in the Call for Bids
(Advertisement for Bids) for the work.
After award of the contract, Plans and specifications will be issued to the Contractor at no cost as
detailed below:
To Prime Contractor No. of Sets Basis of Distribution
Reduced Plans (11" x 17") 2 Furnished automatically upon
award.
Contract Provisions 2 Furnished automatically upon
award.
Large Plans (e.g., 22" x 34") 2 Furnished only upon request.
Additional Plans and Contract Provisions may be obtained by the Contractor from the source stated
in the Call for Bids, at the Contractor’s own expense.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 5 Special Provisions
2026
1-02.4 Examination of Plans, Specifications and Site of Work
1-02.4(1) General
(December 30, 2022 APWA GSP Option B)
The first sentence of the ninth paragraph, beginning with “Prospective Bidder desiring…”, is revised to
read:
Prospective Bidders desiring an explanation or interpretation of the Bid Documents, shall request
the explanation or interpretation in writing by close of business 5 business days preceding the bid
opening to allow a written reply to reach all prospective Bidders before the submission of their Bids.
1-02.4(2) Subsurface Information
(January 19, 2022 APWA GSP)
The third and fourth sentences in the first paragraph are revised to read:
The Summary of Geotechnical Conditions and the boring logs, if and when included as an appendix
to the Special Provisions, shall be considered as part of the Contract. The boring logs and associated
data, if and when included as an appendix to the Special Provisions, shall be considered as part of
the Contract.
1-02.5 Proposal Forms
(******)
Delete Section 1-02.5 and replace it with the following:
The Proposal Form will identify the project and its location and describe the work. It will also list
estimated quantities, units of measurement, the items of work, and the materials to be furnished at
the unit bid prices. The bidder shall complete spaces on the proposal form that call for, but are not
limited to, unit prices; extensions; summations; the total bid amount; signatures; date; and, where
applicable, retail sales taxes and acknowledgment of addenda; the bidder’s name, address, telephone
number, and signature; a State of Washington Contractor’s Registration Number; Unified Business
Identifier (UBI); Industrial Insurance Account Number, Employment Security Department Number and
State Excise Tax Registration Number. Bids shall be completed by typing or shall be printed in ink by
hand, preferably in black ink. The required certifications are included as part of the Proposal Form.
The Contracting Agency reserves the right to arrange the proposal forms with alternates and
additives, if such be to the advantage of the Contracting Agency. The bidder shall bid on all alternates
and additives set forth in the Proposal Form unless otherwise specified.
1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal
(******)
Delete Section 1-02.6 and replace it with the following:
The Contracting Agency will accept only those Proposals properly executed on the physical forms it
provides, or electronic forms that the Bidder has been authorized to access. Unless it approves in
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 6 Special Provisions
2026
writing, the Contracting Agency will not accept Proposals on forms attached to the Plans and stamped
“Informational”.
All prices shall be in legible figures (not words) written in ink or typed, and expressed in U.S. dollars
and cents. The Proposal shall include:
1. A unit price for each item (omitting digits more than four places to the right of the decimal point),
2. An extension for each unit price (omitting digits more than two places to the right of the decimal
point), and
3. The Total Bid Amount (the sum of all extensions).
4. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item, the unit or lump sum price must
equal or exceed the minimum amount stated.
5. Any correction to a bid made by interlineation, alteration, or erasure, shall be initialed by the
signer of the bid.
In the space provided on the signature sheet, the Bidder shall confirm that all Addenda have been
received.
The Bidder shall submit with the Bid a list of:
1. Subcontractors who will perform the work of structural steel installation, rebar installation,
heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing as described in RCW 18.106 and electrical as
described in RCW 19.28, and
2. The work those Subcontractors will perform on the Contract as described in RCW 39.30.060; and.
3. Shall not list more than one Subcontractor for each category of work identified, except, when
Subcontractors vary with Bid alternates, in which case the Bidder shall identify which
Subcontractor will be used for which alternate.
If no Subcontractor is listed, the Bidder acknowledges that it does not intend to use any Subcontractor
to perform those items of work.
The Bidder shall make no stipulation on the Bid Form, nor qualify the bid in any manner.
Evidence of the signatory’s authority to sign the Bid Proposal on behalf of the business entity shall
be submitted with the Bid Proposal. Otherwise, the submitted Bid Proposal will be considered
irregular and non-responsive and may be rejected.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 7 Special Provisions
2026
1-02.6(1) Recycled Materials Proposal
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
Section 1-02.6(1) is an added new section:
The Bidder shall submit with the Bid, its proposal for incorporating recycled materials into the
project, using the form provided in the Contract Provisions. Otherwise, the submitted Bid Proposal
will be considered irregular and non-responsive and will be rejected.
1-02.6(2) Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes
(******)
Section 1-02.6(2) is an added new section:
The Bidder shall submit with the Bid a completed and signed “Contractor Certification, Wage Law
Compliance – Responsibility Criteria, Washington State Public Works Contracts” document where the
Bidder under penalty of perjurty verifies that the Bidder is in compliance with reponsibile bidder
criteria in RCW 39.04.350 subsection (1)(g), as required per Section 1-02.14. Otherwise, the submitted
Bid Proposal will be considered irregular and non-responsive and will be rejected.
The Bidder may use the form provided in the Bid Documents. The form is also available at
http://wsdot.wa.gov/forms/pdfForms.html. The Bidder may download, print, complete and sign the
form to include with Bid. The DOT Form, DOT Form Number and revision date must match the form
included in the Bid Documents, otherwise the Bid will be regarded as irregular and non-responsive
and the Bid will be rejected.
1-02.7 Bid Deposit
(March 8, 2013 APWA GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Bid bonds shall contain the following:
1. Contracting Agency-assigned number for the project;
2. Name of the project;
3. The Contracting Agency named as obligee;
4. The amount of the bid bond stated either as a dollar figure or as a percentage which represents
five percent of the maximum bid amount that could be awarded;
5. Signature of the bidder’s officer empowered to sign official statements. The signature of the
person authorized to submit the bid should agree with the signature on the bond, and the title of
the person must accompany the said signature;
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 8 Special Provisions
2026
6. The signature of the surety’s officer empowered to sign the bond and the power of attorney.
If so stated in the Contract Provisions, bidder must use the bond form included in the Contract
Provisions.
If so stated in the Contract Provisions, cash will not be accepted for a bid deposit.
1-02.7(1) Bid Bond, Cashier’s Check, Postal Money Order
(******)
Section 1-02.7(1) is an added new section:
As evidence of good faith, pursuant to RCW 35.23.352(1), an original Bid Proposal Deposit in the form
of either a bid bond, cashier’s check or postal money order in an amount equal to five percent (5%)
of the Total Bid Amount shall be submitted with the Bid Proposal.
If the Bidder elects to provide a bid bond, the Proposal Bid Bond form included in the Bid Documents
shall be used. Otherwise, the Bid Proposal will be considered irregular and non-responsive and the
Bid Proposal will be rejected.
If the Bidder elects to provide a cashier’s check, it shall be made payable to the City of Renton.
If the Bidder elects to provide a postal money order, it shall be made payable to the City of Renton.
Cash will not be accepted for a bid deposit.
1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal
(******)
Delete Section 1-02.9 and replace it with the following:
Each proposal shall be submitted in a sealed envelope, with the Project Name and Project Number as
stated in the Call for Bids clearly marked on the outside of the envelope, or as otherwise required in
the Bid Documents, to ensure proper handling and delivery.
Proposals that are received as required will be publically opened and read as specified in
Section 1-02.12. The Contracting Agency will not open or consider any Bid Proposal that is received
after the time specified in the Call for Bids for receipt of Bid Proposals, or received in a location other
than that specified in the Call for Bids.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 9 Special Provisions
2026
1-02.10 Withdrawing, Revising, or Supplementing Proposal
(July 23, 2015 APWA GSP)
Delete this section, and replace it with the following:
After submitting a physical Bid Proposal to the Contracting Agency, the Bidder may withdraw, revise,
or supplement it if:
1. The Bidder submits a written request signed by an authorized person and physically delivers it to
the place designated for receipt of Bid Proposals, and
2. The Contracting Agency receives the request before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals, and
3. The revised or supplemented Bid Proposal (if any) is received by the Contracting Agency before
the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals.
If the Bidder’s request to withdraw, revise, or supplement its Bid Proposal is received before the time
set for receipt of Bid Proposals, the Contracting Agency will return the unopened Proposal package to
the Bidder. The Bidder must then submit the revised or supplemented package in its entirety. If the
Bidder does not submit a revised or supplemented package, then its bid shall be considered
withdrawn.
Late revised or supplemented Bid Proposals or late withdrawal requests will be date recorded by the
Contracting Agency and returned unopened. Mailed, e-mailed, or faxed requests to withdraw, revise
or supplement a Bid Proposal are not acceptable.
1-02.12 Public Opening of Proposals
(******)
Supplement Section 1-02.12 with the following:
The Contracting Agency reserves the right to postpone the date and/or time that sealed bids are due
and the bid opening. Notification to all bidders of any change will be by addenda.
1-02.13 Irregular Proposals
(******)
Delete Section 1-02.13 and replace it with the following:
1. A proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if:
a. The Bidder is not prequalified when so required;
b. The authorized proposal form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not used or is altered;
c. The completed proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, alternate Bids,
or conditions;
d. The Bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the award, or enter into the
Contract;
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 10 Special Provisions
2026
e. A price per unit cannot be determined from the Bid Proposal;
f. The Proposal form is not properly executed;
h. The Bidder fails to submit with their Bid Proposal, an original Bid Proposal Deposit in an
amount equal to five percent (5%) of the Total Bid Amount, as required in Section 1-02.7;
i. The Bidder elects to provide a Bid Bond for the Bid Proposal Deposit and does not submit or
properly execute the Proposal Bid Bond form included in the Bid Documents, as required in
Section 1-02.7(1);
j. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Subcontractor list, if applicable, as required
in Section 1-02.6;
k. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete the Proposal for Incorporating Recycled
Materials into the Project document, as required in Section 1-02.6(1).
l. The Bidder fails to submit or properly execute the Contractor Certification, Wage Law
Compliance – Responsibility Criteria, Washington State Public Works Contractors document,
as required in Section 1-02.6(2).
m. The Bid Proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet the material
terms of the Bid invitation; or
n. More than one proposal is submitted for the same project from a Bidder under the same or
different names.
2. A Proposal may be considered irregular and may be rejected if:
a. The Proposal does not include a unit price for every Bid item;
b. Any of the unit prices are excessively unbalanced (either above or below the amount of a
reasonable Bid) to the potential detriment of the Contracting Agency;
c. Receipt of Addenda is not acknowledged;
d. A member of a joint venture or partnership and the joint venture or partnership submit
Proposals for the same project (in such an instance, both Bids may be rejected); or
e. If Proposal form entries are not made in ink.
3. A Proposal will be considered irregular and may be rejected if:
a. The Bidder fails to submit with their Bid Proposal, evidence of signatory’s authority to sign the
Bid Proposal on behalf of the business entity, as required in Section 1-02.6.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 11 Special Provisions
2026
1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders
(May 17, 2018 APWA GSP, Option A)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
A Bidder will be deemed not responsible if the Bidder does not meet the mandatory bidder
responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1), as amended.
The Contracting Agency will verify that the Bidder meets the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria
in RCW 39.04.350(1). To assess bidder responsibility, the Contracting Agency reserves the right to
request documentation as needed from the Bidder and third parties concerning the Bidder’s
compliance with the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria.
If the Contracting Agency determines the Bidder does not meet the mandatory bidder responsibility
criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1) and is therefore not a responsible Bidder, the Contracting Agency shall
notify the Bidder in writing, with the reasons for its determination. If the Bidder disagrees with this
determination, it may appeal the determination within two (2) business days of the Contracting
Agency’s determination by presenting its appeal and any additional information to the Contracting
Agency. The Contracting Agency will consider the appeal and any additional information before
issuing its final determination. If the final determination affirms that the Bidder is not responsible,
the Contracting Agency will not execute a contract with any other Bidder until at least two business
days after the Bidder determined to be not responsible has received the Contracting Agency’s final
determination.
1-02.15 Pre Award Information
(December 30, 2022 APWA GSP)
Revise this section to read:
Before awarding any contract, the Contracting Agency may require one or more of these items or
actions of the apparent lowest responsible bidder:
1. A complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any or all materials to be
used,
2. Samples of these materials for quality and fitness tests,
3. A progress schedule (in a form the Contracting Agency requires) showing the order of and time
required for the various phases of the work,
4. A breakdown of costs assigned to any bid item,
5. Attendance at a conference with the Engineer or representatives of the Engineer,
6. Obtain, and furnish a copy of, a business license to do business in the city or county where the
work is located.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 12 Special Provisions
2026
7. Any other information or action taken that is deemed necessary to ensure that the bidder is the
lowest responsible bidder.
1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
1-03.1 Consideration of Bids
(December 30, 2022 APWA GSP)
Revise the first paragraph to read:
After opening and reading proposals, the Contracting Agency will check them for correctness of
extensions of the prices per unit and the total price. If a discrepancy exists between the price per unit
and the extended amount of any bid item, the price per unit will control. If a minimum bid amount
has been established for any item and the bidder’s unit or lump sum price is less than the minimum
specified amount, the Contracting Agency will unilaterally revise the unit or lump sum price, to the
minimum specified amount and recalculate the extension. The total of extensions, corrected where
necessary, including sales taxes where applicable and such additives and/or alternates as selected by
the Contracting Agency, will be used by the Contracting Agency for award purposes and to fix the
Awarded Contract Price amount and the amount of the contract bond.
1-03.1(1) Identical Bid Totals
(December 30, 2022 APWA GSP)
Revise this section to read:
After opening Bids, if two or more lowest responsive Bid totals are exactly equal, then the tie-breaker
will be the Bidder with an equal lowest bid, that proposed to use the highest percentage of recycled
materials in the Project, per the form submitted with the Bid Proposal. If those percentages are also
exactly equal, then the tie-breaker will be determined by drawing as follows: Two or more slips of
paper will be marked as follows: one marked “Winner” and the other(s) marked “unsuccessful”. The
slips will be folded to make the marking unseen. The slips will be placed inside a box. One authorized
representative of each Bidder shall draw a slip from the box. Bidders shall draw in alphabetic order by
the name of the firm as registered with the Washington State Department of Licensing. The slips shall
be unfolded and the firm with the slip marked “Winner” will be determined to be the successful Bidder
and eligible for Award of the Contract. Only those Bidders who submitted a Bid total that is exactly
equal to the lowest responsive Bid, and with a proposed recycled materials percentage that is exactly
equal to the highest proposed recycled materials amount, are eligible to draw.
1-03.3 Execution of Contract
(July 8, 2024 APWA GSP Option A)
Revise this section to read:
Within 3 calendar days of Award date (not including Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays), the successful
Bidder shall provide the information necessary to execute the Contract to the Contracting Agency.
The Bidder shall send the contact information, including the full name, email address, and phone
number, for the authorized signer and bonding agent to the Contracting Agency.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 13 Special Provisions
2026
Copies of the Contract Provisions, including the unsigned Form of Contract, will be available for
signature by the successful bidder on the first business day following award. The number of copies to
be executed by the Contractor will be determined by the Contracting Agency.
Within 10 calendar days after the award date, the successful bidder shall return the signed Contracting
Agency-prepared contract, an insurance certification as required by Section 1-07.18, a satisfactory
bond as required by law and Section 1-03.4, the Transfer of Coverage form for the Construction
Stormwater General Permit with sections I, III, and VIII completed when provided. Before execution
of the contract by the Contracting Agency, the successful bidder shall provide any pre-award
information the Contracting Agency may require under Section 1-02.15.
Until the Contracting Agency executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the Contracting Agency nor
shall any work begin within the project limits or within Contracting Agency-furnished sites. The
Contractor shall bear all risks for any work begun outside such areas and for any materials ordered
before the contract is executed by the Contracting Agency.
If the bidder experiences circumstances beyond their control that prevents return of the contract
documents within the calendar days after the award date stated above, the Contracting Agency may
grant up to a maximum of 10 additional calendar days for return of the documents, provided the
Contracting Agency deems the circumstances warrant it.
1-03.4 Contract Bond
(July 23, 2015 APWA GSP)
Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following:
The successful bidder shall provide an executed payment and performance bond(s) for the full
contract amount. The bond may be combined payment and performance bond; or be separate
payment and performance bonds. In the case of separate payment and performance bonds, each shall
be for the full contract amount. The bond(s) shall:
1. Be on a Contracting Agency-furnished form;
2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties) that:
a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and
b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington published
by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner,
3. Guarantee that the Contractor will perform and comply with all obligations, duties, and
conditions under the Contract, including but not limited to the duty and obligation to
indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against all losses and claims related
directly or indirectly from any failure:
a. Of the Contractor (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors
of the Contractor) to faithfully perform and comply with all contact obligations,
conditions, and duties, or
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 14 Special Provisions
2026
b. Of the Contractor (or the subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor)
to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, material person,
or any other person who provides supplies or provisions for carrying out the work;
4. Be conditioned upon the payment of taxes, increases, and penalties incurred on the project
under titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW; and
5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety’s officer empowered to sign the bond;
and
6. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements (sole
proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond(s) must be signed by the
president or vice-president, unless accompanied by written proof of the authority of the
individual signing the bond(s) to bind the corporation (i.e., corporate resolution, power of
attorney, or a letter to such effect signed by the president or vice-president).
1-03.7 Judicial Review
(December 30, 2022 APWA GSP)
Revise this section to read:
All decisions made by the Contracting Agency regarding the Award and execution of the Contract or
Bid rejection shall be conclusive subject to the scope of judicial review permitted under Washington
Law. Such review, if any, shall be timely filed in the Superior Court of the county where the Contracting
Agency headquarters is located, provided that where an action is asserted against a county, RCW
36.01.050 shall control venue and jurisdiction.
1-04 SCOPE OF WORK
1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications and Addenda
(December 22, 2022 APWA GSP)
Revise the second paragraph to read:
Any inconsistency in the parts of the contract shall be resolved by following this order of precedence
(e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth):
1. Addenda,
2. Proposal Form,
3. Special Provisions,
4. Contract Plans,
5. Standard Specifications,
6. Contracting Agency’s Standard Plans or Details (if any), and
7. WSDOT Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 15 Special Provisions
2026
1-04.4 Changes
(January 19, 2022 APWA GSP)
The first two sentences of the last paragraph of Section 1-04.4 are deleted.
1-04.6 Variation in Estimated Quantities
(December 30, 2022 APWA GSP, Option A)
Revise the first paragraph to read:
Payment to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of Work performed and
accepted in conformance with the Contract. When the accepted quantity of Work performed under
a unit item varies from the original Proposal quantity, payment will be at the unit Contract price for all
Work unless the total accepted quantity of the Contract item, adjusted to exclude added or deleted
amounts included in change orders accepted by both parties, increases or decreases by more than 25
percent from the original Proposal quantity, and if the total extended bid price for that item at time of
award is equal to or greater than $10,000. In that case, payment for contract work may be adjusted as
described herein.
1-05 CONTROL OF WORK
1-05.4 Conformity With and Deviation from Plans and Stakes
Section 1-05.4 is supplemented with the following:
(January 13, 2021 WSDOT GSP)
Contractor Surveying - Roadway
The Contracting Agency has provided primary survey control in the Plans.
The Contractor shall be responsible for setting, maintaining, and resetting all alignment stakes, slope
stakes, and grades necessary for the construction of the roadbed, drainage, surfacing, paving,
channelization and pavement marking, illumination and signals, guardrails and barriers, and signing.
Except for the survey control data to be furnished by the Contracting Agency, calculations, surveying,
and measuring required for setting and maintaining the necessary lines and grades shall be the
Contractor's responsibility.
The Contractor shall inform the Engineer when monuments are discovered that were not identified
in the Plans and construction activity may disturb or damage the monuments. All monuments noted
on the plans “DO NOT DISTURB” shall be protected throughout the length of the project or be replaced
at the Contractors expense.
Detailed survey records shall be maintained, including a description of the work performed on each
shift, the methods utilized, and the control points used. The record shall be adequate to allow the
survey to be reproduced. A copy of each day's record shall be provided to the Engineer within three
working days after the end of the shift.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 16 Special Provisions
2026
The meaning of words and terms used in this provision shall be as listed in "Definitions of Surveying
and Associated Terms" current edition, published by the American Congress on Surveying and
Mapping and the American Society of Civil Engineers.
The survey work shall include but not be limited to the following:
1. Verify the primary horizontal and vertical control furnished by the Contracting Agency, and
expand into secondary control by adding stakes and hubs as well as additional survey
control needed for the project. Provide descriptions of secondary control to the
Contracting Agency. The description shall include coordinates and elevations of all
secondary control points.
2. Establish, the centerlines of all alignments, by placing hubs, stakes, or marks on centerline
or on offsets to centerline at all curve points (PCs, PTs, and PIs) and at points on the
alignments spaced no further than 50 feet.
3. Establish clearing limits, placing stakes at all angle points and at intermediate points not
more than 50 feet apart. The clearing and grubbing limits shall be 5 feet beyond the toe of
a fill and 10 feet beyond the top of a cut unless otherwise shown in the Plans.
4. Establish grading limits, placing slope stakes at centerline increments not more than 50
feet apart. Establish offset reference to all slope stakes. If Global Positioning Satellite (GPS)
Machine Controls are used to provide grade control, then slope stakes may be omitted at
the discretion of the Contractor
5. Establish the horizontal and vertical location of all drainage features, placing offset stakes
to all drainage structures and to pipes at a horizontal interval not greater than 25 feet.
6. Establish roadbed and surfacing elevations by placing stakes at the top of subgrade and at
the top of each course of surfacing. Subgrade and surfacing stakes shall be set at horizontal
intervals not greater than 50 feet in tangent sections, 25 feet in curve sections with a radius
less than 300 feet, and at 10-foot intervals in intersection radii with a radius less than 10
feet. Transversely, stakes shall be placed at all locations where the roadway slope changes
and at additional points such that the transverse spacing of stakes is not more than 12 feet.
If GPS Machine Controls are used to provide grade control, then roadbed and surfacing
stakes may be omitted at the discretion of the Contractor.
7. Establish intermediate elevation benchmarks as needed to check work throughout the
project.
8. Provide references for paving pins at 25-foot intervals or provide simultaneous surveying
to establish location and elevation of paving pins as they are being placed.
9. For all other types of construction included in this provision, (including but not limited to
channelization and pavement marking, illumination and signals, guardrails and barriers,
and signing) provide staking and layout as necessary to adequately locate, construct, and
check the specific construction activity.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 17 Special Provisions
2026
10. Contractor shall determine if changes are needed to the profiles or roadway sections
shown in the Contract Plans in order to achieve proper smoothness and drainage where
matching into existing features, such as a smooth transition from new pavement to existing
pavement. The Contractor shall submit these changes to the Engineer for review and
approval 10 days prior to the beginning of work.
The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency copies of any calculations and staking data when
requested by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall ensure a surveying accuracy within the following tolerances:
Vertical Horizontal
Slope stakes +0.10 feet +0.10 feet
Subgrade grade stakes set 0.04 feet
below grade
+0.01 feet +0.5 feet
(parallel to alignment)
+0.1 feet
(normal to alignment)
Stationing on roadway N/A +0.1 feet
Alignment on roadway N/A +0.04 feet
Surfacing grade stakes +0.01 feet +0.5 feet
(parallel to alignment)
+0.1 feet
(normal to alignment)
Roadway paving pins for surfacing or
paving
+0.01 feet +0.2 feet
(parallel to alignment)
+0.1 feet
(normal to alignment)
The Contracting Agency may spot-check the Contractor's surveying. These spot-checks will not change
the requirements for normal checking by the Contractor.
When staking roadway alignment and stationing, the Contractor shall perform independent checks
from different secondary control to ensure that the points staked are within the specified survey
accuracy tolerances.
The Contractor shall calculate coordinates for the alignment. The Contracting Agency will verify these
coordinates prior to issuing approval to the Contractor for commencing with the work. The
Contracting Agency will require up to seven calendar days from the date the data is received.
Contract work to be performed using contractor-provided stakes shall not begin until the stakes are
approved by the Contracting Agency. Such approval shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility
for the accuracy of the stakes.
Stakes shall be marked in accordance with Standard Plan A10.10. When stakes are needed that are
not described in the Plans, then those stakes shall be marked, at no additional cost to the Contracting
Agency as ordered by the Engineer.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 18 Special Provisions
2026
Payment
Payment will be made for the following bid item when included in the proposal:
"Roadway Surveying", lump sum.
The lump sum contract price for "Roadway Surveying" shall be full pay for all labor, equipment,
materials, and supervision utilized to perform the Work specified, including any resurveying, checking,
correction of errors, replacement of missing or damaged stakes, and coordination efforts.
(April 4, 2011 WSDOT GSP)
Licensed Surveyors
The Contractor shall be responsible for reestablishing or locating legal survey markers such as GLO
monuments or property corner monuments, conduct boundary surveys to determine Contracting
Agency right-of-way locations, and obtain, review and analyze deeds and records as necessary to
determine these boundaries. The Contracting Agency will provide “rights of entry” as needed by the
Contractor to perform the work.
The Contractor shall brush out or clear and stake or mark the right-of-way lines as designated by the
Engineer.
The Contractor shall inform the Engineer when monuments are discovered that were not identified in
the Plans and construction activity may disturb or damage the monuments. All monuments noted on
the plans “DO NOT DISTURB” shall be protected throughout the length of the project or be replaced
at Contractors expense.
When required, the Contractor shall prepare and file a Record of Survey map in accordance with RCW
58.09 and provide a recorded copy to the Contracting Agency. The Contracting Agency will provide all
existing base maps, existing horizontal and vertical control, and other material available with
Washington State Plane Coordinate information to the Contractor. The Contracting Agency will also
provide maps, plan sheets, and/or aerial photographs clearly identifying the limits of the areas to be
surveyed. The Contractor shall establish Washington State Plane Coordinates on all points required in
the Record of Survey and other points designated in the Contract documents.
Existing right of way documentation, existing base maps, existing horizontal and vertical control
descriptions, maps, plan sheets, aerial photographs and all other available material may be viewed by
prospective bidders at the office of the Engineer.
The Contractor shall perform all of the necessary calculations for the contracted survey work and shall
provide copies of these calculations to the Contracting Agency. Electronic files of all survey data shall
be provided and in a format acceptable to the Contracting Agency.
All survey work performed by the Contractor shall conform to all applicable sections of the Revised
Code of Washington and the Washington Administrative Code.
The Contractor shall provide all traffic control, signing, and temporary traffic control devices in order
to provide a safe work zone.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 19 Special Provisions
2026
Payment
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-09.6 for the following bid item when included in
the proposal:
(November 25, 2024 APWA GSP Option D)
Contractor Surveying – ADA Features
ADA Feature Staking Requirements
The Contractor shall be responsible for setting, maintaining, and resetting all alignment stakes,
and grades necessary for the construction of the ADA features. Calculations, surveying, and
measuring required for setting and maintaining the necessary lines and grades shall be the
Contractor’s responsibility. The Contractor shall build the ADA features within the
specifications in the Standard Plans and contract documents.
ADA Feature Contract Compliance
The Contractor shall be responsible for completing measurements to verify all ADA features
comply with the Contract in the presence of the Engineer.
ADA Feature As-Built Measurements
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing the latitude and longitude of each ADA feature
as indicated on the ADA Post Inspection Form(s) (WSDOT Form 224-020LP).
The completed ADA Post Inspection Form(s) (WSDOT Form 224-020LP) shall be submitted as a
Type 3 Working Drawing and transmitted to the Engineer within 30 calendar days of completing
the ADA feature. After acceptance, the Contracting Agency will retain the final form(s) for their
records.
Payment
Payment will be made for the following bid item that is included in the Proposal:
“ADA Feature Surveying”, lump sum.
The lump sum Contract price for “ADA Feature Surveying” shall be full pay for all the Work as specified.
In the instance where an ADA feature does not meet accessibility requirements, all work to replace
non-compliant work and then to measure, record the as-built measurements, and transmit the
electronic forms to the Engineer shall be completed at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency.
1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within the time specified in a written
notice from the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the work required by the Contract
Documents, the Engineer may correct and remedy such work as may be identified in the written
notice, with Contracting Agency forces or by such other means as the Contracting Agency may deem
necessary.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 20 Special Provisions
2026
If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the Engineer determines to be
an emergency situation, the Engineer may have the defective and unauthorized work corrected
immediately, have the rejected work removed and replaced, or have work the Contractor refuses to
perform completed by using Contracting Agency or other forces. An emergency situation is any
situation when, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay in its remedy could be potentially unsafe, or
might cause serious risk of loss or damage to the public.
Direct or indirect costs incurred by the Contracting Agency attributable to correcting and remedying
defective or unauthorized work, or work the Contractor failed or refused to perform, shall be paid by
the Contractor. Payment will be deducted by the Engineer from monies due, or to become due, the
Contractor. Such direct and indirect costs shall include in particular, but without limitation,
compensation for additional professional services required, and costs for repair and replacement of
work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of the Contractor’s
unauthorized work.
No adjustment in contract time or compensation will be allowed because of the delay in the
performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Contracting Agency’s rights provided by
this Section.
The rights exercised under the provisions of this section shall not diminish the Contracting Agency’s
right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages with respect to the Contractor’s
failure to perform the work as required.
1-05.11 Final Inspection
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
1-05.11 Final Inspections and Operational Testing
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
1-05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date
When the Contractor considers the work to be substantially complete, the Contractor shall so notify
the Engineer and request the Engineer establish the Substantial Completion Date. The Contractor’s
request shall list the specific items of work that remain to be completed in order to reach physical
completion. The Engineer will schedule an inspection of the work with the Contractor to determine
the status of completion. The Engineer may also establish the Substantial Completion Date
unilaterally.
If, after this inspection, the Engineer concurs with the Contractor that the work is substantially
complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer, by written notice to the Contractor, w ill set
the Substantial Completion Date. If, after this inspection the Engineer does not consider the work
substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer will, by written notice, so notify
the Contractor giving the reasons therefore.
Upon receipt of written notice concurring in or denying substantial completion, whichever is
applicable, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently and without unauthorized interruption,
the work necessary to reach Substantial and Physical Completion. The Contractor shall provide the
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 21 Special Provisions
2026
Engineer with a revised schedule indicating when the Contractor expects to reach substantial and
physical completion of the work.
The above process shall be repeated until the Engineer establishes the Substantial Completion Date
and the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection.
1-05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date
When the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection, the
Contractor by written notice, shall request the Engineer to schedule a final inspection. The Engineer
will set a date for final inspection. The Engineer and the Contractor will then make a final inspection
and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of all particulars in which the final inspection
reveals the work incomplete or unacceptable. The Contractor shall immediately take such corrective
measures as are necessary to remedy the listed deficiencies. Corrective work shall be pursued
vigorously, diligently, and without interruption until physical completion of the listed deficiencies. This
process will continue until the Engineer is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been corrected.
If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within 7 days after receipt of the written
notice listing the deficiencies, the Engineer may, upon written notice to the Contractor, take whatever
steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies pursuant to Section 1-05.7.
The Contractor will not be allowed an extension of contract time because of a delay in the
performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Engineer’s right hereunder.
Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the Contracting Agency,
in writing, of the date upon which the work was considered physically complete. That date shall
constitute the Physical Completion Date of the contract, but shall not imply acceptance of the work
or that all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract have been fulfilled.
1-05.11(3) Operational Testing
It is the intent of the Contracting Agency to have at the Physical Completion Date a complete and
operable system. Therefore when the work involves the installation of machinery or other mechanical
equipment; street lighting, electrical distribution or signal systems; irrigation systems; buildings; or
other similar work it may be desirable for the Engineer to have the Contractor operate and test the
work for a period of time after final inspection but prior to the physical completion date. Whenever
items of work are listed in the Contract Provisions for operational testing they shall be fully tested
under operating conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the
Physical Completion Date. During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any items
of workmanship, materials, or equipment which prove faulty, or that are not in first class operating
condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and equipment to be tested during
this period shall be tested under the observation of the Engineer, so that the Engineer may determine
their suitability for the purpose for which they were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot
be established until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to successfully
complete operational testing, shall be included in the unit contract prices related to the system being
tested, unless specifically set forth otherwise in the proposal.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 22 Special Provisions
2026
Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect a manufacturer’s
guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the contract.
1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor
(August 14, 2013 APWA GSP)
Delete the sixth and seventh paragraphs of this section.
1-05.14 Cooperation with Other Contractors
Section 1-05.14 is supplemented with the following:
(March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP)
Other Contracts Or Other Work
It is anticipated that the following work adjacent to or within the limits of this project will be
performed by others during the course of this project and will require coordination of the work:
No other work is anticipated within or adjacent to the project limits, other than utility work by
others as noted in the Plans.
1-05.15 Method of Serving Notices
(January 4, 2024 APWA GSP)
Revise the second paragraph to read:
All correspondence from the Contractor shall be served and directed to the Engineer. All
correspondence from the Contractor constituting any notification, notice of protest, notice of dispute,
or other correspondence constituting notification required to be furnished under the Contract, must
be written in paper format, hand delivered or sent via certified mail delivery service with return
receipt requested to the Engineer's office. Electronic copies such as e-mails or electronically delivered
copies of correspondence will not constitute such notice and will not comply with the requirements
of the Contract.
1-05.16 Water and Power
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
Section 1-05.16 is an added new section:
The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the costs for power and water
necessary for the performance of the work, unless the contract includes power and water as a pay
item.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 23 Special Provisions
2026
1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL
1-06.6 Recycled Materials
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
Delete this section, including its subsections, and replace it with the following:
The Contractor shall make their best effort to utilize recycled materials in the construction of the
project. Approval of such material use shall be as detailed elsewhere in the Standard Specifications.
Prior to Physical Completion the Contractor shall report the quantity of recycled materials that were
utilized in the construction of the project for each of the items listed in Section 9-03.21. The report
shall include hot mix asphalt, recycled concrete aggregate, recycled glass, steel furnace slag and other
recycled materials (e.g. utilization of on-site material and aggregates from concrete returned to the
supplier). The Contractor’s report shall be provided on DOT form 350-075 Recycled Materials
Reporting.
1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC
1-07.1 Laws to be Observed
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
In cases of conflict between different safety regulations, the more stringent regulation shall apply.
The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and paramount
administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions of the Washington
Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA).
The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well known place at the project site,
all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor shall establish, publish, and
make known to all employees, procedures for ensuring immediate removal to a hospital, or doctor’s
care, persons, including employees, who may have been injured on the project site. Employees should
not be permitted to work on the project site before the Contractor has established and made known
procedures for removal of injured persons to a hospital or a doctor’s care.
The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of the
Contractor’s plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage or injury resulting from their failure,
or improper maintenance, use, or operation. The Contractor shall be solely and completely
responsible for the conditions of the project site, including safety for all persons and property in the
performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously, and not be limited to normal
working hours. The required or implied duty of the Engineer to conduct construction review of the
Contractor’s performance does not, and shall not, be intended to include review and adequacy of the
Contractor’s safety measures in, on, or near the project site.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 24 Special Provisions
2026
1-07.2 State Taxes
Delete this section, including its sub-sections, in its entirety and replace it with the following:
1-07.2 State Sales Tax
(June 27, 2011 APWA GSP)
The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the State sales tax. Sections
1-07.2(1) through 1-07.2(3) are meant to clarify those rules. The Contractor should contact the
Washington State Department of Revenue for answers to questions in this area. The Contracting
Agency will not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a bid on a misunderstood tax liability.
The Contractor shall include all Contractor-paid taxes in the unit bid prices or other contract amounts.
In some cases, however, state retail sales tax will not be included. Section 1-07.2(2) describes this
exception.
The Contracting Agency will pay the retained percentage (or release the Contract Bond if a FHWA-
funded Project) only if the Contractor has obtained from the Washington State Department of
Revenue a certificate showing that all contract-related taxes have been paid (RCW 60.28.051). The
Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the Contractor any amount the Contractor may
owe the Washington State Department of Revenue, whether the amount owed relates to this contract
or not. Any amount so deducted will be paid into the proper State fund.
1-07.2(1) State Sales Tax — Rule 171
WAC 458-20-171, and its related rules, apply to building, repairing, or improving streets, roads, etc.,
which are owned by a municipal corporation, or political subdivision of the state, or by the United
States, and which are used primarily for foot or vehicular traffic. This includes storm or combined
sewer systems within and included as a part of the street or road drainage system and power lines
when such are part of the roadway lighting system. For work performed in such cases, the Contractor
shall include Washington State Retail Sales Taxes in the various unit bid item prices, or other contract
amounts, including those that the Contractor pays on the purchase of the materials, equipment, or
supplies used or consumed in doing the work.
1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax — Rule 170
WAC 458-20-170, and its related rules, apply to the constructing and repairing of new or existing
buildings, or other structures, upon real property. This includes, but is not limited to, the construction
of streets, roads, highways, etc., owned by the state of Washington; water mains and their
appurtenances; sanitary sewers and sewage disposal systems unless such sewers and disposal
systems are within, and a part of, a street or road drainage system; telephone, telegraph, electrical
power distribution lines, or other conduits or lines in or above streets or roads, unless such power
lines become a part of a street or road lighting system; and installing or attaching of any article of
tangible personal property in or to real property, whether or not such personal property becomes a
part of the realty by virtue of installation.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 25 Special Provisions
2026
For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency, retail
sales tax on the full contract price. The Contracting Agency will automatically add this sales tax to
each payment to the Contractor. For this reason, the Contractor shall not include the retail sales tax
in the unit bid item prices, or in any other contract amount subject to Rule 170, with the following
exception.
Exception: The Contracting Agency will not add in sales tax for a payment the Contractor or a
subcontractor makes on the purchase or rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable
supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included in the unit bid item prices
or in any other contract amount.
1-07.2(3) Services
The Contractor shall not collect retail sales tax from the Contracting Agency on any contract wholly
for professional or other services (as defined in Washington State Department of Revenue Rules 138
and 244).
1-07.7 Load Limits
(March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP)
Section 1-07.7 is supplemented with the following:
If the sources of materials provided by the Contractor necessitates hauling over roads other than State
Highways, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor's expense, make all arrangements for the use of the
haul routes.
1-07.13 Contractor’s Responsibility for Work
1-07.13(4) Repair of Damage
(August 6, 2001 WSDOT GSP)
Section 1-07.13(4) is revised to read:
The Contractor shall promptly repair all damage to either temporary or permanent work as directed
by the Engineer. For damage qualifying for relief under Sections 1-07.13(1), 1-07.13(2) or 1-07.13(3),
payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.4. Payment will be limited to repair of
damaged work only. No payment will be made for delay or disruption of work.
1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities
Section 1-07.17 is supplemented with the following:
(October 3, 2022 WSDOT GSP OPT. 2)
Locations and dimensions shown in the Plans for existing facilities are in accordance with available
information obtained without uncovering, measuring, or other verification.
Public and private utilities, or their Contractors, will furnish all work necessary to adjust, relocate,
replace, or construct their facilities unless otherwise provided for in the Plans or these Special
Provisions. Such adjustment, relocation, replacement, or construction will be done during the
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 26 Special Provisions
2026
prosecution of the work for this project. It is anticipated that utility adjustment, relocation,
replacement or construction within the project limits will be completed as follows:
Communication, Power and Gas utilities will adjust their vaults and castings to grade
At Site 3 – PSE will provide a new metered electrical service
The Contractor shall attend a mandatory utility preconstruction meeting with the Engineer, all affected
Subcontractors, and all utility owners and their Contractors prior to beginning onsite work.
The following addresses and telephone numbers of utility companies or their Contractors that will be
adjusting, relocating, replacing or constructing utilities within the project limits are supplied for the
Contractor's use:
Utility Agency/ Company Address Contact Phone
Power Puget Sound
Energy
Amy.Hill@pse.com Amy Hill 253-243-5089
Gas Puget Sound
Energy
Dustin.Weller@pse.com Dustin Weller 206-379-4347
Communications Lumen Addison.Wong@lumen.com Addison Wong 253-213-2194
Communications Comcast
Corporation
Ian_Hulsey@comcast.com Ian Hulsey 253-254-3817
Transportation
Maintenance
City of Renton 3555 NE 2nd St
Renton, WA 98056
Eric Cutshall 425-430-7423
Water
Maintenance
City of Renton 3555 NE 2nd St
Renton, WA 98056
George Stahl 425-430-7400
Surface Water and
Wastewater
Maintenance
City of Renton 3555 NE 2nd St
Renton, WA 98056
Nathan Nelson 425-757-4102
School Traffic
Cameras
Verra Mobility
(American Traffic
Solutions/Redflex
Traffic Systems)
designtickets@verramobility.com Jerry Newton C 480-689-8989
Water King County Water
District 90
jdrummond@kcwd90.com Joshua
Drummond
425-255-9600
Communication Verizon (MCI) Brandon.whittaker@verizon.com Brandon
Whittaker
984-269-3482
Illumination PSE/IntoLight Matt.maynard@pse.com Matt Maynard 425-628-7701
Water and Sewer
(Site 3)
Soos Creek Water
and Sewer District
dhall@sooscreek.com Danielle Hall 253-630-9900
Communication Zayo Kim.bodtker@zayo.com Kim Bodtker 253-221-7585
Transit King County Metro Construction.coord@kingcounty.
gov
Metro
Construction
Information
Center
206-477-1140
Buried Utility Locating Assistance One-Call Center 800-424-5555
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 27 Special Provisions
2026
1-07.17(3) Transit Facilities
(******)
Section 1-07.17(3) is a new section:
King County Metro
Any construction or installation activities affecting transit operations or facilities must be coordinated
by the Contractor through the Metro Transit Construction Information Center. The Contractor shall
prepare and submit the appropriate construction notification documentation for King County Metro
Transit and provide copies of such documentation to the Engineer. For notification information and
guidelines, refer to:
http://www.kingcounty.gov/transportation/kcdot/MetroTransit/Construction.aspx
1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance
Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following:
1-07.18 Insurance
(January 4, 2024 APWA GSP)
1-07.18(1) General Requirements
A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain the insurance described in all subsections of
section 1-07.18 of these Special Provisions, from insurers with a current A. M. Best rating of
not less than A-: VII and licensed to do business in the State of Washington. The Contracting
Agency reserves the right to approve or reject the insurance provided, based on the insurer’s
financial condition.
B. The Contractor shall keep this insurance in force without interruption from the
commencement of the Contractor’s Work through the term of the Contract and for thirty (30)
days after the Physical Completion date, unless otherwise indicated below.
C. If any insurance policy is written on a claims-made form, its retroactive date, and that of all
subsequent renewals, shall be no later than the effective date of this Contract. The policy
shall state that coverage is claims made and state the retroactive date. Claims-made form
coverage shall be maintained by the Contractor for a minimum of 36 months following the
Completion Date or earlier termination of this Contract, and the Contractor shall annually
provide the Contracting Agency with proof of renewal. If renewal of the claims made form of
coverage becomes unavailable, or economically prohibitive, the Contractor shall purchase an
extended reporting period (“tail”) or execute another form of guarantee acceptable to the
Contracting Agency to assure financial responsibility for liability for services performed.
D. The Contractor’s Automobile Liability, Commercial General Liability and Excess or Umbrella
Liability insurance policies shall be primary and non-contributory insurance as respects the
Contracting Agency’s insurance, self-insurance, or self-insured pool coverage. Any insurance,
self-insurance, or self-insured pool coverage maintained by the Contracting Agency shall be
excess of the Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute with it.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 28 Special Provisions
2026
E. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency and all additional insureds with written
notice of any policy cancellation, within two business days of their receipt of such notice.
F. The Contractor shall not begin work under the Contract until the required insurance has been
obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency
G. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall constitute a
material breach of contract, upon which the Contracting Agency may, after giving five
business days’ notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately terminate the
Contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums
in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the Contracting Agency
on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, offset against funds due the
Contractor from the Contracting Agency.
H. All costs for insurance shall be incidental to and included in the unit or lump sum prices of the
Contract and no additional payment will be made.
I. Under no circumstances shall a wrap up policy be obtained, for either initiating or maintaining
coverage, to satisfy insurance requirements for any policy required under this Section. A
“wrap up policy” is defined as an insurance agreement or arrangement under which all the
parties working on a specified or designated project are insured under one policy for liability
arising out of that specified or designated project.
1-07.18(2) Additional Insured
All insurance policies, with the exception of Workers Compensation, and of Professional Liability and
Builder’s Risk (if required by this Contract) shall name the following listed entities as additional
insured(s) using the forms or endorsements required herein:
▪ the Contracting Agency and its officers, elected officials, employees, agents, and volunteers
The above-listed entities shall be additional insured(s) for the full available limits of liability
maintained by the Contractor, irrespective of whether such limits maintained by the Contractor are
greater than those required by this Contract, and irrespective of whether the Certificate of Insurance
provided by the Contractor pursuant to 1-07.18(4) describes limits lower than those maintained by
the Contractor.
For Commercial General Liability insurance coverage, the required additional insured endorsements
shall be at least as broad as ISO forms CG 20 10 10 01 for ongoing operations and CG 20 37 10 01 for
completed operations.
1-07.18(3) Subcontractors
The Contractor shall cause each subcontractor of every tier to provide insurance coverage that
complies with all applicable requirements of the Contractor-provided insurance as set forth herein,
except the Contractor shall have sole responsibility for determining the limits of coverage required to
be obtained by subcontractors.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 29 Special Provisions
2026
The Contractor shall ensure that all subcontractors of every tier add all entities listed in 1 07.18(2) as
additional insureds, and provide proof of such on the policies as required by that section as detailed
in 1-07.18(2) using an endorsement as least as broad as ISO CG 20 10 10 01 for ongoing operations
and CG 20 37 10 01 for completed operations.
Upon request by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting Agency
evidence of insurance and copies of the additional insured endorsements of each subcontractor of
every tier as required in 1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage.
1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage
The Contractor shall deliver to the Contracting Agency a Certificate(s) of Insurance and endorsements
for each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth herein when the Contractor delivers
the signed Contract for the work. Failure of Contracting Agency to demand such verification of
coverage with these insurance requirements or failure of Contracting Agency to identify a deficiency
from the insurance documentation provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s
obligation to maintain such insurance.
Verification of coverage shall include:
1. An ACORD certificate or a form determined by the Contracting Agency to be equivalent.
2. Copies of all endorsements naming Contracting Agency and all other entities listed in 1 07.18(2)
as additional insured(s), showing the policy number. The Contractor may submit a copy of any blanket
additional insured clause from its policies instead of a separate endorsement.
3. Any other amendatory endorsements to show the coverage required herein.
4. A notation of coverage enhancements on the Certificate of Insurance shall not satisfy these
requirements – actual endorsements must be submitted.
5. All insurance coverage maintained or procured pursuant to this agreement shall be endorsed to
waive subrogation against the Contracting Agency, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials,
employees, and volunteers or shall specifically allow the Contractor or others providing insurance
evidence in compliance with these Specifications to waive their right of subrogation prior to a loss.
The Contractor hereby waives its own right of subrogation against the Contracting Agency and shall
require similar written express waivers and insurance clauses from each of its subcontractors.
Upon request by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting Agency a
full and certified copy of the insurance policy(s). If Builders Risk insurance is required on this Project,
a full and certified copy of that policy is required when the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for
the work.
1-07.18(5) Coverages and Limits
The insurance shall provide the minimum coverages and limits set forth below. Contractor’s
maintenance of insurance, its scope of coverage, and limits as required herein shall not be construed
to limit the liability of the Contractor to the coverage provided by such insurance, or otherwise limit
the Contracting Agency’s recourse to any remedy available at law or in equity.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 30 Special Provisions
2026
All deductibles and self-insured retentions must be disclosed and are subject to approval by the
Contracting Agency. The cost of any claim payments falling within the deductible or self-insured
retention shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. In the event an additional insured incurs a
liability subject to any policy’s deductibles or self-insured retention, said deductibles or self-insured
retention shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
1-07.18(5)A Commercial General Liability
Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written on coverage forms at least as broad as ISO
occurrence form CG 00 01, including but not limited to liability arising from premises, operations, stop
gap liability, independent contractors, products-completed operations, personal and advertising
injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract. There shall be no exclusion for liability arising
from explosion, collapse or underground property damage.
The Commercial General Liability insurance shall be endorsed to provide a per project general
aggregate limit, using ISO form CG 25 03 05 09 or an equivalent endorsement.
Contractor shall maintain Commercial General Liability Insurance arising out of the Contractor’s
completed operations for at least three years following Substantial Completion of the Work.
Such policy must provide the following minimum limits:
$2,000,000 Each Occurrence
$3,000,000 General Aggregate
$3,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
$2,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury each offence
$2,000,000 Stop Gap / Employers’ Liability each accident
1-07.18(5)B Automobile Liability
Automobile Liability shall cover owned, non-owned, hired, and leased vehicles; and shall be written
on a coverage form at least as broad as ISO form CA 00 01. If the work involves the transport of
pollutants, the automobile liability policy shall include MCS 90 and CA 99 48 endorsements.
Such policy must provide the following minimum limit:
$1,000,000 Combined single limit each accident
1-07.18(5)C Workers’ Compensation
The Contractor shall comply with Workers’ Compensation coverage as required by the Industrial
Insurance laws of the State of Washington.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 31 Special Provisions
2026
1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety
1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic
(November 4, 2024 WSDOT GSP OPT5)
Lane, ramp, shoulder, and roadway closures are only permitted as follows:
With the exception of holidays, lane closures are limited to the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.,
Monday through Friday.
If the Engineer determines the permitted closure hours adversely affect traffic, the Engineer may
adjust the hours accordingly. The Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any change in the
closure hours. Exceptions to these restrictions are listed below and when applicable take precedence
over closures listed above. The Engineer may also consider on a case-by-case basis additional
exceptions following a written request by the Contractor.
Lane, ramp, shoulder, and roadway closures are not allowed on any of the following:
1. A holiday,
2. A holiday weekend; holidays that occur on Friday, Saturday, Sunday or Monday are considered
a holiday weekend. A holiday weekend includes Saturday, Sunday, and the holiday.
3. After 12:00 p.m. on the day prior to a holiday or holiday weekend, and
4. Before 8:30 a.m. on the day after the holiday or holiday weekend.
5. The two-hour period prior to and the two-hour period after the following special events:
None.
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to obtain the dates and times of all events.
Traffic Delays
When Automated Flagger Assistance Devices (AFADs) or flaggers are used to control traffic, traffic shall
not be stopped for more than 3 minutes at any time. All traffic congestion shall be allowed to clear
before traffic is delayed again.
If the delay becomes greater than 5 minutes, the Contractor shall immediately begin to take action to
cease the operations that are causing the delays. If the 5 minute delay limit has been exceeded, as
determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide to the Engineer, a written proposal to revise
his work operations to meet the 5 minute limit. This proposal shall be accepted by the Engineer prior
to resuming any work requiring traffic control.
There shall be no delay to medical, fire, or other emergency vehicles. The Contractor shall alert all
flaggers and personnel of this requirement.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 32 Special Provisions
2026
General Restrictions
Construction vehicles using a closed traffic lane shall travel only in the normal direction of traffic flow
unless expressly allowed in an accepted traffic control plan. Construction vehicles shall be equipped
with flashing or rotating amber lights.
No two consecutive on-ramps, off-ramps, or intersections shall be closed at the same time and only
one ramp at an interchange shall be closed, unless specifically shown in the Plans.
Roads or ramps that are designated as part of a detour shall not be closed or restricted during the
implementation of that detour, unless specifically shown in the Plans.
Controlled Access
No special access or egress shall be allowed by the Contractor other than normal legal movements or
as shown in the Plans.
Contractor’s vehicles of 10,000 GVW or greater shall not exit or enter a lane open to public traffic
except as follows:
Egress and ingress shall only occur during the hours of allowable lane closures, and:
1. For exiting an open lane of traffic, by decelerating in a lane that is closed during the
allowable hours for lane closures.
2. For entering an open lane of traffic, by accelerating in a closed lane during the
allowable hours for lane closures.
Traffic control vehicles are excluded from the gross vehicle weight requirement. If placing construction
signs will restrict traveled lanes, then the work will be permitted during the hours of allowable lane
closures.
Advance Notification
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any traffic impacts related to lane closure,
shoulder closure, sidewalk closure, or any combination for the week by 12:00 p.m. (noon) Wednesday
the week prior to the stated impacts.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing ten working days in advance of any traffic impacts
related to full roadway closure, ramp closure, or both.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any changes to the stated traffic impacts a
minimum of 48 hours prior to the traffic impacts.
1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic
(May 2, 2017 APWA GSP)
Revise the third sentence of the second paragraph to read:
Accessibility to existing or temporary pedestrian push buttons shall not be impaired; if approved by
the Contracting Agency activating pedestrian recall timing or other accommodation may be allowed
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 33 Special Provisions
2026
during construction.
1-07.24 Rights of Way
(July 12, 2015 APWA GSP)
Section 1-07.24 is supplemented with the following:
Street Right of Way lines, limits of easements, and limits of construction permits are indicated in the
Plans. The Contractor’s construction activities shall be confined within these limits, unless
arrangements for use of private property are made.
Generally, the Contracting Agency will have obtained, prior to bid opening, all rights of way and
easements, both permanent and temporary, necessary for carrying out the work. Exceptions to this
are noted in the Bid Documents or will be brought to the Contractor’s attention by a duly issued
Addendum.
Whenever any of the work is accomplished on or through property other than public Right of Way,
the Contractor shall meet and fulfill all covenants and stipulations of any easement agreement
obtained by the Contracting Agency from the owner of the private property. Copies of the easement
agreements may be included in the Contract Provisions or made available to the Contractor as soon
as practical after they have been obtained by the Engineer.
Whenever easements or rights of entry have not been acquired prior to advertising, these areas are
so noted in the Plans. The Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of the work in areas where
right of way, easements or rights of entry have not been acquired until the Engineer certifies to the
Contractor that the right of way or easement is available or that the right of entry has been received.
If the Contractor is delayed due to acts of omission on the part of the Contracting Agency in obtaining
easements, rights of entry or right of way, the Contractor will be entitled to an extension of time. The
Contractor agrees that such delay shall not be a breach of contract.
Each property owner shall be given 48 hours notice prior to entry by the Contractor. This includes
entry onto easements and private property where private improvements must be adjusted.
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, without expense or liability to the Contracting
Agency, any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary
construction facilities, storage of materials, or other Contractor needs. However, before using any
private property, whether adjoining the work or not, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer a
written permission of the private property owner, and, upon vacating the premises, a written release
from the property owner of each property disturbed or otherwise interfered with by reasons of
construction pursued under this contract. The statement shall be signed by the private property
owner, or proper authority acting for the owner of the private property affected, stating that
permission has been granted to use the property and all necessary permits have been obtained or, in
the case of a release, that the restoration of the property has been satisfactorily accomplished. The
statement shall include the parcel number, address, and date of signature. Written releases must be
filed with the Engineer before the Completion Date will be established.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 34 Special Provisions
2026
1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
Add the following new section:
1-08.0 Preliminary Matters
(May 25, 2006 APWA GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference
(July 8, 2024 APWA GSP)
Prior to the Contractor beginning the work, a preconstruction conference will be held between the
Contractor, the Engineer and such other interested parties as may be invited. The purpose of the
preconstruction conference will be:
1. To review the initial progress schedule;
2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated or affected by the
work;
3. To establish and review procedures for progress payment, notifications, approvals,
submittals, etc.;
4. To review DBE Requirements, Training Plans, and Apprenticeship Plans, when applicable.
5. To establish normal working hours for the work;
6. To review safety standards and traffic control; and
7. To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the work.
The Contractor shall prepare and submit at the preconstruction conference the following:
1. A breakdown of all lump sum items;
2. A preliminary schedule of working drawing submittals; and
3. A list of material sources for approval if applicable.
Add the following new section:
1-08.0(2) Hours of Work
(December 8, 2014 APWA GSP)
Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the normal working
hours for the Contract shall be any consecutive 8-hour period between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m.
Monday through Friday, exclusive of a lunch break. If the Contractor desires different than the normal
working hours stated above, the request must be submitted in writing prior to the preconstruction
conference, subject to the provisions below. The working hours for the Contract shall be established
at or prior to the preconstruction conference.
All working hours and days are also subject to local permit and ordinance conditions (such as noise
ordinances).
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 35 Special Provisions
2026
If the Contractor wishes to deviate from the established working hours, the Contractor shall submit a
written request to the Engineer for consideration. This request shall state what hours are being
requested, and why. Requests shall be submitted for review no later than 2 weeks prior to the day(s)
the Contractor is requesting to change the hours.
If the Contracting Agency approves such a deviation, such approval may be subject to certain other
conditions, which will be detailed in writing. For example.
1. On non-Federal aid projects, requiring the Contractor to reimburse the Contracting Agency for
the costs in excess of straight-time costs for Contracting Agency representatives who worked
during such times. (The Engineer may require designated representatives to be present during
the work. Representatives who may be deemed necessary by the Engineer include, but are not
limited to: survey crews; personnel from the Contracting Agency’s material testing lab; inspectors;
and other Contracting Agency employees or third party consultants when, in the opinion of the
Engineer, such work necessitates their presence.)
2. Considering the work performed on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays as working days with regard
to the contract time.
3. Considering multiple work shifts as multiple working days with respect to contract time even
though the multiple shifts occur in a single 24-hour period.
4. If a 4-10 work schedule is requested and approved the non-working day for the week will be
charged as a working day.
5. If David Bacon wage rates apply to this Contract, all requirements must be met and recorded
properly on certified payroll.
1-08.1 Subcontracting
(******)
Section 1-08.1 is supplemented with the following:
Prior to any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor beginning work, the Contractor shall submit to
the Engineer written certification that a written agreement between the Contractor and the
subcontractor or between the subcontractor and any lower tier subcontractor has been executed.
A Subcontractor or lower tier Subcontractor will not be permitted to perform any work under the
contract until the following documents have been completed and submitted to the Engineer:
1. Request to Sublet Work (WSDOT Form 421-012, revised 08/2022).
The Contractor's records pertaining to the requirements of this Special Provision shall be open to
inspection or audit by representatives of the Contracting Agency during the life of the contract and for
a period of not less than three years after the date of acceptance of the contract. The Contractor shall
retain these records for that period. The Contractor shall also guarantee that these records of all
Subcontractors and lower tier Subcontractors shall be available and open to similar inspection or audit
for the same time period.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 36 Special Provisions
2026
On all projects, the Contractor shall certify to the actual amount received from the Contracting Agency
(Final Contract Voucher Certification) and amounts paid to all firms that were used as Subcontractors,
lower tier subcontractors, manufacturers, regular dealers, or services providers on the Contract. Upon
physical completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Contracting Agency, a list of all
firms paid under this contract and the final actual amounts paid to each firm listed.
1-08.1(7)A Payment Reporting
(November 25, 2024 APWA GSP
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
1-08.1(7)A VACANT
1-08.1(8)B Clauses Required in Subcontracts of All Tiers
(November 25, 2024 APWA GSP)
Delete item 8 of the second paragraph of Section 1-08.1(8)B.
1-08.3 Progress Schedule
1-08.3(2)A Type A Progress Schedule
(December 30, 2022 APWA GSP)
Revise this section to read:
The Contractor shall submit five (5) copies of a Type A Progress Schedule no later than at the
preconstruction conference, or some other mutually agreed upon submittal time. The schedule may
be a critical path method (CPM) schedule, bar chart, or other standard schedule format. Regardless
of which format used, the schedule shall identify the critical path. The Engineer will evaluate the Type
A Progress Schedule and approve or return the schedule for corrections within 15 calendar days of
receiving the submittal.
1-08.4 Prosecution of the Work
Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following:
1-08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of Work
(July 23, 2015 APWA GSP)
Notice to Proceed will be given after the contract has been executed and the contract bond and
evidence of insurance have been approved and filed by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall
not commence with the work until the Notice to Proceed has been given by the Engineer. The
Contractor shall commence construction activities on the project site within ten days of the Notice to
Proceed Date, unless otherwise approved in writing. The Contractor shall diligently pursue the work
to the physical completion date within the time specified in the contract. Voluntary shutdown or
slowing of operations by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 37 Special Provisions
2026
complete the work within the time(s) specified in the contract.
When shown in the Plans, the first order of work shall be the installation of high visibility fencing to
delineate all areas for protection or restoration, as described in the Contract. Installation of high
visibility fencing adjacent to the roadway shall occur after the placement of all necessary signs and
traffic control devices in accordance with 1-10.1(2). Upon construction of the fencing, the Contractor
shall request the Engineer to inspect the fence. No other work shall be performed on the site until the
Contracting Agency has accepted the installation of high visibility fencing, as described in the Contract.
1-08.4(1) Daily Notification of Planned Work Location
(******)
Section 1-08.4(1) is a new section.
For each day work is scheduled to be performed, the Contractor shall contact and inform the Engineer
of the location and the anticipated start time.
1-08.5 Time for Completion
(March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP)
Section 1-08.5 is supplemented with the follo wing:
This project shall be physically completed within 50 working days.
(November 25, 2024 APWA GSP, Option A)
Revise the third and fourth paragraphs to read:
Contract time shall begin on the first working day following the Notice to Proceed Date.
Each working day shall be charged to the contract as it occurs, until the contract work is physically
complete. If substantial completion has been granted and all the authorized working days have been
used, charging of working days will cease. Each week the Engineer will provide the Contractor a
statement that shows the number of working days: (1) charged to the contract the week before; (2)
specified for the physical completion of the contract; and (3) remaining for the physical completion of
the contract. The statement will also show the nonworking days and all partial or whole days the
Engineer declares as unworkable The statement will be identified as a Written Determination by the
Engineer. If the Contractor does not agree with the Written Determination of working days, the
Contractor shall pursue the protest procedures in accordance with Section 1-04.5. By failing to follow
the procedures of Section 1-04.5, the Contractor shall be deemed as having accepted the statement
as correct. If the Contractor is approved to work 10 hours a day and 4 days a week (a 4-10 schedule)
and the fifth day of the week in which a 4-10 shift is worked would ordinarily be charged as a working
day then the fifth day of that week will be charged as a working day whether or not the Contractor
works on that day.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 38 Special Provisions
2026
Revise the sixth paragraph to read:
The Engineer will give the Contractor written notice of the completion date of the contract after all
the Contractor’s obligations under the contract have been performed by the Contractor. The following
events must occur before the Completion Date can be established:
1. The physical work on the project must be complete; and
2. The Contractor must furnish all documentation required by the contract and required by law,
to allow the Contracting Agency to process final acceptance of the contract. The following
documents must be received by the Project Engineer prior to establishing a completion date:
a. Certified Payrolls (per Section 1-07.9(5)).
b. Material Acceptance Certification Documents
c. Monthly Reports in DMCS of the amounts paid including the final payment confirmation
to all firms required by Section 1-08.1(7)A if applicable
d. Final Contract Voucher Certification
e. Copies of the approved “Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid” for the Contractor and all
Subcontractors
f. A copy of the Notice of Termination sent to the Washington State Department of Ecology
(Ecology); the elapse of 30 calendar days from the date of receipt of the Notice of
Termination by Ecology; and no rejection of the Notice of Termination by Ecology. This
requirement will not apply if the Construction Stormwater General Permit is transferred
back to the Contracting Agency in accordance with Section 8-01.3(16).
g. Property owner releases per Section 1-07.24
1-08.9 Liquidated Damages
This Section is supplemented with the following:
(September 8, 2020 WSDOT GSP)
Liquidated damages in the amount of $1,500 per working day will be assessed for failure to physically
complete the Contract within the physical completion time specified.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 39 Special Provisions
2026
1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
1-09.2 Weighing Equipment
1-09.2(1) General Requirements for Weighing Equipment
(November 25, 2024 APWA GSP, Option B)
Revise item 4 of the fifth paragraph to read:
4. Test results and scale weight records for each day’s hauling operations are provided to the
Engineer daily. Reporting shall utilize WSDOT form 422-027LP, Scaleman’s Daily Report, unless
the printed ticket contains the same information that is on the Scaleman’s Daily Report Form. The
scale operator must provide AM and/or PM tare weights for each truck on the printed ticket.
1-09.2(1) General Requirements for Weighing Equipment
(July 8, 2024 APWA GSP, Option C)
Revise the sixth and seventh paragraph to read:
Trucks and Tickets – Each truck to be weighed shall bear a unique identification number. This number
shall be legible and in plain view of the scale operator. The Contractor shall provide Electronic tickets
or Physical tickets for all weighed materials. All Tickets shall, regardless of medium, at a minimum,
contain the following information:
1. Date of haul;
2. Contract number;
3. Contract unit Bid item;
4. Unit of measure;
5. Identification number of hauling vehicle; and
6. Weight delivered:
a. Net weight in the case of batch and hopper scales.
b. Gross weight, tare (a.m. and p.m. minimum) and net weight in the case of platform scales
(tare may be omitted if a tare beam is used).
c. Approximate load out weight in the case of belt conveyor scales.
Electronic-tickets shall be uploaded to the designated site so that they can be accessed by the
material receiver at the material delivery point. Physical tickets shall be handed to the inspector
at the delivery point at the time materials are delivered. The material delivery point is defined as
the location where the material is incorporated into the permanent Work. The Contractor’s
representative shall make report summaries available to the Engineer’s designated receiver, not
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 40 Special Provisions
2026
later than the end of shift, for reconciliation. Tickets for loads not verified as delivered will receive
no pay.
1-09.2(5) Measurement
(December 30, 2022 APWA GSP)
Revise the first paragraph to read:
Scale Verification Checks – At the Engineer’s discretion, the Engineer may perform verification checks
on the accuracy of each batch, hopper, or platform scale used in weighing contract items of Work.
1-09.6 Force Account
(December 30, 2022 APWA GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contracting Agency has estimated and included in the Proposal, dollar amounts for all items to
be paid per force account, only to provide a common proposal for Bidders. All such dollar amounts
are to become a part of Contractor's total bid. However, the Contracting Agency does not warrant
expressly or by implication, that the actual amount of work will correspond with those estimates.
Payment will be made on the basis of the amount of work actually authorized by the Engineer.
1-09.9 Payments
(July 8, 2024 APWA GSP OPT B)
Section 1-09.9 is revised to read:
Delete the fourth paragraph and replace it with the following:
Progress payments for completed work and material on hand will be based upon progress estimates
prepared by the Engineer. A progress estimate cutoff date will be established at the preconstruction
conference.
The initial progress estimate will be made not later than 30 days after the Contractor commences the
work, and successive progress estimates will be made every month thereafter until the Completion
Date. Progress estimates made during progress of the work are tentative, and made only for the
purpose of determining progress payment. The progress estimates are subject to change at any time
prior to the calculation of the Final Payment.
The value of the progress estimate will be the sum of the following:
1. Unit Price Items in the Bid Form — the approximate quantity of acceptable units of work
completed multiplied by the unit price.
2. Lump Sum Items in the Bid Form — based on the approved Contractor’s lump sum breakdown
for that item, or absent such a breakdown, based on the Engineer’s determination.
3. Materials on Hand — 100 percent of invoiced cost of material delivered to Job site or other
storage area approved by the Engineer.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 41 Special Provisions
2026
4. Change Orders — entitlement for approved extra cost or completed extra work as determined
by the Engineer.
Progress payments will be made in accordance with the progress estimate less:
1. Retainage per Section 1-09.9(1), on non FHWA-funded projects;
2. The amount of Progress Payments previously made; and
3. Funds withheld by the Contracting Agency for disbursement in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
Progress payments for work performed shall not be evidence of acceptable performance or an
admission by the Contracting Agency that any work has been satisfactorily completed. The
determination of payments under the contract will be final in accordance with Section 1-05.1.
1-09.11 Disputes and Claims
1-09.11(3) Time Limitation and Jurisdiction
(December 30, 2022 APWA GSP)
Revise this section to read:
For the convenience of the parties to the Contract it is mutually agreed by the parties that all claims
or causes of action which the Contractor has against the Contracting Agency arising from the Contract
shall be brought within 180 calendar days from the date of final acceptance (Section 1-05.12) of the
Contract by the Contracting Agency; and it is further agreed that all such claims or causes of action
shall be brought only in the Superior Court of the county where the Contracting Agency headquarters
is located, provided that where an action is asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.050 shall control
venue and jurisdiction. The parties understand and agree that the Contractor’s failure to bring suit
within the time period provided, shall be a complete bar to all such claims or causes of action. It is
further mutually agreed by the parties that when claims or causes of action which the Contractor
asserts against the Contracting Agency arising from the Contract are filed with the Contracting Agency
or initiated in court, the Contractor shall permit the Contracting Agency to have timely access to all
records deemed necessary by the Contracting Agency to assist in evaluating the claims or action.
1-09.13 Claim Resolution
1-09.13(3)A Administration of Arbitration
(January 19, 2022 APWA GSP)
Revise the third paragraph to read:
The Contracting Agency and the Contractor mutually agree to be bound by the decision of the
arbitrator, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in the Superior
Court of the county in which the Contracting Agency’s headquarters is located, provided that where
claims subject to arbitration are asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.050 shall control venue and
jurisdiction of the Superior Court. The decision of the arbitrator and the specific basis for the decision
shall be in writing. The arbitrator shall use the Contract as a basis for decisions.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 42 Special Provisions
2026
1-09.13(4) Venue for Litigation
(December 30, 2022 APWA GSP)
Revise this section to read:
Litigation shall be brought in the Superior Court of the county in which the Contracting Agency’s
headquarters is located, provided that where claims are asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.050
shall control venue and jurisdiction of the Superior Court. It is mutually agreed by the parties that
when litigation occurs, the Contractor shall permit the Contracting Agency to have timely access to all
records deemed necessary by the Contracting Agency to assist in evaluating the claims or action.
1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL
1-10.2 Traffic Control Management
1-10.2(1) General
(October 3, 2022 WSDOT GSP)
Section 1-10.2(1) is supplemented with the following:
The Traffic Control Supervisor shall be certified by one of the following:
The Northwest Laborers-Employers Training Trust
27055 Ohio Ave.
Kingston, WA 98346
(360) 297-3035
https://www.nwlett.edu
Evergreen Safety Council
12545 135th Ave. NE
Kirkland, WA 98034-8709
1-800-521-0778
https://www.esc.org
The American Traffic Safety Services Association
15 Riverside Parkway, Suite 100
Fredericksburg, Virginia 22406-1022
Training Dept. Toll Free (877) 642-4637
Phone: (540) 368-1701
https://altssa.com/training
Integrity Safety
13912 NE 20th Ave.
Vancouver WA 98686
(360) 574-6071
https://www.integritysafety.com
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 43 Special Provisions
2026
US Safety Alliance
(904) 705-5660
https://www.ussafetyalliance.com
K&D Services Inc.
2719 Rockefeller Ave
Everett, WA 98201
(800) 343-4049
https://www.kndservices.net
1-10.3 Traffic Control Labor, Procedures, and Devices
1-10.3(3)F Notification to Properties
(******)
Section 1-10.3(3)F is deleted and replaced with the following:
The Contractor shall be responsible for delivering notification to all properties that front on, or have
access to, any street included in the Work. The first notification shall be made approximately one
week prior to the day the work is scheduled to begin. The second notification shall be made twenty -
four hours (24 hours) prior to the beginning of work.
The Contacting Agency shall supply the Contractor with standard notification forms that the
Contractor shall complete and deliver.
All work and materials associated with this work shall be incidental to the contract lump sum price for
“Project Temporary Traffic Control”.
1-10.3(3)L No Parking Signs
(******)
Section 1-10.3(3)L is a new section:
Along any street included in the Work, the Contractor shall be responsible for posting “No Parking”
signs a minimum of 72 hours in advance of the start of work. The signs shall specify the date(s) and
time(s) that parking restrictions will be in effect. The name and phone number of the Contractor shall
be clearly visible on each sign.
The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with the Engineer and/or Renton Police
Department if the need arises to tow any vehicle(s) violating a posted “No Parking” sign. The
Contractor shall make a reasonable effort to contact the vehicle owner prior to initiating the process
to tow a vehicle.
All work and materials associated with this work shall be incidental to the contract lump sum price for
“Project Temporary Traffic Control”.
END OF DIVISION 1
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 44 Special Provisions
2026
2-01 CLEARING, GRUBBING AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP
2-01.1 Description
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
Clearing and grubbing on this project shall be performed within the following limits:
Within the construction area of Sites 1, 2 and 3 as shown on the Plans, and within the
right of way, permanent easements where required. The area to be cleared and
grubbed shall extend to 1 foot beyond the improvements (i.e., toe of fill, top of cut
slope, fence, sidewalk, pavement removal area, pavement, curb, etc.) unless indicated
otherwise on the Plans. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer to protect
and leave in place those trees, landscaping, or other items specifically identified to be
saved. Where such is required, the Contractor shall flag those trees, shrubs, etc., to
identify to his workforce their need to be saved.
Existing landscaping, including but not limited to, rockeries, beauty bark, decorative
gravel or rock, bushes, trees, and shrubbery within and/or adjacent to the work areas
shall be protected from damage and/or removed and/or relocated as indicated on the
Plans. The Contractor shall provide protection, removal, temporary or permanent
relocation, watering, staking, etc., as directed by the Engineer.
Selective tree limbing shall be performed where shown on the plans and with direction
from the City of Renton arborist.
If the Contractor removes or damages any existing vegetation, landscaping item or
private irrigation system not designated for removal because of any act, omission,
neglect or misconduct in the execution of the work, such items shall be restored or
replaced in kind by the Contractor to a condition similar or equal to that existing before
such damage or removal occurred.
2-01.5 Payment
(March 6, 2016 G&O GSP)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The lump sum contract price for “Clearing and Grubbing” shall include all costs
associated with furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment for completion of
clearing and grubbing as indicated on the Plans and specified herein including, but not
limited to, clearing and grubbing, selective tree limbing where shown on the plans,
wastehaul, notification/coordination with property owners, Contracting Agency, and
City of Renton arborist. It shall include protecting landscaping to remain as indicated on
the plans, and restoration/replacement of those items identified to be saved that are
damaged by the Contractor.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 45 Special Provisions
2026
2-02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS
2-02.1 Description
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
This work also consists of removing, handling and disposing of deleterious material or
debris encountered during roadway, sidewalk, and trench excavation or other work as
indicated on the Plans within the Project site, including, but not limited to, existing
pipes, utility structures or appurtenances, riprap, buried concrete including thrust
blocks, concrete footings and/or slabs, buried logs or debris, asphalt pavement, cement
concrete pavement, sidewalks, fences, landscaping items, rock walls, guardrail, signs
and any and all other structures and obstructions (unless a separate bid item has been
provided for this work). All salvageable items shall be removed and delivered to the
Contracting Agency unless indicated otherwise on the Plans.
2-02.3 Construction Requirements
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The removal of any existing improvements shall be conducted in such a manner as not
to damage utilities and any portion of the infrastructure that is to remain in place. Any
deviation in this matter will obligate the Contractor at his own expense, to repair,
replace or otherwise make proper restoration to the satisfaction of the Contracting
Agency.
When sawing of concrete or combinations of materials is required, the depth of cut shall
be as required to accomplish the intended purpose, without damaging surfaces to be
left in place and will be determined in the field to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Unless otherwise indicated on the Plans or in the Special Provisions, all structures,
castings, pipe and other material of recoverable value removed from the Project site
shall be carefully salvaged and delivered to the Owner of said utility items in good
condition and in such order of salvage as the Engineer may direct. Materials and other
items deemed of no value by the Engineer shall be promptly removed, loaded and
wastehauled by the Contractor and becomes his property, to be disposed of at his
discretion, in compliance with regulatory requirements.
Waste materials shall be loaded and hauled to a waste site secured by the Contractor
and shall be disposed of in such a manner as to meet all requirements of state, county
and municipal regulations regarding health, safety and public welfare.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 46 Special Provisions
2026
2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs and Gutters
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
Existing cement concrete sidewalks, roadway slabs, curbs, and curbs and gutters shall be
removed at the nearest construction joint where possible, and removed and
wastehauled as required for the construction of this Project. Where directed by the
Engineer, cement concrete curbs or curb and gutter shall be saw-cut prior to removal.
Existing pavement shall be precut before commencing excavation and shall be removed
as required for the construction.
Where shown on the Plans or where directed in the field by the Engineer, the
Contractor shall make a neat vertical saw-cut at the boundaries of the area to be
removed. Care shall be taken during sawcutting so as to prevent damage to the existing
asphalt concrete, or concrete, to remain in place. Any pavement or concrete damaged
by the Contractor outside the area scheduled for removal due to the Contractor’s
operations or negligence shall be repaired or replaced to the Contracting Agency’s
satisfaction by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency.
All cuts shall be continuous, full depth, and shall be made with saws specifically
equipped for this purpose. No skip cutting or jack hammering will be allowed unless
specifically approved otherwise in writing by the Engineer.
Wheel cutting or jack hammering shall not be considered an acceptable means of
pavement “cutting,” unless pre-approved in writing by the Engineer. However, even if
pre-approved as a method of cutting, no payment will be made for this type of work,
and it shall be included in the various unit contract and lump sum prices listed in the
Proposal.
The location of all pavement cuts shall be pre-approved by the Engineer in the field
before cutting commences.
All water and slurry material resulting from sawcutting operations shall not be allowed
to enter the storm drainage or sanitary sewer system and shall be removed from the
site and disposed of in accordance with the Washington State Department of Ecology
regulations.
2-02.4 Measurement (New Section)
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
“Removal of Structures and Obstructions,” will be measured per lump sum.
“Removing Curb and Gutter,” will be measured per linear foot.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 47 Special Provisions
2026
“Removing Cement Conc. Sidewalk,” will be measured per square yard.
“Removing Asphalt Conc. Pavement,” will be measured per square yard.
Measurement for “Sawcutting” will be per linear foot as measured on a horizontal plane
to the nearest 1 feet of pavement cut, for any and all depths of pavement or concrete
cut.
2-02.5 Payment
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The unit contract price per linear foot for “Sawcutting” shall be full compensation for
furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to sawcut the existing
asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete full depth, regardless of the depth
encountered, or the material to be sawcut. It shall also include the treatment and
disposal of all water used in this operation, in compliance with regulatory requirements.
“Removal of Structures and Obstructions,” per lump sum.
The lump sum pay item for “Removal of Structures and Obstructions” shall be full pay
for all work, as described in the Special Provisions, that is not included in the other
contract items noted in this section.
“Removing Curb and Gutter,” per linear foot.
The unit contract price for “Removing Curb and Gutter” shall be full pay for performing
the work including wastehaul and disposal. “Removing of Curb and Gutter” includes
removal, wastehaul and disposal of extruded curb, traffic curb and/or traffic curb and
gutter.
“Removing Cement Conc. Sidewalk,” per square yard.
The unit contract price for “Removing Cement Conc. Sidewalk” shall be full pay to
perform the work for removal, wastehaul and disposal of cement concrete sidewalk,
sidewalk curb ramps including pedestrian curb, walkways, driveway, and cement conc.
pavement.
“Removing Asphalt Conc. Pavement,” per square yard.
The unit contract price for “Removing Asphalt Conc. Pavement” shall be full pay to
perform the work for removal, wastehaul and disposal of asphalt concrete pavement.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 48 Special Provisions
2026
2-03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT
2-03.1 Description
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
This work also includes wet weather and wet condition earthwork measures.
2-03.3 Construction Requirements
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The following items shall be followed if earthwork is to be performed in wet weather or
in wet conditions:
1. Earthwork shall be performed in small sections to minimize exposure to wet
weather. Excavation or the removal of unsuitable soil shall be followed
immediately by the placement and compaction of a suitable thickness (generally
eight inches or less) of clean structural fill. The size and/or type of construction
equipment shall be selected as required to prevent soil disturbance. In some
instances, it may be necessary to limit equipment size to minimize subgrade
disturbance caused by equipment traffic.
2. During wet weather conditions, the allowable fines content of the gravel borrow
shall be reduced to no more than 5 percent by weight based on the portion
passing the 3/4-inch sieve. The sand equivalent shall be 50 percent minimum.
3. The ground surface in the construction area shall be graded to promote the
rapid runoff of surface water and to prevent ponding of water.
4. No soil should be left uncompacted and exposed to moisture. A smooth drum
vibratory roller, or equivalent, shall be used to seal the ground surface.
5. Excavation and placement of fill or backfill material will be observed by the
Engineer, to determine that all work is being accomplished in accordance with
the project specifications.
2-03.3(7)B Haul
(******)
Delete this Section and replace it with the following:
There shall be no separate payment for haul of excess or unsuitable excavated material,
or debris to the Contractor provided disposal site. The Contracting Agency is not
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 49 Special Provisions
2026
providing a disposal site for this Project. All costs for haul shall be included in the bid
prices for other work.
2-03.3(7)C Contractor-Provided Disposal Site
(******)
Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following:
The Contractor shall arrange for the disposal of the excess or unsuitable excavated
material, or other materials at no expense to the Contracting Agency.
2-03.3(10) Selected Material
(******)
Delete the second paragraph and insert the following in its place:
Direct Hauling. If it is practical, the Contractor shall haul selected material immediately
from the excavation to its final place on the Roadbed. The Contracting Agency will pay
for such Work at the unit Contract price for “Roadway Excavation, Incl. Haul.”
Delete the fifth paragraph and insert the following in its place:
There will be not additional payment for hauling, handling and stockpiling selected
materials.
2-03.3(12) Overbreak
Delete the last sentence in this Section.
2-03.4 Measurement
(******)
Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following:
Only one determination of the original ground elevation will be made on this project.
Roadway Excavation, Incl. Haul will be based on the original ground elevations recorded
previous to the award of this contract.
If discrepancies are discovered in the ground elevations, which will materially affect the
quantities of earthwork, the original computations of earthwork quantities will be
adjusted accordingly.
Earthwork quantities will be computed, either manually or by means of electronic data
processing equipment, by use of the average end area method or by the finite element
analysis method utilizing digital terrain modeling techniques.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 50 Special Provisions
2026
Copies of the original survey notes will be made available for the successful bidder’s
inspection if the Contract is awarded.
Measurement for Roadway Excavation, Incl. Haul will be per cubic yard of excavation to
the “neat lines” shown on the Plans.
2-03.5 Payment
(******)
Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following:
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for each of the following bid
items that are included in the Proposal:
“Roadway Excavation, Incl. Haul,” per cubic yard.
The unit contract price per cubic yard for “Roadway Excavation, Incl. Haul” shall be full
pay for all materials, tools, labor, and equipment necessary for excavation to the grade
lines shown including, but not limited to, haul, stockpiling, placing, shaping, and grading
per Section 2-03, Subgrade Preparation per Section 2-06, Watering per Section 2-07,
compacting, loading, hauling to waste and disposing of all excess or unsuitable material,
including logs, rocks, cobbles, etc. The unit contract price shall also include all costs
required to uniformly grade and clean existing and/or new ditches to drain to existing
and/or proposed drainage structures and the earthwork required for construction of
driveways and retaining walls.
The unit contract price shall also include all costs required to remove and wastehaul
existing asphalt and/or concrete pavement, sidewalks, curbs and gutters located within
the grade lines shown. All other existing pavement, brick pavers, sidewalks, curb and
gutter, storm drainage structures, abandoned utilities, and other such structures
intended to be removed for the installation of the proposed improvements shall be paid
under the contract item “Removal of Structure and Obstruction.”
In the event the Contractor overcuts a street, due to his oversight or error, the
structural fill material (as approved by Contracting Agency) and compaction required to
bring the roadway section back to subgrade elevation shall be furnished and
accomplished at his sole expense, as no additional payment will be due the Contractor
for this work.
Should solid rock be encountered, the excavation, removal and wastehaul will be paid
by change order per Section 1-04.4. Boulders or broken rock less than 2 cubic yards in
volume will not be classified as solid rock, nor will so called “hard-pan” or cemented
gravel, even though it may be advantageous to use explosives in its removal.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 51 Special Provisions
2026
2-04 HAUL
2-04.1 Description
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
If the sources of materials provided by the Contractor necessitates hauling over any
public roads, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s expense, make all arrangements
for the use of the haul routes. No separate monies will be due the Contractor for this
work.
2-07 WATERING
2-07.3 Construction Requirements
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
During construction, the Contractor shall have dedicated to the Project a suitable water
truck that shall be operated as necessary to control dust. Failure to have a water truck
immediately accessible to the job and failure to use a water truck for dust control shall
be adequate reason for the Engineer to issue a suspension of work.
A hydrant permit will be required to be secured by the Contractor for any necessary
water. Water will be provided at the convenience of the Contracting Agency which
reserves the right to control the location and use of water based on the Contracting
Agency’s own needs.
2-07.5 Payment
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The cost for all water permit(s), and furnishing and placing water shall be included in the
unit contract price for “Roadway Excavation, Incl. Haul.”
2-09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION
2-09.3(1) General Requirements
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
When any Work is being considered by the Contractor in the vicinity of an existing
utility, the Contractor shall so inform an authority of the particular utility in ample time
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 52 Special Provisions
2026
so that the utility involved and the Contractor may take any precautions necessary to
facilitate construction in the vicinity of the utility, and thereby protect that particular
utility from damage.
Protecting and Maintaining Utility Service
The Contractor shall protect and maintain the operational service of existing utility
systems in a continuous manner as possible. The Contractor shall have the approval
from the Engineer and notification shall be given to the Contracting Agency before any
disruptions of service in existing utilities will be allowed. The Contractor shall comply
with all the conditions established by the Engineer and the Contracting Agency. The
Contractor shall give the utility owner a minimum notice of 48 hours before disrupting
any planned service interruption. No planned interruption to an existing system shall be
allowed on Fridays, weekends, or holidays, unless specifically agreed to in writing by the
Contracting Agency. Where services are to be shut down, affected parties shall be
notified in writing by the Contractor (i.e., door hangers) at least 48 hours and not more
than 72 hours in advance of the time and period of shut down. The Contractor shall
make every effort to keep shut down schedules to periods of anticipated minimum
usage and for the least period of time.
Where the construction crosses or is adjacent to existing utilities, the Contractor shall
exercise extreme care to protect such utilities from damage. Additionally, the
Contractor shall review the Plans, the project site and familiarize himself with the
various utilities and plan his construction activities in recognition that the very close
proximity of existing utilities to the proposed work will adversely affect production rates
of installation of the various planned improvements. The Contractor is hereby advised
and cautioned that the location of existing utilities will be cause for considerable and
extreme care and due diligence on the part of the Contractor. As such, work production
rates are anticipated to be significantly impacted by their presence and normal
production rates should not be anticipated, during construction by the Contractor for
work in these areas. The Contractor shall anticipate minor alignment adjustments will
also be required to accommodate the installation of utilities.
2-09.3(1)E Backfilling
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
Where existing and/or proposed ground contours prevent a minimum of 24 inches of
cover above “flexible” storm pipe or where utility crossings necessitate, the Contracting
Agency may direct the Contractor to install a controlled density fill encasement for the
pipe. The encasement shall be constructed in accordance with the Plans and/or as
directed in the field by the Contracting Agency. Material for encasement shall be
controlled density fill per Section 2-09.3(1)E of the Standard Specifications. The pipe
shall be securely held in place until the material has “set.” Trenches located within
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 53 Special Provisions
2026
roadways/drives shall be protected with H-20 steel plates, or Contracting Agency-
approved equal, while the material sets.
2-09.3(5) Locating Utilities (New Section)
(******)
A reasonable attempt has been made to locate known existing utilities; however, the exact
location, and/or depth is unknown in most instances. It shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor to locate existing utilities, to include their respective depths.
The Contractor shall provide field exploration through vacuum excavation, potholing or other
suitable means to locate more precisely existing underground utilities as to location and depth.
The Contractor shall decide on the difficulties to be encountered in constructing the project, and
determine therefrom the extent of exploration required to expedite the construction to first
prevent damage to those utilities, and secondly to determine if the new construction is to go
around, over or under the existing utility. At a minimum, potholing will be required at all utility
interties prior to trench excavation for connections and at all major utility crossings, and
potential conflicts noted by underground location notification as may be directed by the
Engineer. See Contract Plans for additional specific locations.
2-09.4 Measurement
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
No specific unit of measurement shall apply to the lump sum item of locate existing
utilities.
Measurement for Pothole will be per each pothole location.
2-09.5 Payment
(******)
Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following:
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for each of the following bid
items that are included in the Proposal.
“Locate Existing Utilities,” per lump sum.
The lump sum contract price for “Locate Existing Utilities” shall be full compensation for
all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the work with the exception of
pothole work. This bid item shall be paid proportionate to the completion of the Work.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 54 Special Provisions
2026
“Pothole,” per each.
The unit contract price per each for “Pothole” shall be full compensation for all costs
incurred by the Contractor in excavating, vactoring, measuring, recording depth of
cover, type of material, diameter of pipe/conduit, recording the station and offset of the
pothole and submitting this information to the Contracting Agency, and backfilling
pothole locations where shown on the Plans or directed by the Contracting Agency.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 55 Special Provisions
2026
3-01 PRODUCTION FROM QUARRY AND PIT SITES
3-01.2 Material Sources, General Requirement
3-01.2(1) Approval of Source
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with approval of the material
source.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 56 Special Provisions
2026
4-04 BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING
4-04.4 Measurement
(******)
Delete the last sentence in this Section and replace with the following:
No measurement will be made for water used in placing and compacting surfacing
materials.
4-04.5 Payment
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The unit contract prices for the various types of ballast, structural fill, crushed surfacing
base course, and crushed surfacing top course materials shall include all costs for
obtaining the materials, hauling the materials to the site, stockpiling, spreading, grading,
shaping, moisture conditioning, compacting, and all other incidentals, complete, in place.
Asphalt grindings are not subject to reimbursement under any of these bid items.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 57 Special Provisions
2026
DIVISION 5 – SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
5-04 HOT MIX ASPHALT
(******)
Delete Section 5-04 and amendments, Hot Mix Asphalt and replace it with the following:
5-04.1 Description
This Work shall consist of providing and placing one or more layers of plant-mixed hot mix asphalt (HMA)
on a prepared foundation or base in accordance with these Specifications. and the lines, grades, thick-
nesses, and typical cross-sections shown in the Plans. The Contractor shall maintain the existing street
surface contours (e.g. street profile and cross section, etc.), unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
The manufacture of HMA may include warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in accordance with these Spec-
ifications. WMA processes include organic additives, chemical additives, and foaming.
HMA shall be composed of asphalt binder and mineral materials as may be required, mixed in the propor-
tions specified to provide a homogeneous, stable, and workable mixture.
See Volume 2 of 2 for the paving limits and the thickness of HMA. All HMA to be placed in this contract
shall be HMA Cl. 1/2" PG 58H-22.
5-04.2 Materials
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
Asphalt Binder 9-02.1(4)
Cationic Emulsified Asphalt 9-02.1(6)
Anti-Stripping Additive 9-02.4
HMA Additive 9-02.5
Aggregates 9-03.8
Recycled Asphalt Pavement 9-03.8(3)B
Mineral Filler 9-03.8(5)
Recycled Material 9-03.21
Portland Cement 9-01
Sand 9-03.1(2)
(As noted in 5-04.3(5)C for crack sealing)
Joint Sealant 9-04.2
Foam Backer Rod 9-04.2(3)A
The Contract documents may establish that the various mineral materials required for the manufac-
ture of HMA will be furnished in whole or in part by the Contracting Agency. If the documents do
not establish the furnishing of any of these mineral materials by the Contracting Agency, the Con-
tractor shall be required to furnish such materials in the amounts required for the designated mix.
Mineral materials include coarse and fine aggregates, and mineral filler.
The Contractor may choose to utilize recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) in the production of HMA.
The RAP may be from pavements removed under the Contract, if any, or pavement material from an
existing stockpile.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 58 Special Provisions
2026
The Contractor may use up to 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA with no additional sampling or
testing of the RAP. The RAP shall be sampled and tested at a frequency of one sample for every
1,000 tons produced and not less than ten samples per project. The asphalt content and gradation
test data shall be reported to the Contracting Agency when submitting the mix design for approval
on the QPL. The Contractor shall include the RAP as part of the mix design as defined in these Speci-
fications.
The grade of asphalt binder shall be as required by the Contract. Blending of asphalt binder from dif-
ferent sources is not permitted.
The Contractor may only use warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in the production of HMA with 20
percent or less RAP by total weight of HMA. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for ap-
proval the process that is proposed and how it will be used in the manufacture of HMA.
Production of aggregates shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-01.
Preparation of stockpile site, the stockpiling of aggregates, and the removal of aggregates from
stockpiles shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-02.
5-04.2(1) How to Get an HMA Mix Design on the QPL
If the contractor wishes to submit a mix design for inclusion in the Qualified Products List (QPL), please
follow the WSDOT process outlined in Standard Specification 5-04.2(1). as follows:
Comply with each of the following:
• Develop the mix design in accordance with WSDOT SOP 732.
• Develop a mix design that complies with Sections 9-03.8(2) and 9-03.8(6).
• Develop a mix design no more than 6 months prior to submitting it for QPL evaluation.
• Submit mix designs to the WSDOT State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater, including WSDOT Form
350-042.
• Include representative samples of the materials that are to be used in the HMA production as part of
the mix design submittal.
• Identify the brand, type, and percentage of anti-stripping additive in the mix design submittal.
• Include with the mix design submittal a certification from the asphalt binder supplier that the anti-
stripping additive is compatible with the crude source and the formulation of asphalt binder proposed
for use in the mix design.
• Do not include warm mix asphalt (WMA) additives when developing a mix design or submitting a mix
design for QPL evaluation. The use of warm mix asphalt (WMA) additives is not part of the process for
obtaining approval for listing a mix design on the QPL. Refer to Section 5-04.2(2)B.
5-04.2(1)A Vacant
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 59 Special Provisions
2026
5-04.2(2) Mix Design – Obtaining Project Approval
ESALs
No paving shall begin prior to the approval of the mix design by the Engineer.
Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for all HMA not designated as Commercial HMA in the contract
documents.
Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in the following
applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, and pavement
repair. Other nonstructural applications of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be as ap-
proved by the Project Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be
at the option of the Project Engineer. The Proposal quantity of HMA that is accepted by commercial
evaluation will be excluded from the quantities used in the determination of nonstatistical evaluation.
Nonstatistical Mix Design. Fifteen days prior to the first day of paving the contractor shall provide one
of the following mix design verification certifications for Contracting Agency review;
• The WSDOT Mix Design Evaluation Report from the current WSDOT QPL, or one of the mix de-
sign verification certifications listed below.
• The proposed HMA mix design on WSDOT Form 350-042 with the seal and certification (stamp &
sig-nature) of a valid licensed Washington State Professional Engineer.
• The Mix Design Report for the proposed HMA mix design developed by a qualified City or
County laboratory that is within one year of the approval date.**
** The mix design report shall be performed by a lab accredited by a national authority such as Labora-
tory Accreditation Bureau, L-A-B for Construction Materials Testing, The Construction Materials Engi-
neering Council (CMEC’s) ISO 17025 or AASHTO Accreditation Program (AAP) and shall supply evidence
of participation in the AASHTO: resource proficiency sample program.
Mix designs for HMA accepted by Nonstatistical evaluation shall;
• Have the aggregate structure and asphalt binder content determined in accordance with
WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732 and meet the requirements of Sections 9-03.8(2),
except that Hamburg testing for ruts and stripping are at the discretion of the Engineer, and 9-
03.8(6).
• Have anti-strip requirements, if any, for the proposed mix design determined in accordance with
AASHTO T 283 or T 324, or based on historic anti-strip and aggregate source compatibility from
previous WSDOT lab testing.
At the discretion of the Engineer, agencies may accept verified mix designs older than 12 months from
the original verification date with a certification from the Contractor that the materials and sources are
the same as those shown on the original mix design.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 60 Special Provisions
2026
Commercial Evaluation. Approval of a mix design for “Commercial Evaluation” will be based on a review
of the Contractor’s submittal of WSDOT Form 350-042 (For commercial mixes, AASHTO T 324 evaluation
is not required) or a Mix Design from the current WSDOT QPL or from one of the processes allowed by
this section. Testing of the HMA by the Contracting Agency for mix design approval is not required.
For the Bid Item Commercial HMA, the Contractor shall select a class of HMA and design level of Equiva-
lent Single Axle Loads (ESAL’s) appropriate for the required use.
5-04.2(2)B Using Warm Mix Asphalt Processes
The Contractor may elect to use additives that reduce the optimum mixing temperature or serve as a
compaction aid for producing HMA. Additives include organic additives, chemical additives and foaming
processes. The use of Additives is subject to the following:
• Do not use additives that reduce the mixing temperature more than allowed in Section 5-04.3(6)
in the production of mixtures.
• Before using additives, obtain the Engineer’s approval using WSDOT Form 350-076 to describe
the proposed additive and process.
5-04.3 Construction Requirements
5-04.3(1) Weather Limitations
Do not place HMA for wearing course on any Traveled Way beginning October 1st through March 31st
of the following year without written concurrence from the Engineer.
Do not place HMA on any wet surface, or when the average surface temperatures are less than those
specified below, or when weather conditions otherwise prevent the proper handling or finishing of the
HMA.
Minimum Surface Temperature for Paving
Compacted Thickness (Feet) Wearing Course Other Courses
Less than 0.10 55◦F 45◦F
0.10 to .20 45◦F 35◦F
More than 0.20 35◦F 35◦F
5-04.3(2) Paving Under Traffic
When the Roadway being paved is open to traffic, the requirements of this Section shall apply.
The Contractor shall keep intersections open to traffic at all times except when paving the intersection
or paving across the intersection. During such time, and provided that there has been an advance warn-
ing to the public, the intersection may be closed for the minimum time required to place and compact
the mixture. In hot weather, the Engineer may require the application of water to the pavement to ac-
celerate the finish rolling of the pavement and to shorten the time required before reopening to traffic.
Before closing an intersection, advance warning signs shall be placed and signs shall also be placed
marking the detour or alternate route.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 61 Special Provisions
2026
During paving operations, temporary pavement markings shall be maintained throughout the project.
Temporary pavement markings shall be installed on the Roadway prior to opening to traffic. Temporary
pavement markings shall be in accordance with Section 8-23.
All costs in connection with performing the Work in accordance with these requirements, except the
cost of temporary pavement markings, shall be included in the unit Contract prices for the various Bid
items involved in the Contract.
5-04.3(3) Equipment
5-04.3(3)A Mixing Plant
Plants used for the preparation of HMA shall conform to the following requirements:
1. Equipment for Preparation of Asphalt Binder – Tanks for the storage of asphalt binder shall
be equipped to heat and hold the material at the required temperatures. The heating shall
be accomplished by steam coils, electricity, or other approved means so that no flame shall
be in contact with the storage tank. The circulating system for the asphalt binder shall be
designed to ensure proper and continuous circulation during the operating period. A valve
for the purpose of sampling the asphalt binder shall be placed in either the storage tank or
in the supply line to the mixer.
2. Thermometric Equipment – An armored thermometer, capable of detecting temperature
ranges expected in the HMA mix, shall be fixed in the asphalt binder feed line at a location
near the charging valve at the mixer unit. The thermometer location shall be convenient and
safe for access by Inspectors. The plant shall also be equipped with an approved dial-scale
thermometer, a mercury actuated thermometer, an electric pyrometer, or another ap-
proved thermometric instrument placed at the discharge chute of the drier to automatically
register or indicate the temperature of the heated aggregates. This device shall be in full
view of the plant operator.
3. Heating of Asphalt Binder – The temperature of the asphalt binder shall not exceed the
maximum recommended by the asphalt binder manufacturer nor shall it be below the mini-
mum temperature required to maintain the asphalt binder in a homogeneous state. The as-
phalt binder shall be heated in a manner that will avoid local variations in heating. The heat-
ing method shall provide a continuous supply of asphalt binder to the mixer at a uniform
average temperature with no individual variations exceeding 25°F. Also, when a WMA addi-
tive is included in the asphalt binder, the temperature of the asphalt binder shall not exceed
the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of the WMA additive.
4. Sampling and Testing of Mineral Materials – The HMA plant shall be equipped with a me-
chanical sampler for the sampling of the mineral materials. The mechanical sampler shall
meet the requirements of Section 1-05.6 for the crushing and screening operation. The Con-
tractor shall provide for the setup and operation of the field testing facilities of the Contract-
ing Agency as provided for in Section 3-01.2(2).
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 62 Special Provisions
2026
5. Sampling HMA – The HMA plant shall provide for sampling HMA by one of the following
methods:
a. A mechanical sampling device attached to the HMA plant.
b. Platforms or devices to enable sampling from the hauling vehicle without entering
the hauling vehicle.
5-04.3(3)B Hauling Equipment
Trucks used for hauling HMA shall have tight, clean, smooth metal beds and shall have a cover of canvas
or other suitable material of sufficient size to protect the mixture from adverse weather. Whenever the
weather conditions during the work shift include, or are forecast to include, precipitation or an air tem-
perature less than 45°F or when time from loading to unloading exceeds 30 minutes, the cover shall be
securely attached to protect the HMA.
The contractor shall provide an environmentally benign means to prevent the HMA mixture from adher-
ing to the hauling equipment. Excess release agent shall be drained prior to filling hauling equipment
with HMA. Petroleum derivatives or other coating material that contaminate or alter the characteristics
of the HMA shall not be used. For live bed trucks, the conveyer shall be in operation during the process
of applying the release agent.
5-04.3(3)C Pavers
HMA pavers shall be self-contained, power-propelled units, provided with an internally heated vibratory
screed and shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of HMA plant mix material in lane widths
required by the paving section shown in the Plans.
The HMA paver shall be in good condition and shall have the most current equipment available from the
manufacturer for the prevention of segregation of the HMA mixture installed, in good condition, and in
working order. The equipment certification shall list the make, model, and year of the paver and any
equipment that has been retrofitted.
The screed shall be operated in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and shall effec-
tively produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture without tearing, shoving, segre-
gating, or gouging the mixture. A copy of the manufacturer’s recommendations shall be provided upon
request by the Contracting Agency. Extensions will be allowed provided they produce the same results,
including ride, density, and surface texture as obtained by the primary screed. Extensions without au-
gers and an internally heated vibratory screed shall not be used in the Traveled Way.
When specified in the Contract or directed by the Engineer, reference lines for vertical control will be
required. Lines shall be placed on both outer edges of the Traveled Way of each Roadway. Horizontal
control utilizing the reference line will be permitted. The grade and slope for intermediate lanes shall be
controlled automatically from reference lines or by means of a mat referencing device and a slope con-
trol device. When the finish of the grade prepared for paving is superior to the established tolerances
and when, in the opinion of the Engineer, further improvement to the line, grade, cross-section, and
smoothness can best be achieved without the use of the reference line, a mat referencing device may
be substituted for the reference line. Substitution of the device will be subject to the continued approval
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 63 Special Provisions
2026
of the Engineer. A joint matcher may be used subject to the approval of the Engineer. The reference line
may be removed after the completion of the first course of HMA when approved by the Engineer.
Whenever the Engineer determines that any of these methods are failing to provide the necessary verti-
cal control, the reference lines will be reinstalled by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall furnish and install all pins, brackets, tensioning devices, wire, and accessories nec-
essary for satisfactory operation of the automatic control equipment.
If the paving machine in use is not providing the required finish, the Engineer may suspend Work as al-
lowed by Section 1-08.6. Any cleaning or solvent type liquids spilled on the pavement shall be thor-
oughly removed before paving proceeds.
5-04.3(3)D Material Transfer Device or Material Transfer Vehicle
A Material Transfer Device/Vehicle (MTD/V) shall only be used with the Engineer’s approval, unless oth-
erwise required by the contract. A MTD/V is not required for this contract.
When used, the MTD/V shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to laydown
by the paving machine. Mixing of the HMA shall be sufficient to obtain a uniform temperature through-
out the mixture. If a windrow elevator is used, the length of the windrow may be limited in urban areas
or through intersections, at the discretion of the Engineer.
To be approved for use, an MTV:
1. Shall be self-propelled vehicle, separate from the hauling vehicle or paver.
2. Shall not be connected to the hauling vehicle or paver.
3. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a windrow.
4. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to placement into the
paving machine.
5. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture.
To be approved for use, an MTD:
1. Shall be positively connected to the paver.
2. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a windrow.
3. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to placement into the
paving machine.
4. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture.
5-04.3(3)E Rollers
Rollers shall be of the steel wheel, vibratory, oscillatory, or pneumatic tire type, in good condition and
capable of reversing without backlash. Operation of the roller shall be in accordance with the manufac-
turer’s recommendations. When ordered by the Engineer for any roller planned for use on the project,
the Contractor shall provide a copy of the manufacturer’s recommendation for the use of that roller for
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 64 Special Provisions
2026
compaction of HMA. The number and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the mixture in
compliance with the requirements of Section 5-04.3(10). The use of equipment that results in crushing
of the aggregate will not be permitted. Rollers producing pickup, washboard, uneven compaction of the
surface, displacement of the mixture or other undesirable results shall not be used.
5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces
When the surface of the existing pavement or old base is irregular, the Contractor shall bring it to a uni-
form grade and cross-section as shown on the Plans or approved by the Engineer.
Preleveling of uneven or broken surfaces over which HMA is to be placed may be accomplished by using
an asphalt paver, a motor patrol grader, or by hand raking, as approved by the Engineer.
Compaction of preleveling HMA shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer and may require the use of
small steel wheel rollers, plate compactors, or pneumatic rollers to avoid bridging across preleveled ar-
eas by the compaction equipment. Equipment used for the compaction of preleveling HMA shall be ap-
proved by the Engineer.
Before construction of HMA on an existing paved surface, the entire surface of the pavement shall be
clean. All fatty asphalt patches, grease drippings, and other objectionable matter shall be entirely re-
moved from the existing pavement. All pavements or bituminous surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of
dust, soil, pavement grindings, and other foreign matter. All holes and small depressions shall be filled
with an appropriate class of HMA. The surface of the patched area shall be leveled and compacted thor-
oughly. Prior to the application of tack coat, or paving, the condition of the surface shall be approved
by the Engineer.
A tack coat of asphalt shall be applied to all paved surfaces on which any course of HMA is to be placed
or abutted; except that tack coat may be omitted from clean, newly paved surfaces at the discretion of
the Engineer. Tack coat shall be uniformly applied to cover the existing pavement with a thin film of re-
sidual asphalt free of streaks and bare spots at a rate between 0.02 and 0.10 gallons per square yard of
retained asphalt. The rate of application shall be approved by the Engineer. A heavy application of tack
coat shall be applied to all joints. For Roadways open to traffic, the application of tack coat shall be lim-
ited to surfaces that will be paved during the same working shift. The spreading equipment shall be
equipped with a thermometer to indicate the temperature of the tack coat material.
Equipment shall not operate on tacked surfaces until the tack has broken and cured. If the Contractor’s
operation damages the tack coat it shall be repaired prior to placement of the HMA.
The tack coat shall be CSS-1, or CSS-1h emulsified asphalt. The CSS-1 and CSS-1h emulsified asphalt may
be diluted once with water at a rate not to exceed one part water to one part emulsified asphalt. The
tack coat shall have sufficient temperature such that it may be applied uniformly at the specified rate of
application and shall not exceed the maximum temperature recommended by the emulsified as-
phalt manufacturer.
All utility appurtenances (e.g. manhole covers, valve covers, etc.) located within the paving limits shall be
coated with a biodegradable soap to prevent the tack coat and HMA from sticking to them. Diesel shall
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 65 Special Provisions
2026
not be used for this purpose. After application of the biodegradable soap, all catch basins shall be covered
to prevent tack and HMA from entering into them.
5-04.3(4)A Crack Sealing
5-04.3(4)A1 General
When the Proposal includes a pay item for crack sealing, seal all cracks ¼ inch in width and greater.
Cleaning: Ensure that cracks are thoroughly clean, dry and free of all loose and foreign material when
filling with crack sealant material. Use a hot compressed air lance to dry and warm the pavement sur-
faces within the crack immediately prior to filling a crack with the sealant material. Do not overheat
pavement. Do not use direct flame dryers. Routing cracks is not required.
Sand Slurry: For cracks that are to be filled with sand slurry, thoroughly mix the components and pour
the mixture into the cracks until full. Add additional CSS-1 cationic emulsified asphalt to the sand slurry
as needed for workability to ensure the mixture will completely fill the cracks. Strike off the sand slurry
flush with the existing pavement surface and allow the mixture to cure. Top off cracks that were not
completely filled with additional sand slurry. Do not place the HMA overlay until the slurry has fully
cured.
The sand slurry shall consist of approximately 20 percent CSS-1 emulsified asphalt, approximately 2 per-
cent portland cement, water (if required), and the remainder clean Class 1 or 2 fine aggregate per sec-
tion 9-03.1(2). The components shall be thoroughly mixed and then poured into the cracks and joints
until full. The following day, any cracks or joints that are not completely filled shall be topped off with
additional sand slurry. After the sand slurry is placed, the filler shall be struck off flush with the existing
pavement surface and allowed to cure. The HMA overlay shall not be placed until the slurry has fully
cured. The requirements of Section 1-06 will not apply to the portland cement and sand used in the
sand slurry.
In areas where HMA will be placed, use sand slurry to fill the cracks.
In areas where HMA will not be placed, fill the cracks as follows:
1. Cracks ¼ inch to 1 inch in width - fill with hot poured sealant.
2. Cracks greater than 1 inch in width – fill with sand slurry.
Hot Poured Sealant: For cracks that are to be filled with hot poured sealant, apply the material in ac-
cordance with these requirements and the manufacturer’s recommendations. Furnish a Type 1 Working
Drawing of the manufacturer’s product information and recommendations to the Engineer prior to the
start of work, including the manufacturer’s recommended heating time and temperatures, allowable
storage time and temperatures after initial heating, allowable reheating criteria, and application tem-
perature range. Confine hot poured sealant material within the crack. Clean any overflow of sealant
from the pavement surface. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor’s method of sealing the
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 66 Special Provisions
2026
cracks with hot poured sealant results in an excessive amount of material on the pavement surface, stop
and correct the operation to eliminate the excess material.
5-04.3(4)A2 Crack Sealing Areas Prior to Paving
In areas where HMA will be placed, use sand slurry to fill the cracks.
5-04.3(4)A3 Crack Sealing Areas Not to be Paved
In areas where HMA will not be placed, fill the cracks as follows:
a. Cracks ¼ inch to 1 inch in width – fill with hot poured sealant.
b. Cracks greater than 1 inch in width – fill with sand slurry.
5-04.3(4)B Vacant
5-04.3(4)C Pavement Repair
The Contractor shall excavate pavement repair areas and shall backfill these with HMA in accordance
with the details shown in the Plans and as marked in the field. The Contractor shall conduct the excava-
tion operations in a manner that will protect the pavement that is to remain. Pavement not designated
to be removed that is damaged as a result of the Contractor’s operations shall be repaired by the Con-
tractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall ex-
cavate only within one lane at a time unless approved otherwise by the Engineer. The Contractor shall
not excavate more area than can be completely finished during the same shift, unless approved by the
Engineer.
Unless otherwise shown in the Plans or determined by the Engineer, excavate to a depth of 1.0 feet. The
Engineer will make the final determination of the excavation depth required. The minimum width of any
pavement repair area shall be 40 inches unless shown otherwise in the Plans. Before any excavation, the
existing pavement shall be sawcut or shall be removed by a pavement grinder. Excavated materials will
become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in a Contractor-provided site off the
Right of Way or used in accordance with Sections 2-02.3(3) or 9-03.21.
Asphalt for tack coat shall be required as specified in Section 5-04.3(4). A heavy application of tack coat
shall be applied to all surfaces of existing pavement in the pavement repair area.
Placement of the HMA backfill shall be accomplished in lifts not to exceed 0.35-foot compacted depth.
Lifts that exceed 0.35-foot of compacted depth may be accomplished with the approval of the Engineer.
Each lift shall be thoroughly compacted by a mechanical tamper or a roller.
5-04.3(5) Producing/Stockpiling Aggregates and RAP
Aggregates and RAP shall be stockpiled according to the requirements of Section 3-02. Sufficient storage
space shall be provided for each size of aggregate and RAP. Materials shall be removed from stockpile(s)
in a manner to ensure minimal segregation when being moved to the HMA plant for processing into the
final mixture. Different aggregate sizes shall be kept separated until they have been delivered to the
HMA plant.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 67 Special Provisions
2026
5-04.3(5)A Vacant
5-04.3(6) Mixing
After the required amount of mineral materials, asphalt binder, recycling agent and anti-stripping addi-
tives have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until complete and uniform coating
of the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials is en-
sured.
When discharged, the temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the optimum mixing temperature by
more than 25°F as shown on the reference mix design report or as approved by the Engineer. Also, when
a WMA additive is included in the manufacture of HMA, the discharge temperature of the HMA shall not
exceed the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of the WMA additive. A maximum water con-
tent of 2 percent in the mix, at discharge, will be allowed providing the water causes no problems with
handling, stripping, or flushing. If the water in the HMA causes any of these problems, the moisture con-
tent shall be reduced as directed by the Engineer.
Storing or holding of the HMA in approved storage facilities will be permitted with approval of the Engi-
neer, but in no event shall the HMA be held for more than 24 hours. HMA held for more than 24 hours
after mixing shall be rejected. Rejected HMA shall be disposed of by the Contractor at no expense to the
Contracting Agency. The storage facility shall have an accessible device located at the top of the cone or
about the third point. The device shall indicate the amount of material in storage. No HMA shall be ac-
cepted from the storage facility when the HMA in storage is below the top of the cone of the storage
facility, except as the storage facility is being emptied at the end of the working shift.
Recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) utilized in the production of HMA shall be sized prior to entering the
mixer so that a uniform and thoroughly mixed HMA is produced. If there is evidence of the recycled as-
phalt pavement not breaking down during the heating and mixing of the HMA, the Contractor shall im-
mediately suspend the use of the RAP until changes have been approved by the Engineer. After the re-
quired amount of mineral materials, RAP, new asphalt binder and asphalt rejuvenator have been intro-
duced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until complete and uniform coating of the particles and
thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials, and RAP is ensured.
5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing
The mixture shall be laid upon an approved surface, spread, and struck off to the grade and elevation
established. HMA pavers complying with Section 5-04.3(3) shall be used to distribute the mixture. Un-
less otherwise directed by the Engineer, the nominal compacted depth of any layer of any course shall
not exceed the following:
HMA Class 1” 0.35 feet
HMA Class ¾” and HMA Class ½”
wearing course 0.30 feet
other courses 0.35 feet
HMA Class ⅜” 0.15 feet
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 68 Special Provisions
2026
On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical spreading and finish-
ing equipment impractical, the paving may be done with other equipment or by hand.
When more than one JMF is being utilized to produce HMA, the material produced for each JMF shall be
placed by separate spreading and compacting equipment. The intermingling of HMA produced from
more than one JMF is prohibited. Each strip of HMA placed during a work shift shall conform to a single
JMF established for the class of HMA specified unless there is a need to make an adjustment in the JMF.
All cast off rock from raking shall be removed prior to compaction of final HMA lift.
Before the installation of the 2 inches or 4-inches of HMA, the streets shall be bladed and compacted to
a uniform grade and cross-section as approved by the Engineer. The preparation of the base shall be inci-
dental to the bid item for HMA Cl. ½” PG 58H-22. Subbase material, which is determined by the Engineer
to be unsuitable shall be removed under Roadway Excavation Including Haul and replaced with Crushed
Surfacing Base Course prior to the application of HMA.
5-04.3(8) Aggregate Acceptance Prior to Incorporation in HMA
For HMA accepted by nonstatistical evaluation the aggregate properties of sand equivalent, uncom-
pacted void content and fracture will be evaluated in accordance with Section 3-04. Sampling and test-
ing of aggregates for HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Engineer.
5-04.3(9) HMA Mixture Acceptance
Acceptance of HMA shall be as provided under nonstatistical, or commercial evaluation.
Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for the acceptance of HMA unless Commercial Evaluation is speci-
fied.
Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in the following
applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, temporary pave-
ment, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of HMA accepted by commercial evalua-
tion shall be as approved by the Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evalua-
tion will be at the option of the Engineer.
The mix design will be the initial JMF for the class of HMA. The Contractor may request a change in the
JMF. Any adjustments to the JMF will require the approval of the Engineer and may be made in accord-
ance with this section.
HMA Tolerances and Adjustments
1. Job Mix Formula Tolerances – The constituents of the mixture at the time of acceptance shall be
within tolerance. The tolerance limits will be established as follows:
For Asphalt Binder and Air Voids (Va), the acceptance limits are determined by adding the toler-
ances below to the approved JMF values. These values will also be the Upper Specification Limit
(USL) and Lower Specification Limit (LSL) required in Section 1-06.2(2)D2.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 69 Special Provisions
2026
Property Non-Statistical Evaluation Commercial Evaluation
Asphalt Binder +/- 0.5% +/- 0.7%
Air Voids, Va 2.5% min. and 5.5% max N/A
For Aggregates in the mixture:
a. First, determine preliminary upper and lower acceptance limits by applying the following tol-
erances to the approved JMF.
Aggregate Percent Passing Non-Statistical Evaluation Commercial Evaluation
1”, ¾”, ½”, and 3/8” sieves +/- 6% +/- 8%
No. 4 sieve +/-6% +/- 8%
No. 8 Sieve +/- 6% +/-8%
No. 200 sieve +/- 2.0% +/- 3.0%
b. Second, adjust the preliminary upper and lower acceptance limits determined from step (a)
the minimum amount necessary so that none of the aggregate properties are outside the
control points in Section 9-03.8(6). The resulting values will be the upper and lower ac-
ceptance limits for aggregates, as well as the USL and LSL required in Section 1-06.2(2)D2.
2. Job Mix Formula Adjustments – An adjustment to the aggregate gradation or asphalt binder content
of the JMF requires approval of the Engineer. Adjustments to the JMF will only be considered if the
change produces material of equal or better quality and may require the development of a new mix
design if the adjustment exceeds the amounts listed below.
a. Aggregates –2 percent for the aggregate passing the 1½″, 1″, ¾″, ½″, ⅜″, and the No. 4
sieves, 1 percent for aggregate passing the No. 8 sieve, and 0.5 percent for the aggregate
passing the No. 200 sieve. The adjusted JMF shall be within the range of the control points
in Section 9-03.8(6).
b. Asphalt Binder Content – The Engineer may order or approve changes to asphalt binder
content. The maximum adjustment from the approved mix design for the asphalt binder
content shall be 0.3 percent.
5-04.3(9)A Vacant
5-04.3(9)B Vacant
5-04.3 (9)D Mixture Acceptance – Commercial Evaluation
If sampled and tested, HMA produced under Commercial Evaluation and having all constituents falling
within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no
further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the commercial tolerance limits in the
Job Mix Formula shown in 5-04.3(9), the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to de-
termine the appropriate CPF. The commercial tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF
and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing
sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for eval-
uation.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 70 Special Provisions
2026
For each lot of HMA mix produced and tested under Commercial Evaluation when the calculated CPF is
less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals the algebraic
difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be
calculated as the product of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract
price per ton of mix.
If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay factor will be
considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF).
5-04.3(10) HMA Compaction Acceptance
HMA mixture accepted by nonstatistical evaluation that is used in traffic lanes, including lanes for inter-
sections, ramps, truck climbing, weaving, and speed change, and having a specified compacted course
thickness greater than 0.10-foot, shall be compacted to a specified level of relative density. The speci-
fied level of relative density shall be a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of not less than 0.75 when evaluated
in accordance with Section 1-06.2, using a LSL of 92.0 (minimum of 92 percent of the maximum density).
The maximum density shall be determined by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 729. The specified level of den-
sity attained will be determined by the evaluation of the density of the pavement. The density of the
pavement shall be determined in accordance with WSDOT FOP for WAQTC TM 8, except that gauge cor-
relation will be at the discretion of the Engineer, when using the nuclear density gauge and WSDOT SOP
736 when using cores to determine density.
Tests for the determination of the pavement density will be taken in accordance with the required pro-
cedures for measurement by a nuclear density gauge or roadway cores after completion of the finish
rolling.
If the Contracting Agency uses a nuclear density gauge to determine density the test procedures FOP for
WAQTC TM 8 and WSDOT SOP T 729 will be used on the day the mix is placed and prior to opening to
traffic.
Roadway cores for density may be obtained by either the Contracting Agency or the Contractor in ac-
cordance with WSDOT SOP 734. The core diameter shall be 4-inches minimum, unless otherwise ap-
proved by the Engineer. Roadway cores will be tested by the Contracting Agency in accordance with
WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 166.
If the Contract includes the Bid item “Roadway Core” the cores shall be obtained by the Contractor in
the presence of the Engineer on the same day the mix is placed and at locations designated by the Engi-
neer. If the Contract does not include the Bid item “Roadway Core” the Contracting Agency will obtain
the cores.
For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s request after the
Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 71 Special Provisions
2026
HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed under conditions other than
those listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point evaluation of the compaction train.
The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with instructions from the Engineer. The
number of passes with an approved compaction train, required to attain the maximum test point den-
sity, shall be used on all subsequent paving.
HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used for preleveling wheel rutting shall
be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
Test Results
For a sublot that has been tested with a nuclear density gauge that did not meet the minimum of 92 per-
cent of the reference maximum density in a compaction lot with a CPF below 1.00 and thus subject to a
price reduction or rejection, the Contractor may request that a core be used for determination of the
relative density of the sublot. The relative density of the core will replace the relative density deter-
mined by the nuclear density gauge for the sublot and will be used for calculation of the CPF and ac-
ceptance of HMA compaction lot.
When cores are taken by the Contracting Agency at the request of the Contractor, they shall be re-
quested by noon of the next workday after the test results for the sublot have been provided or made
available to the Contractor. Core locations shall be outside of wheel paths and as determined by the En-
gineer. Traffic control shall be provided by the Contractor as requested by the Engineer. Failure by the
Contractor to provide the requested traffic control will result in forfeiture of the request for cores.
When the CPF for the lot based on the results of the HMA cores is less than 1.00, the cost for the coring
will be deducted from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the Contract at
the rate of $200 per core and the Contractor shall pay for the cost of the traffic control.
5-04.3(10)A HMA Compaction – General Compaction Requirements
Compaction shall take place when the mixture is in the proper condition so that no undue displacement,
cracking, or shoving occurs. Areas inaccessible to large compaction equipment shall be compacted by
other mechanical means. Any HMA that becomes loose, broken, contaminated, shows an excess or defi-
ciency of asphalt, or is in any way defective, shall be removed and replaced with new hot mix that shall
be immediately compacted to conform to the surrounding area.
The type of rollers to be used and their relative position in the compaction sequence shall generally be
the Contractor’s option, provided the specified densities are attained. Unless the Engineer has approved
otherwise, rollers shall only be operated in the static mode when the internal temperature of the mix is
less than 175°F. Regardless of mix temperature, a roller shall not be operated in a mode that results in
checking or cracking of the mat. Rollers shall only be operated in static mode on bridge decks.
5-04.3(10)B HMA Compaction – Cyclic Density
Low cyclic density areas are defined as spots or streaks in the pavement that are less than 90 percent of
the theoretical maximum density. At the Engineer’s discretion, the Engineer may evaluate the HMA
pavement for low cyclic density, and when doing so will follow WSDOT SOP 733. A $500 Cyclic Density
Price Adjustment will be assessed for any 500-foot section with two or more density readings below 90
percent of the theoretical maximum density.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 72 Special Provisions
2026
5-04.3(10)C Vacant
5-04.3(11) Reject Work
5-04.3(11)A Reject Work General
Work that is defective or does not conform to Contract requirements shall be rejected. The Contractor
may propose, in writing, alternatives to removal and replacement of rejected material. Acceptability of
such alternative proposals will be determined at the sole discretion of the Engineer. HMA that has been
rejected is subject to the requirements in Section 1-06.2(2) and this specification, and the Contractor
shall submit a corrective action proposal to the Engineer for approval.
5-04.3(11)B Rejection by Contractor
The Contractor may, prior to sampling, elect to remove any defective material and replace it with new
material. Any such new material will be sampled, tested, and evaluated for acceptance.
5-04.3(11)C Rejection Without Testing (Mixture or Compaction)
The Engineer may, without sampling, reject any batch, load, or section of Roadway that appears defec-
tive. Material rejected before placement shall not be incorporated into the pavement. Any rejected sec-
tion of Roadway shall be removed.
No payment will be made for the rejected materials or the removal of the materials unless the Contrac-
tor requests that the rejected material be tested. If the Contractor elects to have the rejected material
tested, a minimum of three representative samples will be obtained and tested. Acceptance of rejected
material will be based on conformance with the nonstatistical acceptance Specification. If the CPF for
the rejected material is less than 0.75, no payment will be made for the rejected material; in addition,
the cost of sampling and testing shall be borne by the Contractor. If the CPF is greater than or equal to
0.75, the cost of sampling and testing will be borne by the Contracting Agency. If the material is rejected
before placement and the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, compensation for the rejected material
will be at a CPF of 0.75. If rejection occurs after placement and the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75,
compensation for the rejected material will be at the calculated CPF with an addition of 25 percent of
the unit Contract price added for the cost of removal and disposal.
5-04.3(11)D Rejection - A Partial Sublot
In addition to the random acceptance sampling and testing, the Engineer may also isolate from a normal
sublot any material that is suspected of being defective in relative density, gradation or asphalt binder
content. Such isolated material will not include an original sample location. A minimum of three random
samples of the suspect material will be obtained and tested. The material will then be statistically evalu-
ated as an independent lot in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2).
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 73 Special Provisions
2026
5-04.3(11)E Rejection - An Entire Sublot
An entire sublot that is suspected of being defective may be rejected. When a sublot is rejected a mini-
mum of two additional random samples from this sublot will be obtained. These additional samples and
the original sublot will be evaluated as an independent lot in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2).
5-04.3(11)F Rejection - A Lot in Progress
The Contractor shall shut down operations and shall not resume HMA placement until such time as the
Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced:
1. When the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of a lot in progress drops below 1.00 and the Contractor
is taking no corrective action, or
2. When the Pay Factor (PF) for any constituent of a lot in progress drops below 0.95 and the Con-
tractor is taking no corrective action, or
3. When either the PFi for any constituent or the CPF of a lot in progress is less than 0.75.
5-04.3(11)G Rejection - An Entire Lot (Mixture or Compaction)
An entire lot with a CPF of less than 0.75 will be rejected.
5-04.3(12) Joints
5-04.3(12)A HMA Joints
5-04.3(12)A1 Transverse Joints
The Contractor shall conduct operations such that the placing of the top or wearing course is a continuous
operation or as close to continuous as possible. Unscheduled transverse joints will be allowed and the
roller may pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid mixture only when the placement of the
course must be discontinued for such a length of time that the mixture will cool below compaction tem-
perature. When the Work is resumed, the previously compacted mixture shall be cut back to produce a
slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the course.
A temporary wedge of HMA constructed on a 20H:1V shall be constructed where a transverse joint as a
result of paving or planing is open to traffic. The HMA in the temporary wedge shall be separated from
the permanent HMA by strips of heavy wrapping paper or other methods approved by the Engineer. The
wrapping paper shall be removed and the joint trimmed to a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness
of the course prior to resumption of paving.
The material that is cut away shall be wasted and new mix shall be laid against the cut. Rollers or tamping
irons shall be used to seal the joint.
All transverse (butt) joints between new and existing asphalt shall be milled to the full overlay depth as
shown on the Plans.
All transverse (butt) joints shall be sealed after paving. See Section 5-04.3(17) for requirements.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 74 Special Provisions
2026
5-04.3(12)A2 Longitudinal Joints
The longitudinal joint in any one course shall be offset from the course immediately below by not more
than 6 inches nor less than 2 inches. All longitudinal joints constructed in the wearing course shall be lo-
cated at a lane line or an edge line of the Traveled Way. A notched wedge joint shall be constructed
along all longitudinal joints in the wearing surface of new HMA unless otherwise approved by the Engi-
neer. The notched wedge joint shall have a vertical edge of not less than the maximum aggregate size or
more than ½ of the compacted lift thickness and then taper down on a slope not steeper than 4H:1V.
The sloped portion of the HMA notched wedge joint shall be uniformly compacted.
5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness
The completed surface of all courses shall be of uniform texture, smooth, uniform as to crown and
grade, and free from defects of all kinds. The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary
more than ⅛ inch ¼ inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to
the centerline. The transverse slope of the completed surface of the wearing course shall vary not more
than ¼ inch in 10 feet from the rate of transverse slope shown in the Plans. of the existing street surface.
When deviations in excess of the above tolerances are found that result from a high place in the HMA,
the pavement surface shall be corrected by one of the following methods:
1. Removal of material from high places by grinding with an approved grinding machine, or
2. Removal and replacement of the wearing course of HMA, or
3. By other method approved by the Engineer.
Correction of defects shall be carried out until there are no deviations anywhere greater than the allow-
able tolerances.
Deviations in excess of the above tolerances that result from a low place in the HMA and deviations re-
sulting from a high place where corrective action, in the opinion of the Engineer, will not produce satis-
factory results will be accepted with a price adjustment. The Engineer shall deduct from monies due or
that may become due to the Contractor the sum of $500.00 for each and every section of single traffic
lane 100 feet in length in which any excessive deviations described above are found.
When utility appurtenances such as manhole covers and valve boxes are located in the traveled way, the
utility appurtenances shall be adjusted to the finished grade prior to paving. This requirement may be
waived when requested by the Contractor, at the discretion of the Engineer or when the adjustment de-
tails provided in the project plan or specifications call for utility appurtenance adjustments after the
completion of paving. For this contract, utility appurtenances shall be adjusted to final grade after pav-
ing, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. See Section 5-04.3(20) for requirements.
Utility appurtenance adjustment discussions will be included in the Pre-Paving planning planing
(5-04.3(14)B3). Submit a written request to waive this requirement to the Engineer prior to the start of
paving.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 75 Special Provisions
2026
5-04.3(14)B Paving and Planing Under Traffic
5-04.3(14)B1 General
In addition the requirements of Section 1-07.23 and the traffic controls required in Section 1-10, and un-
less the Contract specifies otherwise or the Engineer approves, the Contractor must comply with the fol-
lowing:
1. Intersections:
a. Keep intersections open to traffic at all times, except when paving or planing operations
through an intersection requires closure. Such closure must be kept to the minimum time re-
quired to place and compact the HMA mixture, or plane as appropriate. For paving, schedule
such closure to individual lanes or portions thereof that allows the traffic volumes and schedule
of traffic volumes required in the approved traffic control plan. Schedule work so that adjacent
intersections are not impacted at the same time and comply with the traffic control restrictions
required by the Traffic Engineer. Each individual intersection closure or partial closure, must be
addressed in the traffic control plan, which must be submitted to and accepted by the Engi-
neer, see Section 1-10.2(2).
b. When planing or paving and related construction must occur in an intersection, consider
scheduling and sequencing such work into quarters of the intersection, or half or more of an
intersection with side street detours. Be prepared to sequence the work to individual lanes or
portions thereof.
c. Should closure of the intersection in its entirety be necessary, and no trolley service is im-
pacted, keep such closure to the minimum time required to place and compact the HMA mix-
ture, plane, remove asphalt, tack coat, and as needed.
d. Any work in an intersection requires advance warning in both signage and a number of
Working Days advance notice as determined by the Engineer, to alert traffic and emergency
services of the intersection closure or partial closure.
e. Allow new compacted HMA asphalt to cool to ambient temperature before any traffic is
allowed on it. Traffic is not allowed on newly placed asphalt until approval has been obtained
from the Engineer.
2. Temporary centerline marking, post-paving temporary marking, temporary stop bars, and
maintaining temporary pavement marking must comply with Section 8-23.
3. Permanent pavement marking must comply with Section 8-22.
4. Roadways Open to Traffic
When the roadway being paved is open to traffic, the following requirements shall apply:
The Contractor shall keep roadways open to traffic at all times except where paving is in
progress. During such time, and provided that there has been an advance warning to
the public, only that specified section of road being paved may be closed for the mini-
mum time required to place and compact the HMA. Adjacent travel lanes and shoul-
der shall be left open for traffic during these times. In hot weather, the Engineer may
require the application of water to the pavement to accelerate the finish rolling of the
pavement and to shorten the time required before reopening to traffic.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 76 Special Provisions
2026
Before temporarily closing a portion of the road, advance-warning signs shall be placed
and signs shall also be placed clearly alerting the driver of temporary lane closures.
During paving operations, temporary pavement markings shall be maintained through-
out the project. Temporary pavement markings shall be installed on the roadway prior
to opening to traffic and shall be in accordance with Section 8-23.
All costs in connection with performing the Work in accordance with these require-
ments shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various bid items involved in
the Contract.
5-04.3(14)B2 Submittals – Planing Plan and HMA Paving Plan
The Contractor must submit a separate planing plan and a separate paving plan to the Engineer at least
5 Working Days in advance of each operation’s activity start date. These plans must show how the mov-
ing operation and traffic control are coordinated, as they will be discussed at the pre-planing briefing
and pre-paving briefing. When requested by the Engineer, the Contractor must provide each operation’s
traffic control plan on 24 x 36 inch 11 x 17 inch or larger size Shop Drawings with a scale showing both
the area of operation and sufficient detail of traffic beyond the area of operation where detour traffic
may be required. The scale on the Shop Drawings is 1 inch = 20 feet 100 feet, which may be changed if
the Engineer agrees sufficient detail is shown.
The planing operation and the paving operation include, but are not limited to, metal detection, removal
of asphalt and temporary asphalt of any kind, tack coat and drying, staging of supply trucks, paving
trains, rolling, scheduling, and as may be discussed at the briefing.
When intersections will be partially or totally blocked, provide adequately sized and noticeable signage
alerting traffic of closures to come, a minimum 2 Working Days in advance. The traffic control plan must
show where police officers will be stationed when signalization is or may be, countermanded, and show
areas where flaggers are proposed.
At a minimum, the planing and the paving plan must include:
1. A copy of the accepted traffic control plan, see Section 1-10.2(2), detailing each day’s traffic con-
trol as it relates to the specific requirements of that day’s planing and paving. Briefly describe
the sequencing of traffic control consistent with the proposed planing and paving sequence, and
scheduling of placement of temporary pavement markings and channelizing devices after each
day’s planing, and paving.
2. A copy of each intersection’s traffic control plan.
3. Haul routes from Supplier facilities, and locations of temporary parking and staging areas, in-
cluding return routes. Describe the complete round trip as it relates to the sequencing of paving
operations.
4. Names and locations of HMA Supplier facilities to be used.
5. List of all equipment to be used for paving.
6. List of personnel and associated job classification assigned to each piece of paving equipment.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 77 Special Provisions
2026
7. Description (geometric or narrative) of the scheduled sequence of planing and of paving, and
intended area of planing and of paving for each day’s work, must include the directions of pro-
posed planing and of proposed paving, sequence of adjacent lane paving, sequence of skipped
lane paving, intersection planing and paving scheduling and sequencing, and proposed notifica-
tions and coordinations to be timely made. The plan must show HMA joints relative to the final
pavement marking lane lines.
8. Names, job titles, and contact information for field, office, and plant supervisory personnel.
9. A copy of the approved Mix Designs.
10. Tonnage of HMA to be placed each day.
11. Approximate times and days for starting and ending daily operations.
5-04.3(14)B3 Pre-Paving and Pre-Planing Briefing
At least 2 Working Days before the first paving operation and the first planing operation, or as scheduled
by the Engineer for future paving and planing operations to ensure the Contractor has adequately pre-
pared for notifying and coordinating as required in the Contract, the Contractor must be prepared to
discuss that day’s operations as they relate to other entities and to public safety and convenience, in-
cluding driveway and business access, garbage truck operations, Metro transit operations and working
around energized overhead wires, school and nursing home and hospital and other accesses, other con-
tractors who may be operating in the area, pedestrian and bicycle traffic, and emergency services. The
Contractor, and Subcontractors that may be part of that day’s operations, must meet with the Engineer
and discuss the proposed operation as it relates to the submitted planing plan and paving plan, ap-
proved traffic control plan, and public convenience and safety. Such discussion includes, but is not lim-
ited to:
1. General for both Paving Plan and for Planing Plan:
a. The actual times of starting and ending daily operations.
b. In intersections, how to break up the intersection, and address traffic control and signaliza-
tion for that operation, including use of peace officers.
c. The sequencing and scheduling of paving operations and of planing operations, as applica-
ble, as it relates to traffic control, to public convenience and safety, and to other con-trac-
tors who may operate in the Project Site.
d. Notifications required of Contractor activities, and coordinating with other entities and the
public as necessary.
e. Description of the sequencing of installation and types of temporary pavement markings as
it relates to planning and to paving.
f. Description of the sequencing of installation of, and the removal of, temporary pavement
patch material around exposed castings and as may be needed
g. Description of procedures and equipment to identify hidden metal in the pavement, such as
survey monumentation, monitoring wells, street car rail, and castings, before planning, see
Section 5-04.3(14)B2.
h. Description of how flaggers will be coordinated with the planing, paving, and related opera-
tions.
i. Description of sequencing of traffic controls for the process of rigid pavement base repairs.
j. Other items the Engineer deems necessary to address.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 78 Special Provisions
2026
2. Paving – additional topics:
a. When to start applying tack and coordinating with paving.
b. Types of equipment and numbers of each type equipment to be used. If more pieces of
equipment than personnel are proposed, describe the sequencing of the personnel operat-
ing the types of equipment. Discuss the continuance of operator personnel for each type
equipment as it relates to meeting Specification requirements.
c. Number of JMFs to be placed, and if more than one JMF how the Contractor will ensure dif-
ferent JMFs are distinguished, how pavers and MTVs are distinguished if more than one JMF
is being placed at the time, and how pavers and MTVs are cleaned so that one JMF does not
adversely influence the other JMF.
d. Description of contingency plans for that day’s operations such as equipment breakdown,
rain out, and Supplier shutdown of operations.
e. Number of sublots to be placed, sequencing of density testing, and other sampling and test-
ing.
5-04.3(15) Sealing Pavement Surfaces
Apply a fog seal where shown in the plans. Construct the fog seal in accordance with Section 5-02.3. Un-
less otherwise approved by the Engineer, apply the fog seal prior to opening to traffic.
5-04.3(16) HMA Road Approaches
HMA approaches shall be constructed at the locations shown in the Plans or where staked by the Engi-
neer. The Work shall be performed in accordance with Section 5-04.
5-04.3(17) Construction Joint Sealing
Transverse Joints - Joints between new and existing asphalt shall be sealed within five (5) calendar days
after final rolling of the final lift of HMA. The seal shall be CSS-1 emulsified asphalt. The emulsified asphalt
shall be placed in a way to be smooth and flush with roadway surface with minimal overbanding. This
work is considered incidental to the bid item “HMA CL. ½” PG 58H-22”.
5-04.3(19) Edge of Pavement Alignment
Where curb and gutter do not exist, the Contractor shall maintain a ± 2 inches per 100 linear feet tolerance
for the edge of pavement. The Contractor may establish a reference line as a guide at their discretion or
as directed by the Engineer. This work is considered incidental to the bid item “HMA CL. ½” PG 58H-22”.
5-04.3(20) Adjusting Utility Covers and Monument Cases to Final Grade
The following section only applies to existing utility covers and monument cases covered by HMA. The
work shall be completed after the final rolling of the final lift of HMA. The work consists of locating and
marking these features and then adjusting them final grade.
The Contractor shall locate all utility covers and monument cases covered by HMA immediately after pav-
ing operations are complete for a street and/or street segment. Each location shall be marked with paint
and identify the type of buried feature. The Contractor shall completely expose all water valve boxes and
gas valves for access within five (5) calendar days after final rolling of the final lift of HMA.
Existing structures and new structures shall be adjusted to the finished grade as shown on the Plans and
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 79 Special Provisions
2026
as further specified herein. Existing boxes, rings, grates, covers, and lids shall be reset in a careful and
workmanlike manner to conform to the required grades. Where shown on the Plans, existing frame
and grates shall be replaced with new frames and solid lids.
The new and existing utility castings and monuments shall be adjusted to grade in the following manner:
As soon as the street has been paved past each structure or casting, the asphalt concrete mat shall be
scored around the location of the structure or casting. After rolling has been completed and the mat
has cooled, it shall be cut along the scored lines. The structure or casting shall then be raised to fin-
ished pavement grade and the annular spaces filled as indicated on the Plans. The Contractor shall in-
stall the pavement to give a smooth finished appearance. All covers, lids, frames, and grates shall be
thoroughly cleaned.
After pavement is in place, all new pavement joints shall be sealed with a 6-inch-wide strip of hot asphalt
sealer. A sand blanket shall be applied to the surface of the hot asphalt sealer immediately after the
placement of the sealer to help alleviate the tracking of the asphalt. The sealer shall meet the require-
ments of Section 9-04.2(1) of the Standard Specifications
The Contractor shall adjust the following features to final grade per the requirements listed below.
Manholes and Catch Basins – Refer to Renton Standard Plan 106 included in the Appendix or Plans.
Water Valve Boxes – Refer to Renton Standard Plan 330.1 in the Appendix or Plans
Gas Valves – Same as Water Valve Boxes.
Monument Cases – Refer to Renton Standard Plan 113 in the Appendix or Plans.
J-boxes, Electrical Vaults, Communications Vaults – These features shall not to be covered with HMA.
5-04.3(21) Temporary Pavement Marking
The furnishing and installing of temporary pavement marking shall be as described in Section 8-23. For
this contract, all temporary pavement marking is considered short duration.
5-04.4 Measurement
Commercial HMA will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2, with no deduction be-
ing made for the weight of asphalt binder, mineral filler, or any other component of the mixture. If the
Contractor elects to remove and replace mix as allowed by Section 5-04.3(11), the material removed will
not be measured.
Temporary pavement marking will be measured by the linear foot as provided in Section 8-23.4.
Planing Bituminous Pavement will be measured by the square yard.
Adjust Existing Manhole Cover will be measured per each.
Adjust Existing Catch Basin will be measured per each.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 80 Special Provisions
2026
Adjust Existing Catch Basin, Replace Casting will be measured per each.
Adjust Existing Water Valve Box will be measured per each.
5-04.5 Payment
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“HMA Cl. 1/2" PG 58H-22”, per ton.
The unit Contract price per ton for “HMA Cl. 1/2" PG 58H-22” shall be full compensation for all costs, in-
cluding anti-stripping additive, incurred to carry out the requirements of Section 5-04 except for those
costs included in other items which are included in this Subsection and which are included in the Pro-
posal. The unit contract price per ton for “HMA Cl. 1/2" PG 58H-22” shall include the cost for all labor,
materials, equipment and tools for furnishing, placing, compacting and constructing asphalt pavement
including mix design, anti-strip determination, mix design verification, preparation of untreated road-
way, removing plastic traffic marking, removing RPMs, removing permanent striping, anti-stripping addi-
tive, soil residual herbicide, asphalt for tack coat, HMA pavement, HMA for preleveling, HMA transition
sections, HMA ramps, HMA driveways/approaches, HMA wedge curb, spreading and finishing, water,
compaction, sealing all cold joints with asphalt sealant (and sand blanket to alleviate tracking), tempo-
rary pavement markings, removal of temporary pavement markings,, and all other incidentals necessary
for a complete paving system to the lines, cross section and grades in accordance with the Plans.
“Planing Bituminous Pavement,” per square yard.
The unit contract price per square yard for “Planing Bituminous Pavement” shall be full payment for all
costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(14) and shall include all costs to plane
the asphalt (full depth), grade, load, haul, stockpile, and/or wastehaul the material.
“Temporary Pavement Marking”, per linear foot.
Payment for “Temporary Pavement Marking” is described in Section 8-23.5.
“Adjust Existing Catch Basin”, per each
“Adjust Existing Catch Basin, Replace Casting”, per each.
“Adjust Existing Valve Box”, per each.
“Adjust Existing Manhole Cover”, per each.
The unit Contract price per each for “Adjust Existing Valve Box,” “Adjust Existing Catch Basin, Replace
Casting,” “Adjust Existing Manhole Cover” shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work
described in Section 5-04.3(20) and Section 7-05.3(1).
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 81 Special Provisions
2026
“Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment,” by calculation.
“Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment” will be calculated and paid for as described in Sec-
tion 5-04.3(9)C6.
“Compaction Price Adjustment,” by calculation.
“Compaction Price Adjustment” will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5-04.3(10)D3.
END OF DIVISION 5
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 82 Special Provisions
2026
6-07 PAINTING
6-07.1 Description
This first sentence of this Section is revised to read:
(***Renton***)
This work shall consist of painting systems and colors for metal elements as shown on
the Plans.
6-07.2 Material
This Section is supplemented with the following:
(***Renton***)
Paint materials shall comply with the requirements in Section 9-08 unless described in
this section.
Paint Color/Paint System Table
Specification
Section Item Paint Color Paint System
9-08.2 Street Light Pole
and Arm
RAL 9005TX
“Jet Black”
Refer to specification
below
Galvanizing
All fabricated steel components and materials to be galvanized per ASTM 123.
All steel hardware components and materials to be galvanized per ASTM 153.
Powder Coating Paint System
The powder coating paint system shall be composed of exterior grade pure polyester
TGIC, dry powder including resins and pigments in accordance with requirements of
AAMA 605.2, and shall have the following characteristics:
Glossy Surface Semi-Gloss Surface Mat Surface
Thickness 2.5-3.5 mils/60-90 2.5-3.5 mils/60-90 2.5-3.5 mils/60-90
Gloss(1) 80-90 55-70 15-25
Cross Hatch Adhesion(2) Pass 100% Pass 100% Pass 100%
Mandrel Bending(3) 1/8"/3 mm 5/32"/4 mm 3/16"/5 mm
Erichsen Cupping
ISO 1520
5/16"/8 mm 1/4"/7 mm 3/16"/5 mm
Impression Hardness(4) 95 95 95
Impact Test(5) Up to 160"/lb. Up to 160"/lb. Up to 160"/lb.
Pencil Hardness(6) 2H (min.) 2H (min.) 2H (min.)
Dry Mill Test OK OK OK
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 83 Special Provisions
2026
Glossy Surface Semi-Gloss Surface Mat Surface
Salt Spray Test(7) 1500 h test, max.
undercut 1/16"/1 mm
1500 h test, max.
undercut 1/16"/1 mm
1500 h test, max.
undercut 1/16"/1 mm
Humidity Resistance(8) 1500 h test, min.
blisters 1/16"/1 mm
1500 h test, min.
blisters 1/16"/1 mm
1500 h test, min.
blisters 1/16"/1 mm
Key:
(1) Gloss According to Gardner 60 degrees, ASTM D523.
(2) Cross Hatch Adhesion, ASTM D3359, Method B.
(3) Mandrel Bending Test, ASTM D522.
(4) Impression hardness, ASTM B3363.
(5) Impact Test, ASTM D2794; (0.1) inch distortion.
(6) Pencil Hardness, ASTM B3363.
(7) Salt spray Resistance Test, ASTM B117.
(8) Humidity Resistance Test, ASTM D2247.
Decorative Signal Poles
All decorative signal poles and its sub-assemblies parts (refer to Special Provisions,
Section 9-29.6[1]A) shall be factory painted over galvanizing; all galvanized exterior
surfaces visually exposed are coated with a corrosion-inhibiting polyamide epoxy to a
minimum dry film thickness (DFT) of 3.0 mils. Prior to application, the surfaces to be
coated shall be mechanically etched by brush blasting (Ref. SSPC-SP7) and the zinc-
coated substrate preheated to 400 degrees F for a minimum of 1 hour in a gas-fired
convection oven. The epoxy coating is applied and force cured in a convection oven.
The intermediate coated surfaces are coated with an aliphatic acrylic polyurethane to a
minimum dry film thickness of 3.0 mils. The polyurethane coating is applied and cured
in a convection oven by heating the steel substrate to a minimum of 200 degrees F.
Prior to packaging, poles shall be cradled in 1-inch rubberized foam base; Contractor to
take precaution to avoid damage during off-loading, handling, and erection. The finish
color shall have anti-graffiti coating.
Decorative Luminaires
All decorative luminaire housings shall be factory painted with polyester powder
coating to meet ASTM-B117/D2247 requirements to salt spray and humidity resistance.
6-07.3 Construction Requirements
This Section is supplemented with the following:
(***Renton***)
Apply entire finish system in the shop. Hold back finish system at all welded areas.
Bolted connections should be primed with a zinc-based primer compatible with the
approved paint system.
Field touch-up painting shall consist of matching specified priming and painting for all
damaged and field repaired areas. Field welds and abrasions should be touched up after
installation. Touch up surface preparation with a zinc-based primer compatible with the
approved paint system, 2.5 to 3.5 mils DFT.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 84 Special Provisions
2026
Preparation, cleaning, priming, shop painting, and field touch-up for all fabricated
decorative exterior metal work will be incidental to the associated bid items.
Immediately remove coatings that fall on surrounding areas and surfaces not scheduled
to be coated.
The Contractor shall submit three samples of each custom color, textures, and gloss for
Engineer’s approval. Metal coupon samples shall be 3 inches by 5 inches.
6-07.3(11) Paint or Powder Coating of Galvanized Surfaces
6-07.3(11)A Painting of Galvanized Surfaces
This Section is supplemented with the following:
(***Renton***)
Clean surfaces to be powder coated in accordance with manufacturer’s written
instructions for surface preparation.
Install powder coatings in accordance with applicable codes and regulations and
manufacturer’s written instructions.
Applications of powder coating materials shall be performed in shop conditions, except
for touch ups approved in advance by the Engineer.
Finished surfaces shall be fully and uniformly coated without pinholes, bubbles, sag,
runs, lumps, marks, or discoloration.
Surface finish shall be of consistent and uniform color, texture, and gloss to match the
approved sample.
After powder coating has been in place for at least 15 days, and within 30 days of
Substantial Completion, check all powder-coated surfaces for damage, missed areas,
and discoloration.
Prepare surfaces, and touch up damaged, missed, and discolored areas to bring coating
system to full dry film thickness in color and gloss matching that of adjacent coated
areas.
6-07.5 Payment
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The cost for all painting and powder coating finishes shall be included in the related bid
items that receive the painting and finishes. No separate payment will be made.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 85 Special Provisions
2026
7-04 STORM SEWERS
7-04.2 Materials
The first paragraph of this Section is revised as follows:
(******)
Unless a pipe material is specifically called out on the Plans, materials shall meet the
following requirements.
Size Pipe Material Allowed Specification
6 – 12" Polypropylene Storm Sewer Pipe
Ductile Iron Pipe
Corrugated Polyethylene Storm Sewer Pipe (CPEP)
9-05.24(2)
9-05-13
9-05.20
Where bends are specifically called out on the plans, they shall be of the same material
and manufacturer as the main pipe and meet the manufacturer’s recommendations.
The second paragraph of this Section is supplemented as follows:
(******)
The Contractor shall require pipe suppliers to furnish certificates signed by their
authorized representative, stating the specifications to which the materials or products
were manufactured. The Contractor shall provide two copies of these certifications to
the Engineer for approval. Certificates showing nonconformance with the Contract
shall be sufficient evidence for rejection. Approval of certificates shall be considered
only as tentative acceptance of the materials and products, and such action by Engineer
will not relieve Contractor of his/her responsibility to perform field tests and to replace
or repair faulty materials, equipment, and/or workmanship and Contractor’s own
expense.
This Section is supplemented with the following:
(******)
Dense foam shall meet 9-05.52 of these Special Provisions.
Direct Pipe Tee Connections
Direct pipe tee connections for use in gravity-flow sewer and storm drainage direct
connections to pipe shall be Inserta Tee service connections, as manufactured by
Inserta Tee and shall meet ASTM F2946 and consist of a PVC hub, rubber sleeve, and
stainless steel band. Connection shall be a compression fit into the cored wall of a
mainline pipe. Hub shall be made from heavy-duty PVC material. Stainless steel
clamping assembly shall be of SS #301 for the band and housing and SS #305 for screws.
Rubber sleeve and gasket, when applicable, shall meet the requirements of ASTM F477.
Gaskets shall be installed by the manufacturer. A water-based solution provided by the
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 86 Special Provisions
2026
manufacturer shall be used during assembly. Inserta Tee product shall provide a water
connection according to the requirements of ASTM D3212.
7-04.2(1) Temporary Stormwater Diversion
(March 31, 2026 Renton GSP)
This Section is an added new section:
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to maintain operation of the existing storm
sewer system throughout the duration of the project without any disruption of service
until the new storm drain has been accepted by the City to receive stormwater flows,
and connections are made between the existing and new storm based on scheduling
approved by the Engineer.
A temporary stormwater diversion shall be capable of bypassing at least the 2-year
peak flow during construction.
The Contractor shall submit proposed methods for providing the diversions to the
Engineer for approval prior to construction. The diversions shall have the least impact
on property owners and traffic flow through the site. The diversions shall be installed,
operated, and maintained only when needed where the existing storm drain system
must be demolished to allow construction of the new system. Where shown on the
Plans, Contractor shall time work of bypasses during period of anticipated no or little
rain.
If bypass pumping is provided, it shall be scheduled for continuous operation with
backup equipment available at all times for periods of maintenance and refueling or
failure of the primary bypass pump(s) or diversion system.
The Contractor’s bypass operation shall be sized to handle, at a minimum, the 2-year
peak flow rate or can be reduced to a size determined by the Contractor if the
temporary bypass can be timed to coincide with a period of little to no rain. The
Contractor shall submit a Temporary Stormwater Diversion Plan in accordance with
Section 1-07.15. The Contractor’s plan shall be reviewed by the City before the plan is
implemented. The review of the flow diversion plan shall, as well as the Contractor’s
proposed size of the bypass, in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to
provide a bypass system that conveys encountered flows without property damage or
damage to the project or construction area. As risk associated with sizing the bypass
and impacts to construction is born by the Contractor.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 87 Special Provisions
2026
7-04.3 Construction Requirements
7-04.3(1) Cleaning and Testing
This Section is supplemented with the following:
(******)
Before testing begins and in adequate time to obtain approval through submittal
process, prepare and submit test plan for approval by Engineer. Include testing
procedures, methods, equipment, and tentative schedule. Obtain advance written
approval for any deviations from Drawings and Specifications.
Repair, correct, and retest sections of pipe which fail to meet specified requirements
when tested.
Perform testing as work progresses. Schedule testing so that no more than 1,000 linear
feet of installed pipeline remains untested at one time.
Perform testing under observation of Engineer or Inspector.
Schedule testing during no rain. Plug the lower end of the pipe if needed to test pipe.
All pipe larger than 30-inch diameter shall have joints individually tested for Joint
Tightness. Prior to final backfill, all joints shall be individually tested using low-pressure
air per ASTM C1103. For the installation of any flexible pipe larger than 30 -inches in
diameter, the Contractor shall retain the services of a pipe manufacturer
representative, knowledgeable in the installation methods and practices for the specific
pipe product used on this project, as well as on the installation practices for flexible
pipelines in general. The manufacturer’s representative shall be present full time on site
during the construction of the first 300 feet of pipe installation, and part-time, as
required, thereafter until the entire pipeline installation is complete. The
manufacturer’s representative shall observe pipe foundation, pipe installation,
placement and compaction of pipe zone bedding and backfill, and testing procedures.
The manufacturer’s representative shall notify Engineer and Contractor of any non-
conforming installation, identifying the manufacturer recommended corrective
action(s), within 24 hours of such occurrence. All flexible pipe shall be tested for
maximum pipe deflection by pulling a rigid mandrel through the entire (i.e., 100%)
flexible pipe length installed. Maximum deflection shall not exceed 5%. Mandrel
testing shall conform to ASTM D3034, and be performed no sooner than 30 days after
backfilling and prior to final acceptance testing of the segment. Submit test results to
the Engineer.
1. Rigid mandrel shall have outside diameter (O.D.) equal to 95 percent of inside
diameter (I.D.) of pipe. Inside diameter of pipe, for purpose of determining
outside diameter of mandrel, shall be average outside diameter minus two
minimum wall thicknesses for O.D. controlled pipe and average inside diameter
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 88 Special Provisions
2026
for I.D. controlled pipe, dimensions shall be per appropriate standard. Statistical
or other "tolerance packages" shall not be considered in mandrel sizing.
2. Rigid mandrel shall be constructed of metal or rigid plastic material that can
withstand 200 psi without being deformed. Mandrel shall have nine or more
"runners" or "legs" as long as total number of legs is odd number. Barrel section
of mandrel shall have length of at least 75 percent of inside diameter of pipe.
Rigid mandrel shall not have adjustable or collapsible legs which would allow
reduction in mandrel diameter during testing. Provide and use proving ring for
modifying each size mandrel.
3. Furnish "proving ring" with each mandrel. Fabricate ring of 1/2-inch-thick, 3-
inch-wide bar steel to diameter 0.02 inches larger than approved mandrel
diameter.
4. If a rigid mandrel is not available, the Contractor may substitute a round steel
bar meeting #3 above.
“Testing Storm Sewer Pipe,” per linear foot shall be incidental to and included in storm
sewer pipe bid items.
7-04.3(1)A General
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
All lines shall be flushed clean of all debris prior to acceptance. The debris shall be
intercepted and collected at the nearest downstream point of access. The material
shall then be loaded and wastehauled to a Contracting Agency approved dumpsite.
7-04.3(1)G Abandon Existing Storm Sewer Pipes
(Sept 30, 2025, Renton GSP)
This Section is a new section:
Where it is shown on the plans that existing storm sewer pipe is to be abandoned by
filling with grout, all abandonment of storm drain lines shall conform to
Section 7-17.3(2)I.
7-04.3(2) CCTV Inspection
(Sept 30, 2025, Renton GSP)
This Section is a new added section:
All storm drain main lines constructed as part of this project shall be inspected by the
use of closed-circuit television (CCTV) before substantial completion. The costs incurred
in making the inspection shall be paid for under “CCTV Inspection”.
All CCTV inspections for storm drain lines shall conform to Section 7-17.3(2)H.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 89 Special Provisions
2026
The Contractor shall bear all cost incurred in correcting any deficiencies found during
the television inspection including the cost of any additional television inspection that
may be required by the Engineer to verify the correction of said deficiency.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs incurred in any television inspection
performed solely for the benefit of the Contractor.
7-04.3(3) Direct Pipe Connections
(Sept 30, 2025, Renton GSP)
This Section is a new added section as follows:
Field Pipe and Joint Performance: To assure water tightness, field performance
verification may be accomplished by testing in accordance with ASTM F2487, ASTM
F1417 or ASTM C1103. Appropriate safety precautions must be used when field-testing
any pipe material. Contact the manufacturer for recommended leakage rates.
Installation: Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended
installation guidelines. Backfill around the Inserta Tee service connection shall be, at a
minimum, of the same material type and compaction level as specified for the mainline
pipe installation.
7-04.3(3) Direct Pipe Connections
This Section is a new added section as follows:
(******)
Field Pipe and Joint Performance: To assure water tightness, field performance
verification may be accomplished by testing in accordance with ASTM F2487, ASTM
F1417 or ASTM C1103. Appropriate safety precautions must be used when field-testing
any pipe material. Contact the manufacturer for recommended leakage rates.
Installation: Installation shall be accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended
installation guidelines. Backfill around the Inserta Tee service connection shall be, at a
minimum, of the same material type and compaction level as specified for the mainline
pipe installation.
7-04.4 Measurement
(******)
Supplement this Section with the following:
There will be no specific unit of measurement for the lump sum contract item of
“Television Inspection.”
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 90 Special Provisions
2026
7-04.5 Payment
(******)
Delete all paragraphs under this section and replace with the following:
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following bid
items that are included in the Proposal:
“____ Storm Sewer Pipe, ____ In. Diam. (Incl. Bedding),” per linear foot.
The unit contract price per linear foot of “____ Storm Sewer Pipe, ____ In. Diam. (Incl.
Bedding)” shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment,
transportation, supplies, and incidentals required to complete all work to furnish and
install this item to include, but not limited to, pipe bedding, compaction, dewatering,
bypass pumping and maintaining storm sewer flows, connections to existing and new
systems, flushing and cleaning.
“Television Inspection,” lump sum.
The lump sum contract price for “Television Inspection” shall include all costs of
performing the television inspection per this section and submitting the written reports
and video recordings to the Contracting Agency.
7-05 MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS
7-05.2 Materials
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
Where pre-approved City of WSDOT details do not exist, shop drawings shall be
required for all proposed catch basins for review and approval, prior to delivery to the
site and acceptance.
7-05.3 Construction Requirements
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
All manholes shall be in accordance with the Standard Plans.
The Contractor shall construct all manholes and catch basins from precast concrete
bases and risers. Cast-in-place concrete bases shall only be used for “straddle” of
existing systems and shall be watertight.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 91 Special Provisions
2026
In areas of new and existing pavement, the grate rim elevation shall be set to promote
drainage flow. In unimproved areas, the rim elevations shall be set 2 inches above
finished grade unless otherwise shown on the Plans.
Dewatering shall be per Section 7-08.3(1).
7-05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes and Catch Basins to Grade
This Section is replaced with:
(******)
Where shown in the Plans or where directed by the Engineer, the existing manholes,
catch basins, or inlets shall be adjusted to the grade as staked or otherwise designated
by the Engineer.
The existing cast iron ring and cover on manholes and the catch basin frame and grate
shall first be removed and thoroughly cleaned for reinstalling at the new elevation.
From that point, the existing structure shall be raised or lowered to the required
elevation.
The Contractor shall construct manholes so as to provide adjustment space for setting
cover and casting to a finished grade as shown on the Construction Plans. Manhole ring
and covers shall be adjusted to the finished elevations per standard detail 400.1, prior
to final acceptance of the Work. Manholes in unimproved areas shall be adjusted to 6”
above grade.
In unpaved streets: manholes, catch basins, and similar structures in areas to be
surfaced with crushed rock or gravel shall be constructed to a point approximately eight
inches below the subgrade and covered with a temporary wood cover. Existing
manholes shall be cut off and covered in a similar manner. The Contractor shall
carefully reference each manhole so that they may be easily found upon completion of
the street Work. After placing the gravel or crushed stone surfacing, the manholes and
manhole castings shall be constructed to the finished grade of the roadway surface.
Excavation necessary for bringing manholes to grade shall center about the manhole
and be held to the minimum area necessary. At the completion of the manhole
adjustment, the void around the manhole shall be backfilled with materials which result
in the section required on the typical roadway section, and be thoroughly compacted.
In cement concrete pavement: manholes, catch basins, and similar structures shall be
constructed and adjusted in the same manner as outlined above except that the final
adjustment shall be made and cast iron frame be set after forms have been placed and
checked. In placing the concrete pavement, extreme care shall be taken not to alter the
position of the casting in any way.
In asphalt concrete pavement: manholes shall not be adjusted until the pavement is
completed, at which time the center of each manhole shall be carefully relocated from
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 92 Special Provisions
2026
references previously established by the Contractor. The pavement shall be cut in a
restricted area and base material be removed to permit removal of the cover. The
manhole shall then be brought to proper grade utilizing the same methods of
construction as for the manhole itself. The cast iron frame shall be placed on the
concrete blocks and wedged up to the desired grade. The asphalt concrete pavement
shall be cut and removed to a neat circle, the diameter of which shall be equal to the
outside diameter of the cast iron frame plus two feet. The base materials and crushed
rock shall be removed and Class 3000 or Commercial Portland Cement Concrete shall be
placed so that the entire volume of the excavation is replaced up to but not to exceed 2
inches of the finished pavement surface. On the day following placement of the
concrete, the edge of the asphalt concrete pavement, and the outer edge of the casting
shall be painted with hot asphalt cement. Asphalt Class G concrete shall then be placed
and compacted with hand tampers and a patching roller. The complete patch shall
match the existing paved surface for texture, density, and uniformity of grade. The joint
between the patch and the existing pavement shall then be carefully painted with hot
asphalt cement or asphalt emulsion and shall be immediately covered with dry paving
sand before the asphalt cement solidifies. The inside throat of the manhole shall be
thoroughly mortared and plastered.
Adjustment of inlets: The final alignment and grade of cast iron frames for new and old
inlets to be adjusted to grade will be established from the forms or adjacent pavement
surfaces. The final adjustment of the top of the inlet will be performed in similar
manner to the above for manholes. On asphalt concrete paving projects using curb and
gutter section, that portion of the cast iron frame not embedded in the gutter section
shall be solidly embedded in concrete also. The concrete shall extend a minimum of six
inches beyond the edge of the casting and shall be left 2 inches below the top of the
frame so that the wearing course of asphalt concrete pavement will butt the cast iron
frame. The existing concrete pavement and edge of the casting shall be painted with
hot asphalt cement. Adjustments in the inlet structure shall be constructed in the same
manner and of the same material as that required for new inlets. The inside of the inlets
shall be mortared and plastered.
Monuments and cast iron frame and cover: monuments and monument castings shall
be adjusted to grade in the same manner as for manholes.
Valve box castings: adjustments of valve box castings shall be made in the same manner
as for manholes.
7-05.3(2) Abandon Existing Catch Basins and Manholes
(March 31, 2026, Renton GSP)
This Section with a title change, is revised as follows:
Where it is required that an existing catch basin or manhole be abandoned, the
structure shall be broken down to a depth of at least 4 feet below the revised surface
elevation, all connections plugged with grout, drainage holes drilled in the manhole
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 93 Special Provisions
2026
base to prevent standing water, and the manhole filled with CDF, sand, or gravel
borrow compacted to 90 percent density as specified in Section 3-03.3(14)C. Debris
resulting from breaking the upper part of the manhole may be mixed with the fill
material subject to the approval of the Engineer. The ring and cover shall be salvaged if
requested by the City and all other surplus material disposed of.
7-05.3(2)A Abandon Existing Storm Drain and Sanitary Sewer Pipe
This Section is a new section:
(******)
Where shown on the plans, existing storm drain and sanitary sewer pipes shall be
abandoned after existing connections have been properly transferred to the new
system. Pipes 10 inches and smaller shall be abandoned with concrete plugs at least
12 inches long in each end of the pipe at every location where the pipe is exposed or
accessible. Pipes 12 inches and larger shall be filled entirely with flowable Cement-
based Grout for Utility Abandonment as specified in Section 9-03.22.
7-05.3(3) Connections to Existing Catch Basins
This Section is supplemented by adding the following:
(******)
Where shown on the Plans, new drain pipes shall be connected to existing line, catch
basin, curb inlets and/or manholes. The Contractor shall be required to core drill into
the structure, shape the new pipe to fit and re-grout the opening in a workmanlike
manner. Where directed by the Engineer or where shown on the Plans, additional
structure channeling will be required.
Connections to existing sanitary sewer manholes shall be core drilled. Couplings shall
be equal to “Kor-n-Seal” boots. Existing sanitary sewer manholes shall be cleaned,
repaired, and re-channeled as necessary to match the new pipe configuration and as
shown on the Construction Plans.
A "connection to existing" item will be allowed at any connection of a new line to an
existing structure, or the connection of a new structure to an existing line. No
"connection to existing" will be accepted at the location of new installation, relocation
and adjustment of line manholes, catch basins, or curb inlets.
Any damage to existing pipe or structure that is to remain in place resulting from the
Contractor's operations shall be repaired or replaced at her/his own expense.
The unit bid price per each shall be full compensation for all labor, materials and
equipment required.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 94 Special Provisions
2026
7-05.5 Payment
(******)
Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following:
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following bid
items that are included in the Proposal:
“Catch Basin, Type 1,” per each.
“Concrete Inlet,” per each.
“Catch Basin, Type 2, 48 In. Diam.,” per each.
The unit contract price per each for “Catch Basin, Type 1,” “Concrete Inlet,” and “Catch
Basin, Type 2, 48 In. Diam.” shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials,
tools, equipment, transportation, supplies, and incidentals required to complete all
work to furnish and install this item to include, but not limited to, lids, frames and
grates, slip resistant lids where indicated on the Plans, structure excavation, foundation
gravel, compaction, removal and wastehaul of excess or unsuitable excavated material,
pipe connection, dewatering, bypass pumping and maintaining stormwater flows,
adjusting to finished grade.
“Connection to Existing Storm Structure,” per each.
The unit contract price per each for “Connect to Existing storm Structure” shall
constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation,
supplies and incidentals required to connect existing pipe to a new storm structure or
to connect existing pipe to new pipe, or to connect a new pipe to and existing storm
structure, per this Section and as shown on the Plans.
7-07 CLEANING EXISTING DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
7-07.4 Measurement
(******)
Delete this Section and replace with the following:
No specific unit of measurement will apply to cleaning existing drainage structures.
“Connection to Existing Storm Structure,” per each.
The unit contract price per each for “Connect to Existing storm Structure” shall
constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation,
supplies and incidentals required to connect existing pipe to a new storm structure or
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 95 Special Provisions
2026
to connect existing pipe to new pipe, or to connect a new pipe to and existing storm
structure, per this Section and as shown on the Plans.
7-07.5 Payment
(******)
Delete this Section and replace with the following:
No separate or additional payment will be made for cleaning existing drainage
structures. This work shall be considered incidental and shall be included in the various
unit and lump sum contract prices.
7-08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
7-08.2 Materials
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The pipe used on this project shall be the type and size specified on the Plans.
Bank run gravel for trench backfill shall meet the requirements of Section 9-03.19.
7-08.3 Construction Requirements
7-08.3(1)A Trenches
This Section is supplemented by adding the following:
(******)
To minimize trench subgrade disturbance during excavation, all trench excavation for
new storm drain shall done with a smooth-edge bucket rather than a toothed bucket.
All trench excavated materials shall be disposed of off-site at an approved Contractor-
provided disposal site. Excavation outside the excavation limits shown on the plan
drawings shall be at no additional expense to the City.
Trench Excavation Incl. Haul includes the trench excavation for the storm sewer,
sanitary sewer, and water main construction in accordance with the trench limits
outlined on the plan drawings. All trench excavated materials shall be disposed of off-
site at an approved Contractor-provided disposal site. Excavation outside the
excavation limits shown on the plan drawings shall be at no additional expense to the
City.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 96 Special Provisions
2026
Contaminated Trench Excavation includes the trench excavation of materials
characterized as contaminated based on sampling results for the storm sewer, sanitary
sewer, and water main construction and in accordance with the trench limits outlined
on the plan drawings. This excavated soil shall be managed in accordance with
applicable state and federal regulations outlined in the Contract Documents. Handling
and disposal of materials shall adhere to all transportation requirements, receive pre-
approval from a disposal facility, manifesting, and record keeping, etc., as outlined in
the Contractor’s Contaminated Soil and Groundwater Handling and Management Plan.
The excavations will require a shoring system to limit the volume of excavation.
Excavation outside the trench limits shown on the plan drawings shall be at no
additional expense to the City.
It is not anticipated that solid rock will be encountered. Should such material be
encountered, the excavation, removal and wastehaul will be paid for by change order
per Section 1-04.4. Boulders or broken rock less than 2 cubic yards in volume, shall not
be classified as rock, nor will so-called “hard-pan” or cemented gravel, even though it
may be advantageous to use special equipment in its removal.
Trench excavation shall also include wastehauling all excess and/or unsuitable material
encountered, including but not limited to, abandoned pipelines, concrete, asphalt, tree
stumps, trees, logs, abandoned rail ties, piling, and riprap.
The Contractor shall furnish all equipment necessary to dewater the excavation. Before
operations begin, the Contractor shall have sufficient pumping equipment and/or other
machinery available on site to assure that the operation of any dewatering system can
be maintained.
The Contractor shall dispose of the water in such a manner as not to cause a nuisance
or menace to the public, and comply with all codes, regulations, and ordinances of
applicable governing authorities with regard to drilling, dewatering, and erosion control.
The release of groundwater to its static level shall be performed in such a manner as to
maintain the undisturbed state of the natural foundation soil, prevent disturbance of
backfill and prevent movement of structures and pipelines.
The dewatering system shall be installed and operated by the Contractor so that the
groundwater level outside the excavation is not reduced to the extent that would
damage or endanger adjacent structures or property. Should settlement of the
surrounding area and/or structures be observed, the Contractor shall cease dewatering
operations and implement contingency plans. The cost of repairing any damage to
adjacent structures, underground facilities or utilities and satisfactory restoration of
above ground facilities to include fences, paving, concrete, etc., shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 97 Special Provisions
2026
The Contractor shall be required to comply with all conditions and requirements
mandated by the Department of Ecology for the construction, operation, and
decommissioning of dewatering facilities.
The Contractor shall obtain approved grading and filling permits for all spoils material
sites, from the Contracting Agency, County, or both as required. These permits shall be
secured and paid for by the Contractor.
7-08.3(1)B Shoring
This Section is supplemented by adding the following:
(******)
Temporary shoring shall be designed to resist the lateral earth pressure resulting from
the soil and ground water as well as any traffic and /or construction surcharge loads. A
shoring and excavation plan shall be submitted to the City prior to the Preconstruction
Conference for review and approval. The plan shall outline the specific measure to be
taken for temporary support and the protection of utilities and structures. The shoring
plan shall be prepared by a Professional Engineer and shall cover shoring for all pipe and
structures. The shoring plan shall identify precautions to be taken during removal of
the shoring to minimize disturbances of the pipe and underlying bedding materials, and
native soils.
All new storm drain installed shall be shored. Minimum shoring technique shall be
trench box. More extensive shoring may be needed in areas working in close proximity
to other utilities. Contractor is responsible for using shoring system capable of
protecting adjacent utilities.
In areas of soft or loose soils with sloughing potential, a trench box shall not be used as
it does not provide adequate sidewall support or protection for existing utilities.
Alternative shoring systems for utility protection, trench support or to minimize the
area affected by trench excavation include steel plates with adjustable or hydraulic
bracing, or interlocking sheet piles with internal bracing.
Precautions shall be taken during the removal of the shoring to minimize disturbance of
the pipe, underlying bedding materials, and native soils.
7-08.3(1)C Bedding the Pipe
This Section is supplemented by adding the following:
(******)
Pipe bedding for PVC sewer pipe shall consist of clean, granular pea gravel consistent
with Section 9-03.12(3). It shall be placed to a depth of 6" over and 6" under the
exterior walls of the pipe.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 98 Special Provisions
2026
For all pipe bedding, hand compaction of the bedding materials under the pipe
haunches will be required. Pipe bedding should provide a firm uniform cradle for
support of the pipes. Prior to installation of the pipe, the pipe bedding should be
shaped to fit the lower part of the pipe exterior with reasonable closeness to provide
uniform support along the pipe. Hand compaction shall be accomplished by using a
suitable tamping tool to firmly tamp bedding material under the haunches of the pipe.
Care shall be taken to avoid displacement of the pipe during the compaction effort.
Pipe bedding material should be used as pipe zone backfill and placed in layers and
tamped around the pipes to obtain complete contact.
Bedding material shall meet the requirements of Gravel backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding
in accordance with Standard Specification Section 9-03.12(3). Pipe bedding shall be
considered incidental to the pipe and no further compensation shall be made.
In areas where the subgrade soils in the trench excavation consist of fine-grained soils,
such as silt/clay, or organic rich soils, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to use a
geotextile separator fabric be placed over the native soils prior to placement of the pipe
bedding. The geotextile shall meet the requirements of Section 9-33.2(1) Table 3 for
Separation. Geotextile shall be paid for by other items.
7-08.3(1)D Pipe Foundation
Section 7-08.3(1)D is a new section:
(******)
Pipe foundation in poor soil: When soft or unstable material is encountered at the
subgrade which, in the opinion of the Engineer, will not uniformly support the pipe,
such material shall be excavated to an additional depth as required by the Engineer and
backfilled with foundation gravel material placed in maximum 12-inch lifts. Foundation
gravel shall be CSBC and conform to the requirements of Section 9-03.9(3) of the
Standard Specifications.
Corrections faulty grade: Excess excavation below grade shall be backfilled with
foundation gravel as specified above and thoroughly compacted to the required grade
line.
7-08.3(2)A Survey Line and Grade
This Section is replaced with:
(******)
Survey line and grade control shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1-05.4,
1-05.5 and 1-11 in a manner consistent with accepted practices.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 99 Special Provisions
2026
The Contractor shall transfer line and grade into the trench where they shall be carried
by means of a laser beam. Any other procedure shall have the written approval of the
Engineer.
7-08.3(2)B Pipe Laying – General
This Section is supplemented by adding the following:
(******)
Checking of the invert elevation of the pipe may be made by calculations from
measurements on the top of the pipe, or by looking for ponding of 1/2" or less, which
indicates a satisfactory condition. At manholes, when the downstream pipe(s) is of a
larger size, pipe(s) shall be laid by matching the (eight-tenths) flow elevation, unless
otherwise approved by the Engineer.
All pipe, fittings, etc. shall be carefully handled and protected against damage, impact
shocks, and free fall. All pipe handling equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer.
Pipe shall not be placed directly on rough ground but shall be supported in a manner,
which will protect the pipe against injury whenever stored at the trench site or
elsewhere. No pipe shall be installed where the lining or coating show defects that may
be harmful as determined by the Engineer. Such damaged lining or coating shall be
repaired, or a new undamaged pipe shall be furnished and installed.
The Contractor shall inspect each pipe and fitting prior to installation to ensure that
there are not damaged portions of the pipe. Any defective, damaged, or unsound pipe
shall be repaired or replaced. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the
interior of the pipe before lowering into position in the trench. Pipe shall be kept clean
during and after laying. All openings in the pipeline shall be closed with watertight
expandable type sewer plugs at the end of each day's operation, or whenever the pipe
openings are left unattended. The use of burlap, wood, or other similar temporary
plugs will not be permitted.
Where necessary to raise or lower the pipe due to unforeseen obstructions or other
causes, the Engineer may change the alignment and/or the grades. Except for short
runs, which may be permitted by the Engineer, pipes shall be laid uphill on grades that
exceed 10 percent. Pipe, which is laid on a downhill grade, shall be blocked and held in
place until sufficient support is furnished by the following pipe to prevent movement.
Unless otherwise required, all pipe shall be laid straight between the changes in
alignment, and at uniform grade between changes in grade. For concrete pipes with
elliptical reinforcement, the pipe shall be placed with the minor axis of the
reinforcement in a vertical position.
Immediately after the pipe joints have been made, proper gasket placement shall be
checked with a feeler gage as approved by the pipe manufacturer to verify proper
gasket placement.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 100 Special Provisions
2026
7-08.3(2)E Rubber Gasketed Joints
This Section is supplemented as follows:
(******)
Care shall be taken by the Contractor to avoid over pushing the pipe and damaging the
pipe or joint system. Any damaged pipe shall be replaced by the Contractor at his
expense.
7-08.3(3)A Backfilling Pipe Trenches
This Section is a new section supplementing 7-08.3(3):
(******)
To the maximum extent available, suitable material obtained from trench or pond
excavation shall be used for trench backfill. All material placed as trench backfill shall
be free from rocks or stones larger than 6 inches in their greatest dimension, brush,
stumps, logs, roots, debris, and organic or other deleterious materials. No stones or
rock shall be placed in the upper three feet of trench backfill. Rock or stones within the
allowable size limit incorporated in the remainder of fills shall be distributed so that
they do not congregate or interfere with proper compaction.
The existing soils shall not be reused as trench backfill unless otherwise required by the
Engineer. Structural fill shall consist of Gravel Borrow, meeting the requirements of
Section 9-03.14(1) of the Standard Specifications. It should be free of gravel, organics
and other debris. The structural trench backfill should be moisture conditioned to
within approximately 3 percent of optimum moisture content, placed in loose
horizontal lifts less than 6 inches in thickness, and compacted to at least 95 percent of
the maximum dry density (MDD) as determined by the Modified Proctor compaction
test method ASTM D 1557.
Trench backfill shall be densely compacted in a systematic manner using methods that
consistently produce adequate compaction levels. During placement of the initial lifts,
the trench backfill material shall not be bulldozed into the trench or dropped directly on
the pipe. Heavy vibratory equipment shall not permitted to operate directly over the
pipe until a minimum of 2 feet of backfill has been placed over the pipe bedding.
Contactor shall take special care to obtain good compaction up to the edges of the
excavation as the shoring is removed in accordance with the Shoring Plan.
The Engineer may be on-site to collect soil samples and to test compaction. The
Contractor shall provide site access at all times for compaction testing and sample
collection. Areas of the trench which fail to meet the compaction requirements shall be
removed and replace and re-compacted at the Contractor’s expense.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 101 Special Provisions
2026
The Contractor shall be responsible for any settlement of backfill, sub-base, and
pavement that may occur during the period stipulated in the Contract conditions. All
repairs necessary due to settlement shall be made by the Contractor at his expense.
Backfill in unimproved areas shall be compacted to at least 90 percent of maximum dry
density as determined by the modified proctor compaction test, ASTM D1557.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the disposal of any excess excavated material.
Special care must be taken to obtain good compaction up to the edges of the
excavation as the shoring is removed. Moreover, attention must be paid to ensuring
good compaction around manholes.
7-08.4 Measurement
(******)
Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following:
Measurement for Trench Excavation, Incl. Haul will be per cubic yard in accordance with
the WSDOT Standard Specification Section 2-09.4.
Measurement of Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill will be per cubic yard. The
measurement shall be calculated in accordance with the trench detail shown on the
Plans. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency with truckload tickets at the
end of each day to be used to support the calculated quantities.
No specific unit of measurement will apply to the lump sum item Trench Excavation
Safety System.
7-08.5 Payment
(******)
Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following:
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following bid
items that are included in the Proposal:
“Trench Excavation Safety Systems,” lump sum.
The lump sum contract price for “Trench Excavation Safety Systems” shall include all
costs of furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing those items necessary to
provide adequate safety systems for trench excavation, as specified in Section 2 09.3(4).
This item shall be paid proportionate to the satisfactory installation of all facilities that
require trench excavation safety systems including pipeline, conduits, walls,
embankments, and structures as noted in the Proposal, or otherwise required for the
performance of this work.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 102 Special Provisions
2026
“Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill,” per ton.
The unit contract price per ton for “Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill” shall constitute
full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, supplies,
and incidentals required to complete all work to furnish and install the imported trench
backfill to include, but not limited to, backfilling trenches, placing, shaping, compacting
of the bank run gravel backfill material.
“Trench Excavation, Incl. Haul,” per cubic yard.
The unit contract price per cubic yard for “Trench Excavation, Incl. Haul” shall constitute
full compensation for all labor, material, tools, equipment, transportation, supplies and
incidentals required to excavate, remove, dewater, wastehaul, and dispose of the
trench material.
All costs associated with furnishing and installing pipe bedding for culverts, storm
sewer, and sanitary sewer piping systems shall be included into the unit contract price
for the type and size of pipe installed.
All costs to providing dewatering as required shall be included into the unit contract
price for the type and size of pipe installed.
All costs of providing bypass pumping as required shall be included into the unit
contract price for the type and size of pipe installed.
All costs associated with excavation, stockpiling, backfilling, compacting, and
wastehauling of excavated native material shall be included in the unit contract price
for the type and size of pipe installed.
7-09 WATER MAINS
7-09.1 Description
7-09.1(1) Definitions
7-09.1(1)A Trench Widths
(Sept 30, 2025, Renton GSP)
This Section is revised as follows:
Trench excavation and backfill for the water main construction shall be in accordance
with the trench limits outlined in the table below. Existing soil conditions are variable,
and areas of soil instability may exist. The Contractor is responsible for protecting and
maintaining the trench integrity and shall be held accountable for liability of trench
construction, maintenance, and incidental trench deficiencies or accidents. All trench
excavated materials shall be disposed of off-site at an approved Contractor-provided
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 103 Special Provisions
2026
disposal site, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Excavation outside the
excavation payment limits shown on the plan drawings shall be at no additional expense
to the City.
Pipe Type Water Main Pipe Water Service Pipe
Trench Depth All All
Trench Pay Width (ft) 3 2
7-09.3 Construction Requirements
7-09.3(5) Grade and Alignment
(Sept 30, 2025, Renton GSP)
This Section is revised as follows:
The depth of trenching for water mains shall be such as to give a minimum cover for
8-inch pipe and smaller of 36 inches, and for 10 inch and larger of 48 inches over the
top of the pipe unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. Maximum cover for
all water mains shall be 60 inches. Any deviations must be approved by the City of
Renton prior to construction. Deeper excavation may be required due to localized
breaks in grade, or to install the new main under existing culverts or other utilities
where necessary. Where the profile of the pipeline and the ground surface is shown on
the Plans, the pipeline shall be laid to the elevation shown regardless of depth. The
excavation shall be to such depth that the minimum cover over valve operating nuts
shall be 1 foot.
7-09.3(15) Laying of Pipe on Curves
7-09.3(15)A Ductile Iron Pipe
(Sept 30, 2025, Renton GSP)
This Section is revised as follows:
Long radius curves with radius of 400 feet or more, either horizontal or vertical, pipe
may be laid with standard pipe lengths by deflecting the joints. If the pipe is shown
curved on the Plans and no special fittings are shown, the Contractor can assume that
the curves can be made by deflecting the joints with standard lengths of pipe. If shorter
lengths are required, the Plans will indicate maximum lengths that can be used. The
amount of deflection at each pipe joint when pipe is laid on a horizontal or vertical
curve shall not exceed 50 percent of the manufacturer’s printed recommended
deflections. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the pipe manufacturer's joint
deflection recommendations prior to pipe installation indicating deflections are within
allowable AWWA specification tolerances.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 104 Special Provisions
2026
Where field conditions require deflection or curves not anticipated by the Plans, the
Engineer will determine the methods to be used. No additional payment will be made
for laying pipe on curves as shown on the Plans, or for field changes involving standard
lengths of pipe deflected at the joints. When additional fittings not shown on the Plans
are required to meet field conditions, payment will be made under a separate bid item
for additional fittings.
When rubber gasketed pipe is laid on a curve, the pipe shall be jointed in a straight
alignment and then deflected to the curved alignment. Trenches shall be made wider on
curves for this purpose.
Where pipe installation on curves requires the use of special fittings with mechanical-
joint ends, wedge type restrained follower glands and concrete blocking shall be used
per Section 7-09.3(21).
Where restrained joint pipe is installed on a curve, the Contractor shall submit the pipe
manufacturer’s recommendations to the Engineer for approval.
7-09.3(15)B Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (4 inches and Over)
(Sept 30, 2025, Renton GSP)
This Section is supplemented as follows:
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe shall not be used for water mains and appurtenances.
7-09.3(17) Laying Ductile Iron Pipe with Polyethylene Encasement
(Sept 30, 2025, Renton GSP)
The title and text of this Section has been revised as follows:
The Contractor shall lay ductile iron pipe with a polyethylene encasement. Pipe and
polyethylene encasement shall be installed in accordance with AWWA C105. The
polyethylene encasement shall also be installed on all appurtenances, such as pipe
laterals, couplings, fittings, and valves, with 8-mil polyethylene plastic in accordance
with Section 4-5 of ANSI 21.5 or AWWA C105.
The polyethylene wrap shall be tube type and black color. Any damage that occurs to
the wrap shall be repaired in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5-93.
Installation of the polyethylene encasement shall be considered incidental to the
installation of the pipe and fittings and no additional payment shall be allowed.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 105 Special Provisions
2026
7-09.3(19) Connections
7-09.3(19)A Connections to Existing Mains
(Sept 30, 2025, Renton GSP)
This Section is revised to read as follows:
The Contractor shall not operate any valve on existing Water Main.
The City of Renton Water Operations and Maintenance staff will make all connections
to charged water mains and will operate all valves to accomplish shutdowns and
subsequent reactivation. The draining of existing water mains will be done by City
water maintenance staff. The Contractor shall provide pumping and disposal of the
water from the draining of the existing water mains including de-chlorination of the
water prior to disposal.
Connections to the existing water main shall not be made without first making the
necessary scheduling arrangements with the Engineer in advance. The Contractor shall
request water main shut-offs for connections of new water mains to existing water
mains at least 10 working days in advance for each connection. Approval of
connections to existing water main is contingent on the Water Main and appurtenances
being completely installed, tested, cleaned with polypig, disinfected and flushed per
Contract requirements.
City’s water operations and maintenance staff will notify in writing all water customers
affected by the shut-offs of the water mains at least 48 hours in advance (not including
weekends and holidays) of any water shut-offs. The Contractor may be required to
perform the connection during times other than normal working hours. Water main
shut-offs shall occur during non-holiday weekdays unless otherwise specified in the
contract documents. Water main shut-offs shall not occur in the 5 weekdays preceding
or the day after the major holidays listed below:
New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor
Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day.
Due to the needs of various water customers in the project vicinity, water shut-off
periods are limited to the times set forth below:
Days Hours
Monday to Thursday 9:00 AM TO 3:00 PM
Friday to Sunday DO NOT SCHEDULE
The City of Renton’s Water Maintenance Manager, at his/her sole discretion, may
adjust the above shut-off periods in order to address specific project circumstances and
customer needs. No water main shutoffs affecting public schools will be allowed during
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 106 Special Provisions
2026
scheduled school hours. The City reserves the right to re-schedule the connection if the
work area is not ready at the scheduled time for the connection.
Points of connection to existing water mains shall be exposed by hydro excavation or
potholing prior to trenching of the new water mains. Before the installation of the new
water mains, the Contractor shall field verify, in the presence of the Engineer, the actual
location and depth of the existing water mains where new connections will be made to
assure proper fit. Care shall be taken not to disturb existing thrust blocks and soil
bearing areas. After excavation, the Contractor shall verify the dimensions, type,
condition, and roundness of the exposed water main. The Contractor shall immediately
notify the Engineer if the connection cannot be made as specified by the Contract Plans
in order that the connection detail may be revised. When necessary, the profile shall be
adjusted as directed by the Engineer to prevent abrupt changes in grade and alignment
of the water main and connection.
The Contractor shall provide all saw-cutting, removal and disposal of existing surface
improvements, excavation, haul and disposal of unsuitable materials, shoring, de-
watering, foundation material, at the connection areas before the scheduled time for
the connection by the City. The Contractor shall provide all materials necessary for the
City Water Maintenance personnel to install all connections to existing water mains as
indicated on the contract plans, including fittings, couplings, pipe spools, shackle
materials to complete the connections.
The City Water Operations and Maintenance staff will:
a. Deactivate and dewater the existing and new water main to perform the
connections. The Contractor shall provide pumping and disposal of the water
from the draining of the water mains including de-chlorination.
b. Cut, remove and dispose pipe sections as necessary to install the new Materials
with Contractor’s assistance.
c. Swab all connecting pipe and fittings with 5-6%chlorine solution.
d. Perform the connection work.
e. Reactivate and flush the Water Main
The Contractor shall install the polywrap on all pipes, fittings, and valves at the
connection points and shall install concrete thrust blocks per Contract standard plans
and specifications.
In addition to those connections shown on the Plans, segments of a new Water Main
may be placed in service prior to completion of the new Water Main. All connection
between the charged and uncharged segments of the new Water Main, including
connection to a new Tapping Tee and Valve will be done by the City of Renton Water
Operations and Maintenance staff.
Connections to existing water mains which include the cutting of the existing water
main for the installation of new in-line tee and valves shall be done in two steps:
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 107 Special Provisions
2026
Step 1: Cut-in of existing water main for installation of in-line tee, valves and
appurtenances.
The Contractor shall provide all materials necessary for the City Water Maintenance
personnel to cut the existing water main as indicated on the contract plans for the
installation of the in-line tee and valves, including but not limited to the required
fittings, couplings, pipe spools, shackle materials to complete the cut-in. After the cut-
in of the in-line tee and valves by City personnel, the Contractor shall provide and install
concrete blocking and polyethylene encasement behind the tee and other fittings. A
minimum 3-day curing period is for all concrete blockings before a connection can be
made to the new water mains or new tapping valve.
Step 2: Connection of new water main to the above cut-in tee and valves, or to a new
tapping valve on existing water mains.
7-09.3(21) Concrete Thrust Blocking and Dead-Man Block
(Sept 30, 2025, Renton GSP)
This Section with a title change, is revised as follows:
Concrete thrust blocking shall be placed at bends, tees, dead ends, crosses and on other
fittings in conformance to the City of Renton Standards Plans, latest revisions and
Contract Plans.
Concrete thrust collar and blocking and dead man thrust blocking shall be installed at
locations shown on the plans and shall be in conformance with the Standard Plans and
contract Plans. Reinforcement steel shall be Grade 40 or better. Blocking shall be
poured in place Ready-Mix Concrete Class 3000 with a minimum compressive strength
at 28 days of 3,000 psi. Job site mixing, hand-mixed concrete and mobile concrete
mixers are not allowed.
All fittings to be blocked shall be wrapped with 8-mil polyethylene plastic. Concrete
blocking shall bear against solid undisturbed earth at the sides and bottom of the trench
excavation and shall be shaped and properly formed with plywood or other acceptable
forming materials so as not to obstruct access to the joints of the pipe, bolts or fittings.
The forms shall be removed prior to backfilling. Unacceptable concrete blocking shall
be replaced at the Contractor’s expense.
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer at least 1 Working Day advance notice before
pouring concrete thrust blocking and 1 Working Day advance notice for inspection and
approval of all concrete blocking prior to backfilling.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 108 Special Provisions
2026
7-09.3(23) Hydrostatic Pressure Test
(Sept 30, 2025, Renton GSP)
This Section is revised to read as follows:
The Contractor shall prepare a Testing and Disinfection Plan for review by the Engineer.
The Plan shall provide detail on which segments of the water lines will be tested
together and in which order. Submit this plan a minimum of 20 days prior to the first
scheduled test. The Plan shall describe all elements of pressure testing, flushing,
pigging, and disinfection.
Water main and appurtenances including service connections to the meter setter shall
be tested in sections of convenient length under a hydrostatic pressure equal to 150 psi
in excess of that under which they will operate or in no case shall the test pressure be
less than 225 psi at the highest point on the water main. Pumps, gauges, plugs, saddles,
corporation stops, miscellaneous hose and piping, and measuring equipment necessary
for performing the test shall be furnished and operated by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall obtain a hydrant meter permit from the City by completing a
permit application and making the required security deposits. The Contractor shall use
the City’s issued hydrant meter with an attached backflow prevention assembly to draw
water from the City’ water system to fill the water mains for poly -pigging, testing,
cleaning, disinfection and for subsequent flushing purposes. There will be a charge for
the water used for filling, testing, cleaning and disinfection of the water mains.
Sections to be tested shall normally be limited to 1,500 feet or less. The Engineer may
require that the first section of pipe, not less than 1,000 feet in length, installed by each
of the Contractor’s crews, be tested in order to qualify the crew and the materials. Pipe
laying shall not be continued more than an additional 1,000 feet until the first section
has been tested successfully.
The pipeline shall be backfilled sufficiently to prevent movement of the pipe under
pressure. Thrust blocks shall be in place and time allowed for the concrete to cure
before testing. Where permanent blocking is not required, the Contractor shall furnish
and install temporary blocking and remove it after testing.
Before applying the specified test pressure, the water main shall be slowly filled, and air
shall be expelled completely from the pipe, valves and hydrants. If permanent air vents
are not located at all high points, the contractor shall install corporation cocks at such
points so that the air can be expelled as the line is filled with water. After all the air has
been expelled, the corporation cocks shall be closed, and the test pressure applied. At
the conclusion of the pressure test, the corporation cocks shall be removed and
plugged.
The Contractor shall perform a leakage test concurrently with the pressure test. The
pressure test shall be conducted for a 2-hour period.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 109 Special Provisions
2026
The test shall be accomplished by pumping the main up to the required pressure,
stopping the pump for 2 hours, and then pumping the main up to the test pressure
again. During the test, the section being tested shall be observed to detect any visible
leakage.
A clean container shall be used for holding water for pumping up pressure on the main
being tested. This makeup water shall be sterilized by the addition of chlorine to a
concentration of 50 mg/l.
The acceptability of the pressure test and leakage test will be determined by two
factors as follows:
1. The loss in pressure shall not exceed 5 psi during the 2-hour test period.
2. The quantity of water lost from the main and appurtenances shall not exceed
the number of gallons during the 2-hour test period as listed in the following
table.
Allowable leakage in gallons per 1000 ft. of pipeline* for a 2-hour test period
Nominal Pipe Diameter (inches)
4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 16" 20" 24"
Te
s
t
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e
(
ps
i
)
400 0.60 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.40 3.00 3.60
375 0.58 0.87 1.16 1.45 1.74 2.33 2.91 3.49
350 0.56 0.84 1.12 1.40 1.69 2.25 2.81 3.37
275 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.24 1.49 1.99 2.49 2.99
250 0.47 0.71 0.95 1.19 1.42 1.90 2.37 2.85
225 0.45 0.68 0.90 1.13 1.35 1.80 2.25 2.70
200 0.42 0.64 0.85 1.06 1.28 1.70 2.12 2.55
*If the pipeline under test contains sections of various diameters, the allowable leakage
will be the sum of the computed leakage for each size. For those diameters or
pressures not listed, the formula below shall be used:
The quantity of water lost from the main shall not exceed the number of gallons per
hour as determined by the formula:
L= SD√P__
266,400
where:
L = Allowable leakage in gallons/hour
S = Gross length of pipe tested, feet
D = Nominal diameter of the pipe in inches
P = Test pressure during the leakage test in psi
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 110 Special Provisions
2026
The quantity of water required to restore the pressure shall be accurately determined
by either 1) pumping from an open container of suitable size such that accurate volume
measurements can be made by the Engineer or, 2) by pumping through a positive
displacement water meter with a sweep unit hand registering 1 gallon per revolution.
The meter shall be approved by the Engineer.
Pressure gauges used in the test shall be accompanied with certifications of accuracy
from a testing Laboratory approved by the Engineer.
Any visible leakage detected shall be corrected by the Contractor regardless of the
allowable leakage specified above. Should the tested section fail to meet the pressure
test successfully as specified, the Contractor shall, at no additional expense to the
Contracting Agency, locate and repair the defects and then retest the pipeline.
All tests shall be made with the hydrant auxiliary gate valves open and pressure against
the hydrant inlet valve. After the test is completed, each valve shall be tested by closing
each in turn and relieving the pressure beyond. This test of the valve will be acceptable
if there is no immediate loss of pressure on the gauge when the pressure comes against
the valve being checked. The Contractor shall verify that the pressure differential across
the valve does not exceed the rated working pressure of the valve.
Prior to calling out the Engineer to witness the pressure test, the Contractor shall have
all equipment set up completely ready for operation and shall have successfully
performed the test to ensure that the pipe is in satisfactory condition.
Defective materials or workmanship, discovered as a result of hydrostatic field test,
shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency.
Whenever it is necessary to replace defective material or correct the workmanship, the
hydrostatic test shall be rerun at the Contractor’s expense until a satisfactory test is
obtained.
7-09.3(24) Disinfection of Water Mains
7-09.3(24)A Flushing and "Poly-Pigging"
(Sept 30, 2025, Renton GSP)
This Section with a title change, is revised as follows:
Prior to disinfection and prior to final flushing of the Water Mains for bacteriological
sampling and testing, all Water Mains shall first be poly-pigged to remove any solids or
contaminated materials that may have entered or become lodged in the pipes during
installation.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 111 Special Provisions
2026
The "Poly-pig" shall be light density foam (1-2 lbs/cubic-foot) with 90A durometer
urethane rubber coating on the rear of the "Poly-pig" only. The "Poly-pig" shall be
cylinder shaped with bullet nose or squared end. The “Poly-pigs” shall be inserted in
the pipes and retrieved form the pipes through launching stations with vertical crosses
and blow-off assemblies as shown and on the Contract Plans and Standard Plans.
If the main cannot be poly-pigged, then a tap shall be provided large enough to develop
a flow velocity of at least 2.5 fps in the water main.
Taps required by the Contractor for temporary or permanent release of air, chlorination
or flushing purposes shall be provided by the Contractor as part of the construction of
water mains.
The Contractor shall be responsible for disposal of treated water flushed from mains
and shall neutralize the wastewater for protection of aquatic life in the receiving water
before disposal into any natural drainage channel, i.e., receiving water, waters of the
State, including wetlands. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of
disinfecting solution to the satisfaction of the Contracting Agency and local authorities.
At a minimum, chlorinated water shall be dechlorinated to a concentration of 0.1 parts
per million (ppm) or less, and pH adjustment to within 6.5 – 8.5 standard units before
discharging to surface waters of the State or to a storm sewer system that drains to
surface waters of the State.
If approved by the Engineer and by the local authority responsible for the sanitary
sewer system, disposal of treated water from mains may be made to an available
sanitary sewer, provided the rate of disposal will not overload the sewer.
7-09.3(24)D Dry Calcium Hypochlorite
(Sept 30, 2025, Renton GSP)
This Section has been replaced with:
Dry calcium hypochlorite shall not be placed in the pipe as laid.
7-09.3(24)K Retention Period
(Sept 30, 2025, Renton GSP)
This Section has been revised as follows:
Treated water shall be retained in the pipe at least 24 hours but no longer than
48 hours. After the retention period, the chlorine residual shall be tested at all pipe
extremities and at other representative points and shall measure at least 25 mg/L. If a
measurement of less than 25 mg/L is obtained repeat disinfection is required.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 112 Special Provisions
2026
7-09.3(24)N Final Flushing and Testing
(Sept 30, 2025, Renton GSP)
This Section is revised as follows:
Following chlorination, treated water shall be flushed from the newly laid pipe until the
replacement water throughout its length shows, upon test, the absence of chlorine. In
the event chlorine is normally used in the source of supply, then the tests shall show a
residual not in excess of that carried in the water supply system. After flushing the
treated water from the pipes, a 16-hour rest period is required before any water quality
sampling can be taken from the new pipes.
A sample tap shall be located ahead of the flushing hose for convenience and for
sanitary sampling.
Before placing the lines into service, and after a 16-hour rest period, two sets of
satisfactory reports shall be received from the local or State Health Department or an
approved testing lab on samples collected from representative points in the new
system. Samples will be collected and bacteriological tests obtained by the Engineer or
City Inspector.
Following the retention period, the installation of new mains requires that two sets of
samples for coliform analysis are collected using the following methods:
AWWA C651-14 Option B
1. Provide rest period of at least 16 hours.
2. Collect first set of samples from representative points.
3. Provide wait period of at least 15 minutes.
4. Collect second set of samples from representative points.
At a minimum, chlorinated water shall be dechlorinated to a concentration of 0.1 parts
per million (ppm) or less, and pH adjustment to within 6.5 to 8.5 standard units, if
necessary, before discharging to surface waters of the State or to a storm sewer system
that drains to surface waters of the State.
Following successful bacteriological testing on an individual segment, the City will
complete the final tie-in of that segment within 10 working days.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 113 Special Provisions
2026
7-09.3(25) Abandonment of Existing Water Pipe
(Sept 30, 2025, Renton GSP)
This Section is a new section:
Where shown in the Plans or at other locations as determined by the Engineer, the
Contractor shall abandon existing water lines per Section 7-08.3(4) of the Standard
Specifications, these Special Provisions and the Contract Plans. Where the remaining
portion of the existing water main is to remain in service following removal of the
designated water main, hydrant assembly, or water service connection, the Contractor
shall install a permanent cast iron or ductile iron cap or plug with associated fittings and
thrust block.
7-12 VALVES FOR WATER MAINS
7-12.3 Construction Requirements
7-12.3(2) Adjust Existing Valve Box to Grade
(Sept 30, 2025, Renton GSP)
This Section is a new section:
Valve boxes shall be adjusted to grade in the same manner as for manholes, as detailed
in Section 7-05.3(1) of the City of Renton Special Provisions. Valve box adjustments
shall include, but not be limited to, the locations shown on the Plans.
Existing roadway valve boxes shall be adjusted to conform to final finished grades. The
final installation shall be made in accordance with the applicable portions of
Section 7-12.
In the event that the existing valve box is plugged or blocked with debris, the Contractor
shall use whatever means necessary to remove such debris, leaving the valve
installation in a fully operable condition.
The valve box shall be set to an elevation tolerance of 1/4 inch to 1/2 inch below
finished grade.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 114 Special Provisions
2026
7-14 HYDRANTS
7-14.3 Construction Requirements
7-14.3(1) Setting Hydrants
(Sept 30, 2025, Renton GSP)
This Section is revised as follows:
Where shown on the Plans, hydrants shall be installed in accordance with the Standard
Plans and Contract specifications. A minimum 3-foot radius unobstructed working area
shall be provided around all hydrants. The bottom surface of the breakaway flange shall
be set 2-inches minimum and 7-inches maximum above the concrete shear block
finished grade.
For each hydrant requiring vertical adjustment, see Section 7-14.3(6).
Fire hydrants shall be of such length as to be suitable for installation with connections
to 6", 8" and 10" piping in trenches 3 - 1/2 feet deep unless otherwise specified. The
hydrant shall be designed for a 4-1/2-foot burial where 12" and larger pipe is shown
unless otherwise noted in the Plans.
After installation hydrants shall be subjected to a hydrostatic test as specified in
Section 7-09.3(23).
The hydrant excavation shall be backfilled and compacted when installation and testing
are complete and accepted by the Engineer.
A concrete shear block as shown by the hydrant details on the Standard Plans shall be
constructed for all hydrants. Construction, Materials, and finishing of the concrete shear
block shall conform to Section 8-14, Cement Concrete Sidewalk. The shear block shall
be set flush with the immediately surrounding finish grade.
The Contractor shall flush, test and disinfect furnished hydrants and hydrant barrel
extensions according to Section 7-14.3(6).
Upon completion of the project, all fire hydrants shall be painted with two field coats of
Kelly-Moore/Preservative paint No. 5780-563 DTM Acrylic Gloss Safety Yellow or
approved equal.
Any hydrants not in service shall be identified by covering with a burlap or plastic bag
properly secured.
Fire hydrant assembly shall include: main line cast-iron or ductile iron tee (MJ x FL), 6"
gate valve (FL x MJ), 6" DI spool (PE x PE) up to 20 feet in length, 5-1/4" MVO fire hydrant
(MJ connection), 4" x 5" Storz adapter with stainless steel cable, cast iron valve box,
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 115 Special Provisions
2026
cover, valve operating nut extension, 1-1/4" washed drain rock, blue reflective pavement
marker, 16"x8"x4" (minimum) concrete blocks under hydrant and gate valve, 4'x4'x6"
concrete shear block around hydrant, and mechanical joint restraint (wedge-type
restrained retainer glands) with poured-in-place concrete thrust block behind the
hydrant shoe or two 3/4-inch diameter Cor-Ten steel tie rods.
7-14.3(4) Moving Existing Hydrants
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
All existing hydrants to be relocated shall be rebuilt with a new hydrant assembly and 6”
DI spool and other fittings and parts as shown on the Plans and to the approval of the
Engineer.
7-14.3(7) Remove and Salvage Hydrant
(Sept 30, 2025, Renton GSP)
This Section is a new section:
Existing hydrants shall be removed where shown in the Plans. Removed hydrants shall
be delivered to the City of Renton shops by the Contractor. The existing hydrant lateral
tee shall be removed from the main.
Unless a specific bid item has been included in the Proposal/Contract Document,
resetting existing hydrants shall be incidental to and included in the various bid items.
7-14.4 Measurement
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
Measurement for Relocate Fire Hydrant Assembly will be per each accepted fire
hydrant relocation.
7-14.5 Payment
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
“Relocate Fire Hydrant Assembly,” per each.
The unit contract price per each for “Relocate Fire Hydrant Assembly” shall be full pay
for all Work to remove and salvage the existing hydrant assembly to the City of Renton,
furnish and install a new fire hydrant assembly in a new location as shown on the plans
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 116 Special Provisions
2026
including the new hydrant assembly, lateral, shackling, painting, reconnection to the
existing valve, disinfecting, testing and all work in this Section.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 117 Special Provisions
2026
8-01 EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
8-01.3 Construction Requirements
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions and utilize the Department of
Ecology’s (ECY) Best Management Practices to prevent sediment and fugitive dust from
construction activities from entering into storm water systems, natural waterways, or
environmentally sensitive areas and from otherwise being carried away from the
construction area by stormwater or air.
Temporary erosion protection shall be furnished, installed, and maintained for the
duration of this Project to protect environmentally sensitive areas, sloped surfaces,
adjacent areas and/or water bodies or conveyance systems. Temporary erosion
protection may include the use of straw, jute matting, wattles, heavy plastic sheeting, or
other forms of ground cover on areas disturbed by construction. Sloped surfaces shall
be restored and protected in such a manner that surface runoff does not erode the
embankments, slopes, or ground surfaces, nor create surface channels, or ruts.
Any damage caused by the Contractor’s failure to keep the erosion materials maintained
shall be borne by the Contractor alone.
8-01.3(1)A Submittals
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The Contractor shall be required to maintain, and update the TESC plan, as may be
required during the course of the Project. The TESC plan and details included are
provided solely for the establishment of basic erosion control measures and are not
intended to be a complete plan.
8-01.3(9)D Inlet Protection
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
All catch basins grates within the project limits and adjacent areas shall have inlet
protection installed to prevent sedimentation from entering the storm system. The inlet
protection shall be routinely cleaned of sediment to prevent plugging. This sediment
shall be regularly removed, loaded, and hauled to waste whenever it presents a
potential surface accumulation problem or concern to the Contracting Agency.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 118 Special Provisions
2026
8-02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION
8-02.2 Materials
(******)
This Section shall be supplemented with the following:
Grass seed, of the following composition, proportion, and quality shall be applied at the
rates shown below on all areas requiring roadside seeding within the project:
Kind and Variety of Seed in Mixture by
Common Name and (Botanical Name)
Pounds Pure Live Seed
(PLS) Per Acre
3 Way Tall Fescue Blend (Festuca rubra) 100
Seeds shall be certified “Weed Free,” indicating there are no noxious or nuisance weeds
in the seed.
Sufficient quantities of 18-6-12 fertilizer shall be applied at 650 pounds per acre,
72 percent of nitrogen applied per acre shall be derived from isobutylidene diurea
(IBDU), cyclo-di-urea (CDU), or a time release, polyurethane coated source with a
minimum release time of 6 months. The remainder may be derived from any source.
The fertilizer formulation and application rate shall be approved by the Engineer before
use.
Wood fiber mulch shall be applied at a rate as recommended by the manufacturer, and
tackifier shall be applied at a rate as recommended by the manufacturer.
8-02.3(3)B Chemical Pesticides
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
No chemical herbicides will be allowed in planting areas.
8-02.3(4) Topsoil
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The costs of removing all excess material and debris shall be considered incidental to
the Project and as such merged in the various items bid.
Cultivate 4 inches of imported topsoil, Type A into the existing subgrades to a minimum
transition depth of 6 inches in areas to be seeded with topsoil, in sod areas, in planting
strip areas and in fill slopes to be planted, as shown on the Plans.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 119 Special Provisions
2026
8-02.3(4)A Topsoil Type A
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
Imported Topsoil, Type A, shall be a mixture of 33.3 percent compost by volume, 33.3
percent loam by volume and 33.3 percent sandy loam by volume as defined by USDA
soil texture triangle, screened through a 3/8-inch screen or approved equal. Compost
shall be made from ground yard waste that has first been screened through a 5/8-inch
trammel screen. The composting process shall include five 3-day periods during which
the compost temperature is 131 to 165 degrees Fahrenheit. The total composting time
period shall be a minimum of 4 months. Topsoil shall be weed free.
8-02.3(5) Roadside Seeding, Lawn and Planting Area Preparation
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
Seeding, Sod and Planter Strip Areas: Finished grades of planting and seeding areas
shall allow for soil preparation and mulch. Finished grades shall be as follows:
Seeding and Sod Areas: 1 inch below all walks, curbs, and/or hard-
surface edges.
Perform all excavation and backfill necessary to provide finish grade of landscape areas
as indicated and specified. Remove from site excess and unsuitable material.
Landscape areas shall be graded to lines, grades, and cross sections indicated. Grades
shall meet the following:
1. Maximum 2:1 slope, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Smooth and round off surfaces at abrupt grade changes.
3. Feather grades to meet existing gradually. Rake planting areas smooth and
remove surface rocks over 2-inches diameter.
4. Provide minimum 2 percent crown or slope in all landscape areas. The
Contractor is responsible for any adverse drainage conditions that may affect
plant growth, unless he contacts the Project Engineer immediately indicating
any possible problem.
Finish grades shall be inspected and accepted by the Contracting Agency prior to
commencing planting or seeding work.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 120 Special Provisions
2026
The costs of removing all excess material and debris shall be considered incidental to
the Project and as such merged in the various items bid.
Final Acceptance
Final acceptance by the Contracting Agency for soil preparation will be contingent on
the approval of all inspections, and that the soil preparation is consistent with these
specifications and with the Plans.
8-02.3(10)C Lawn Establishment
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
Prior to laying sod, the initial application of the 10-20-20 fertilizer shall be spread and
raked into the topsoil. When grass reaches 2 inches in height and before mowing, apply
the second application of 10-20-20.
Sod shall be placed in accordance with standard horticultural practices. Dry soil shall be
moistened by sprinkling. All butt joints shall be staggered. On sloped areas, the sod
shall be laid with the long dimension parallel to the toe or top of slope. After placing,
the sod shall be rolled and heavily watered by sprinkler.
The Contractor shall be responsible for watering and fertilizing the sod until physical
completion of the Project. Watering shall be scheduled to prevent drying of joints
between sod strips. Four weeks after the first mowing, 6-2-4 fertilizer shall be applied
and reapplied at 6-week intervals.
Inspection and Substantial Completion
After completion of all sodding and seeding, including the post-planting fertilization
which follows the first mowing, the Contracting Agency will review the sodded or
seeded areas for adequacy. Areas not fully established (sod) or germinated (seeded)
with a uniform stand of grass, or areas damaged through any cause prior to this
inspection shall be resodded/reseeded, by the Contractor as herein specified and at the
Contractor’s sole expense as no additional monies will be due the Contractor. “Uniform
stand of grass” shall signify complete cover of lush, thriving, green grass with no bare
spots.
Reseeding
Reseed and fertilize with 6-2-4 at a rate of 400 pounds (30 pounds) per 1,000 square
foot, all areas failing to show a uniform stand of grass after germination of seed, or
damage through any cause before physical completion of the Project.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 121 Special Provisions
2026
8-02.4 Measurement
(******)
Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following:
Topsoil will be measured by the cubic yard to the nearest 0.5 cubic yard in the haul
conveyance or container at the point of delivery. The Inspector shall be given a copy of
the trip ticket or other such evidence, which lists the quantity delivered and placed on
site. The Contractor shall coordinate same.
Bark or Wood Chip Mulch will be measured by the cubic yard in the haul conveyance or
container at the point of delivery. The Inspector shall be given a copy of the trip ticket
or other such evidence, which lists the quantity delivered and placed on site. The
Contractor shall coordinate same.
Seeding, fertilizing and mulching will be measured by the square yard by ground slope
measurement or through the use of design data.
8-02.5 Payment
(******)
Delete all paragraphs under this Section and replace with the following:
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for each of the following listed
bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Topsoil, Type __”, per cubic yard.
The unit contract price per cubic yard for “Topsoil, Type __” shall be full pay for all costs
necessary for providing the source of material for topsoil Type __, for pre-excavation
weed control, excavating, loading, hauling, intermediate windrowing, stockpiling, weed
control on stockpiles or windrows, and removal, furnishing, placing, cultivating,
spreading, processing, and compacting the topsoil.
“Bark or Wood Chip Mulch”, per cubic yard.
The unit contract price per cubic yard for “Bark or Wood Chip Mulch” shall be full pay
for all costs necessary to furnish and install the bark mulch.
“Sod Installation,” per square yard.
The unit contract price per square yard for “Sod Installation” shall include all costs
necessary to prepare the area, furnish and install the sod, erect barriers, control weeds,
establish lawn areas, water, mow, complete the Work as specified, and reseed as
needed.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 122 Special Provisions
2026
8-04 CURB, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS
8-04.1 Description
This Section is supplemented with the following:
(******)
This work also includes furnishing and installing reinforcement within the curb and
gutter where shown on the Plans at Site 1.
8-04.2 Materials
This Section is supplemented with the following:
(***Renton***)
Cement Concrete curb, all extruded curb and curb and gutter shall be constructed with
Class 4000 psi air intrained concrete conforming to the requirement of Section 6-02 of
the Standard Specifications.
8-04.3 Construction Requirements
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
Any gutter damaged, defaced, cracked, chipped, or determined to be of poor
workmanship, in the opinion of the Contracting Agency, shall be removed, wastehauled
and replaced by the Contractor, at the Contractor’s expense. Sacking and grinding shall
not be considered an acceptable means for repairing unacceptable sections. The
Contractor shall further provide verbal and written notice (door hanger) to property
owners identifying restricted use of their driveways, sidewalks, etc. This notice must be
provided twice: at 1 week prior and again 1 day prior to the work being performed.
8-04.5 Payment
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The unit contract price per linear foot for “Cement Conc. Traffic Curb and Gutter” will
also include all costs to construct rolled curb and gutter and transitions from traffic curb
and gutter to rolled curb and gutter and to construct reinforcement where shown on
the Plans.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 123 Special Provisions
2026
8-09 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS
8-09.3 Construction Requirements
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
One Blue Raised Pavement Marker, Type 2 shall be placed in-line with the lane line that
is closest to the hydrant perpendicular to the centerline of the roadway in front of each
fire hydrant. On a two-lane roadway, the marker shall be offset from the centerline
4 inches toward the hydrant location.
8-09.4 Measurement
(******)
Delete this Section and replace with the following:
No measurement will be made for raised pavement markers, all costs shall be
considered incidental to the other unit price items in the Proposal.
8-10 GUIDE POSTS
8-10.1 Description
This Section is supplemented as follows:
This Work shall also consist of furnishing and placing Curb Mounted Delineator Posts as
shown on the Plans.
8-10.2 Materials
The Section is supplemented as follows:
Curb Mounted Delineator Posts shall be white in color and capable of being fastened to
existing pavement by dowels or epoxy. The product shall consist of a white plastic curb
with white tubular flexible delineator posts integral to the curb and capable of taking
impacts omni-directionally, a plastic curb height between two and six inches tall and no
more than 12-inches wide at the base, 36-inch min. tall self-righting tubular flexible
delineator posts with reflective sheeting spaced at 4 inches between ends and post
installed plumb plus or minus 1.5 degrees, have integral coloration, be highly visible and
resistant to UV damage and fading, be MASH 2009 or later accepted based on crash test
results, can follow a radius of 153-feet within a two-foot buffer zone, and can be either
epoxied or bolted onto an asphalt pavement surface.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 124 Special Provisions
2026
The following products are known to meet this specification: Tuff Curb and Tuff Curb
XLP Traffic Separator Curb with White Curb & Posts, Shur Curb Traffic Separator with
White Posts & Base, and Rubberform Traffic Delineator Curb System with White Stripes
and White Round 4' Marker.
8-10.3 Construction Requirements
This Section is supplemented as follows:
Prior to installing the Curb Mounted Delineator Posts onto the existing asphalt
pavement surface, the pavement surface shall be dry, free of any loose debris, and free
of all other contaminants from pavement surfaces that may adversely affect the
installation by sandblasting, shot-blasting, or sweeping. Air blast the pavement with a
high-pressure system to remove extraneous or loose material before installation.
The Contractor shall dowel the Curb Mounted Delineator Posts onto the asphalt
pavement surface per the manufacturer’s recommendations at locations shown on the
Plans. The Contractor shall epoxy the Curb Mounted Delineator Posts onto the existing
bridge deck per the manufacturer’s recommendations and shall not impact or grind the
existing asphalt pavement along the bridge deck.
8-10.4 Measurement
This Section is supplemented as follows:
Curb Mounted Delineator Posts will be measured by linear foot along completed curb
length, including bends and gaps.
8-10.5 Payment
This Section is supplemented as follows:
“Curb Mounted Delineator Posts,” per linear foot.
8-14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
8-14.1 Description
(******)
This Section is revised to read:
This Work consists of constructing cement concrete sidewalks, curb ramps, and
transitions in accordance with details shown in the Plans, Standard Plans, these
Specifications, and in conformity to the lines and grades shown in the Plans, Standard
Plans, and as established by the Engineer.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 125 Special Provisions
2026
8-14.3 Construction Requirements
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The Contractor shall request a pre-construction meeting with the Engineer to be held 2
to 5 working days before any work can start on cement concrete sidewalks, curb ramps
or other pedestrian access routes to discuss construction requirements. Those attending
shall include:
1. The Contractor and Subcontractor in charge of constructing forms, and placing,
and finishing the cement concrete.
2. Engineer (or representative) and Project Inspectors for the cement concrete
sidewalk, curb ramp or pedestrian access route Work.
Items to be discussed in this meeting shall include, at a minimum, the following:
1. Slopes shown on the Plans.
2. Inspection
3. Traffic control
4. Pedestrian control, access routes and delineation
5. Accommodating utilities
6. Form work
7. Installation of detectable warning surfaces
8. Contractor ADA survey and ADA Feature as-built requirements
9. Cold Weather Protection
Timing Restrictions
Curb ramps shall be constructed on one leg of the intersection at a time. The curb ramps
shall be completed and open to traffic within five calendar days before construction can
begin on another leg of the intersection unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer.
Unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer, the 5 calendar day time restriction begins
when an existing curb ramp for the quadrant or traffic island/median is closed to
pedestrian use and ends when the quadrant or traffic island/median is fully functional
and open for pedestrian access.
Layout and Conformance to Grades
Using the information provided in the Contract documents, the Contractor shall lay out,
grade, and form each new curb ramp, sidewalk, and curb and gutter.
(***Renton***)
Cement concrete sidewalks shall be constructed with Class 4000 air entrained concrete
conforming to the requirement of Section 6-02 of the Standard Specifications. Any
sidewalk damaged, defaced, cracked, chipped, or determined to be of poor
workmanship, in the opinion of the Contracting Agency, shall be removed, waste
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 126 Special Provisions
2026
hauled, and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. Damaged sidewalk
shall be removed at a construction or expansion joint. Sacking, grinding, or spot repaired
shall not be considered an acceptable means for repairing unacceptable sections. The
Contractor shall further provide verbal and written notice (door hanger) to property
owners abutting the Project identifying restricted use of these facilities, etc. This notice
must be provided 1 week prior and again 1 day prior to the work being performed.
8-14.4 Measurement
This Section is supplemented with the following:
(******)
“Cement Conc. Sidewalk” will be measured by the square yard.
“Detectable Warning Surface (Asphalt Path)” will be measured by the square yard of
surface covered.
8-14.5 Payment
This Section is supplemented with the following:
(******)
“Cement Conc. Sidewalk”, per square yard.
The unit contract price per square yard for “Cement Conc. Sidewalk” shall include all
costs of furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary for a complete
installation including forming, furnishing, and placing concrete; sidewalk transitions and
driveways, thickened edges, jointing and joint filler, curing, barricades, end-sections,
and any other items required for a complete installation in good working order and in
accordance with the Plans, the Specifications, and as required in the field. It shall also
include protecting all sidewalk from damage until accepted by the Contracting Agency.
The unit contract price per each for “Cement Conc. Curb Ramp Type ___” shall include
all costs of furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary for a complete
installation including forming, furnishing and placing concrete, truncated domes, ramps,
landings, transitions, pedestrian curbing for ramps (at sides or back of ramps), jointing,
and joint filler, curing, barricades and any other items required for a complete
installation in good working order and in accordance with the Plans, the Specifications
and as required in the field. It shall also include protecting the concrete surface from
damage until accepted by the Contracting Agency.
“Detectable Warning Surface (Asphalt Path),” per square yard.
The unit contract price per each for “Detectable Warning Surface (Asphalt Path)” shall
include all costs of furnishing all materials, labor, tools and equipment necessary for a
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 127 Special Provisions
2026
complete installation of the detectable warning surface on the asphalt surface to
include trimming and anchoring.
8-18 MAILBOX SUPPORT
8-18.1 Description
This Section is supplemented with the following:
(******)
This work shall include removal of the existing mailboxes where noted on the Plans;
providing a temporary mailbox on stand, if required; and installation of a new timber
mailbox support type 2 and mounting the existing mailboxes to the new support as
shown on the Plans.
8-18.3 Construction Requirements
This Section is supplemented with the following:
(******)
During construction, the mailbox and/or paper boxes shall be moved to a temporary
location where its usefulness will not be impaired. The Contractor shall give the U.S.
Postal Service Postmaster and mailbox owner written notice a minimum of 14 calendar
days prior to relocation. The post shall be removed from its fixed location and be placed
in a bucket or other suitable container and filled with sand, gravel, or other suitable
means to hold it in place. The existing post shall be cut to length as necessary such that
the height from the ground to the bottom of the box is 3 feet-6 inches. The temporary
box location shall be located such that delivery can be accomplished from within the
delivery vehicle and shall be maintained at all times. The new locking mailbox and its
relocation shall be in accordance with U.S. Postal Service requirements, have address
numbers placed on the mailbox and attachment hardware to the post shall fit a lockbox-
style mailbox. The Contractor is responsible for all coordination of the U.S. Postal
Service and mailbox owner.
8-18.4 Measurement
This Section is supplemented with the following:
(******)
The unit contract price for “Mailbox Support, Type 2” shall be measured per each
mailbox cluster removed, temporarily relocated, and reconstructed.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 128 Special Provisions
2026
8-18.5 Payment
This Section is supplemented with the following:
(******)
“Mailbox Support, Type 2,” per each.
The unit contract price for “Mailbox Support, Type 2” shall include, but not be limited
to, all costs to provide, remove, temporarily relocate, and reinstall mailboxes on a new
timber mailbox cluster support as shown on the Plans, and shall also include bolts,
grout, sleeves, backfill, pretreated timber posts, base, roof, shingles, galvanized steel
hardware, and coordination with the post office, and any coordination with the mailbox
owner.
8-20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS,
AND ELECTRICAL
8-20.1 Description
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The Work shall include the following:
1. Furnishing and installing complete rectangular rapid flashing beacon (RRFB)
systems, wired power, at Sites 1, 2 and 3
Site 1 is the intersection of Union Avenue NE and NE 8th Street
Site 2 is the intersection of Hoquiam Avenue NE and NE 5th Street
Site 3 is the intersection of 116th Avenue SE and SE 165th Street
2. A complete functional illumination system at Site 1.
3. Furnishing and installation, relocation, removals, reconnections and new
connections to the electrical services at Sites 1 and Site 2.
4. Furnishing and installation of a new electrical service at Site 3. Coordination
with PSE for same.
5. Furnishing and installation of a pedestrian push button (PPB) assembly at Site 2.
6. All work shown on the Plans and described in the Special Provisions not listed in
items 1 - 5.
The existing lighting circuit shall remain in operation as the new street light is added at
Site 1.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 129 Special Provisions
2026
All work shall be performed as shown in the Plans in accordance with applicable
Standard Specifications, Standard Plans, City Standards, Puget Sound Energy Standards
included herein and the following Special Provisions.
The Work shall include the supply, testing, installation of the RRFB and PPB assemblies.
The Work shall also include removal of existing equipment where applicable to
complete the Work.
8-20.1(1) Regulations and Code
(Renton GSP)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
All materials and methods required under this section, unless otherwise superseded
herein, shall conform to the 2025 edition of the Washington State Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction
and Amendments (herein referred to as Standard Specifications), to all current
amendments to the Standard Specifications, to the latest edition of the State of
Washington Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction (herein
referred to as the Standard Plans), to the State of Washington Sign Fabrication Manual,
to the City of Renton Standards and Details, to the latest edition of the National Electric
Code (NEC), and to the current edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
(MUTCD) as adopted by the State of Washington.
(Renton GSP)
Delete the first sentence of the first paragraph of Section 8-20.1(1) and replace with the
following:
All electrical equipment shall conform to the standards of the National Electrical
Manufacturers Association (NEMA), FHWA IP-78-16, the Radio Manufacturers
Association, the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), the American
Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), the American
National Standards Institute (ANSI), the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC), the
International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA), whichever is applicable, and to other
codes listed herein.
Where applicable, materials shall conform to the latest requirements of the Washington
State Department of Labor and Industries and Puget Sound Energy.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 130 Special Provisions
2026
8-20.1(2) Industry Codes and Standards
(Renton GSP)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
National Electrical Safety Code (NESC), Secretary NESC, NESC Committee, IEEE Post
Office Box 1331, 445 Hoes Lane, Piscataway, NJ 08855-1331.
8-20.1(3) Permitting and Inspections
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The Contractor will be responsible for coordinating, obtaining, and paying for all
permits, including electrical service applications, necessary to complete this work in a
timely fashion. All costs to obtain and comply with electrical permits shall be included in
the applicable bid items for the work involved. All required electrical permits shall be
obtained before beginning trench excavation.
The City of Renton Electrical Inspector shall inspect and approve the electrical portions
of the project. The Contractor shall notify the Electrical Inspector at least 24 hours in
advance of required field inspection. Before work begins, the Contractor shall contact
the Electrical Inspector to coordinate a schedule of electrical inspections (call the
request line at 425-430-7275). This project shall be accomplished in compliance with
WAC 296-46B-010 Traffic Management Systems and shall conform to the current
adopted version of the NEC.
Prior to PSE energizing service cabinets, an electrical inspection must be passed with a
copy of the electrical control permit and inspection sticker inside the cabinet.
8-20.1(4) Restrictions of the schedule of Work
(Renton GSP)
This Section is added as follows:
All work in the roadway is subject to the traffic control requirements specified in
Section 1-10 of these Special Provisions.
8-20.1(5) Traffic Control during Construction
(Renton GSP)
This Section is added as follows:
The Contractor shall include in the submitted traffic control plan, detailed plan during
roadway trenching, erection of mast arms, installation of vehicle detection, and other
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 131 Special Provisions
2026
activities requiring lane closures or detours. See Section 1-10 of these Special Provisions
for traffic control requirements and uniformed police officer requirements.
8-20.2 Materials
8-20.2(1) Equipment List and Drawings
(Renton GSP)
Delete the first paragraph of this Section and replace with the following:
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a completed “Request for Approval of
Material” that describes the material proposed for use to fulfill the Plans and
Specifications. Request for Approval of Materials shall submitted with all traffic signal,
communication, and illumination materials in one complete package.
(******)
Delete the third and fourth paragraph of this Section and replace with the following:
The Contractor shall submit shop drawings to the City for approval for light, the electric
service, and the RRFB systems conforming to the Special Provisions and Contract Plans.
8-20.3 Construction Requirements
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The Contractor shall coordinate with City of Renton Transportation Maintenance
Manager (contact person: Eric Cutshall at 425-430-7423) for all required electrical
system installation work and testing.
8-20.3(2) Excavating and Backfilling
(Renton GSP)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
Underground utilities of record will be shown on the Plans insofar as information is
available. These, however, are shown for convenience only and the City assumes no
responsibility for improper locations or failure to show utility locations on the
construction plans.
The location of existing underground utilities, when shown on the Plans, is approximate
only, and the Contractor shall be responsible for determining their exact location. The
Contractor shall check with the utility companies concerning any possible conflict prior
to commencing excavation in any area, as not all utilities may be shown on the Plans.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 132 Special Provisions
2026
The Contractor shall be responsible for potholing for conflicts with underground utility
locations. Prior to construction, if any conflicts are expected, it shall be brought to the
attention of the Engineer for resolution.
The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for coordination with the utility companies
and arranging for the movement or adjustment, either temporary or permanent, of their
facilities within the project limits.
If a conflict is identified, the Contractor shall contact the Engineer. The Contractor and
City shall locate alternative locations for poles, cabinet, or junction boxes. The
Contractor shall get approval from the Engineer prior to installation. The Contractor may
consider changing depth or alignment of conduit to avoid utility conflicts.
Before beginning any excavation work for foundations, vaults, junction boxes or conduit
runs, the contractor shall confirm that the location proposed on the Contract Plans does
not conflict with utility location markings placed on the surface by the various utility
companies. If a conflict is identified, the following process shall be used to resolve the
conflict:
• Contact the Engineer and determine if there is an alternative location for the
foundation, junction box, vault or conduit trench.
• If an adequate alternate location is not obvious for the underground work,
select a location that may be acceptable and pothole to determine the exact
location of other utilities. Potholing must be approved by the Engineer.
• If an adequate alternate alignment still cannot be identified following potholing
operations, the pothole area should be restored and work in the area should
stop until a new design can be developed.
• The Contractor shall get approval from the Engineer prior to installation.
• The Contractor may consider changing depth or alignment of conduit to avoid
utility conflicts.
The Contractor shall not attempt to adjust the location of an existing utility unless
specifically agreed to by the utility owner.
8-20.3(4) Foundations
(Renton GSP)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The anchor bolts shall match that of the device to be installed thereon.
All concrete foundations shall be Class 4000P concrete per Standard Specification
6-02.3(1).
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 133 Special Provisions
2026
Criteria for when signal and Illumination standards can be installed on foundations shall
be per Standard Specifications 8-20.3(14)E. The poles shall have a minimum of 3 feet
clearance between the side of the pole and closest point of contact, any wall, slope,
fixed object, or other obstructions to allow for maintenance.
Sono tubes shall not be allowed.
Concrete shall be placed against undisturbed earth if possible. Disturbed earth or
backfill material shall be compacted to 95 percent of the material's maximum density.
Before placing the concrete the Contractor shall block-out around any other
underground utilities that lie in the excavated base so that the concrete will not adhere
to the utility line.
Concrete foundations shall be troweled, brushed, edged and finished in a workmanship-
like manner. Concrete shall be promptly cleaned from the exposed portion of the
anchor bolts and conduit after placement. After the specified curing period, the
Contractor may install the applicable device thereon.
All concrete foundations shall be constructed in the manner specified below:
1. Where no sidewalks are to be installed, the grade for the top of the foundation
shall be as specified by the Engineer.
2. Where sidewalk or raised islands are to be constructed as a part of this project,
the top of the luminaire foundation shall be made flush with the bottom of the
sidewalk or island, or the top of the signal foundation shall be made flush with
the top of the sidewalk or island.
All concrete foundations shall be installed at locations per stationing on the Plans. Pole
locations shall be staked by the Contractor and locations shall be field verified and
approved by the Engineer in the field prior to excavation.
The Contractor shall secure the anchor bolts required for the item to be mounted on the
foundation. The Contractor shall also securely locate all conduit required, including a
spare 2-inch conduit to be used to connect the pole or controller cabinet ground wire to
the ground rod in the nearest J-box.
Location of all concrete foundations shall be approved by the Engineer prior to
excavation.
Construction Sequence
All excavation for a single pile cap foundation in which the drilled shafts are to be
constructed shall be completed before shaft construction begins. After shaft
construction is completed, all loose or displaced materials shall be removed from around
the shafts, leaving a clean solid surface to receive the footing concrete.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 134 Special Provisions
2026
Shaft Excavation
1. Shafts shall be excavated to the required depth as shown in the Plans or as
required by the Engineer. The excavation shall be completed in a continuous
operation using equipment capable of excavating through the type of material
expected to be encountered. The concrete shall be placed within two hours after
the completion of shaft excavation and cleanout without any undue delay.
2. If the shaft excavation is stopped with the approval of the Engineer, the shaft
shall be secured by the installation of a safety cover. It shall be the Contractor's
responsibility to ensure the safety of the shaft and the surrounding soil and the
stability of the sidewalls. A temporary casing should be used if necessary to
ensure such safety and stability.
3. Where caving conditions are encountered, due to soft soils or water intrusion,
no further excavation will be allowed until the Contractor selects a method to
prevent ground movement. The Contractor may elect to place a temporary
casing or use other methods approved by the Engineer.
4. The Contractor shall use appropriate means such as a clean-out bucket, to clean
the bottom of the excavation such that a minimum of 50 percent of the base of
each shaft will have less than 1inch of sediment at the time of placement of the
concrete. The maximum depth of sediment or any debris at any place on the
base of the shaft shall not exceed 2 inches.
5. If unexpected obstructions, which require specialized equipment and/or labor
are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer promptly. Excavation
shall be continued as approved by the Engineer.
Excavation Inspection
1. The Contractor shall provide equipment for checking the dimensions and
alignment of each permanent shaft excavation. The dimensions and alignment
shall be determined by the Contractor with the approval of the Engineer.
2. Final shaft depths shall be measured with a suitable weighted tape or other
approved methods after final clean-out.
3. Shaft cleanliness will be determined by the Engineer, by visual inspection.
4. The excavated shaft shall be approved by the Engineer prior to placing any steel
or concrete into the shaft.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 135 Special Provisions
2026
Reinforcing Steel Cage Construction and Placement
1. The reinforcing steel cage consisting of longitudinal bars, ties, cage stiffener bars,
spacers, centralizers, and other necessary appurtenances shall be completely
assembled and placed as a unit immediately after the shaft excavation is
inspected and accepted prior to concrete placement. The reinforcing cage shall
be rigidly braced to retain its configuration during handling and when lowered
into the shaft, during placement of concrete and extraction of the casing from
the shaft. No loose bars will be permitted. The reinforcing steel fabricator shall
include bracing and any extra reinforcing steel required to fabricate the cage in
the shop drawings.
2. If the bottom of the constructed shaft elevation is lower than the bottom of the
shaft elevation in the Plans, a minimum of one half of the longitudinal bars
required in the upper portion of the shaft shall be extended the additional
length. Tie bars shall be continued for the extra depth, spaced on 1 feet centers,
and the stiffener bars shall be extended to the final depth. These bars may be
lap spliced, or un-spliced bars of the proper length may be used. Welding to the
planned reinforcing steel will not be permitted unless specifically shown in
either the Plans or Special Provisions.
3. The reinforcing steel in the shaft shall be tied and supported so that the
reinforcing steel will remain within allowable tolerances given in this
specification. Concrete spacers or other approved non-corrosive spacing devices
shall be used at sufficient intervals (near the bottom and at intervals not
exceeding 5 feet up the shaft) to insure concentric spacing for the entire cage
length. Spacers shall be constructed of approved material equal in quality and
durability to the concrete specified for the shaft.
4. The elevation of the top of the steel cage shall be checked before and after the
concrete is placed. If the rebar cage is not maintained within the specified
tolerances, corrections shall be made by the Contractor as required by the
Engineer. No additional shafts shall be constructed until the Contractor has
modified his rebar cage support in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer.
Concrete Placement
Concrete placement shall commence within two (2) hours after completion of the
excavation and shall be placed in one continuous operation to the top of the shaft.
Concrete shall be placed through a tremie. The tremie used shall consist of a tube of
one-piece construction. Concrete shall be placed through a hopper at the top of the
tube so that the concrete is deposited through the center of the reinforcing steel to
prevent segregation of the aggregates and splashing of concrete on the reinforcement
cage. The Contractor's proposed method for depositing concrete shall have approval of
the Engineer prior to concrete placement. The concrete on the top 5 feet of the shaft
shall be vibrated.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 136 Special Provisions
2026
Casing and Forming Removal
During casing removal, a minimum 5 foot head of concrete must be maintained to
balance the soil and water pressure at the bottom of the casing. This casing shall be well
coated with form oil prior to concrete placement.
All other forming materials shall be removed and adjacent area restored.
Construction Tolerances
1. The centerline of the drilled shaft shall be within 3 inches of the Plan position in
the horizontal plane, at the Plan elevation for the top of the shaft.
2. The vertical alignment of the shaft excavation shall not vary from the Plan
alignment by more than 1/4 inch per foot of depth.
3. After all the concrete is placed, the top of the reinforcing steel cage shall be no
more than 1/2 inch above and no more than 1/2 inch below the Plan position.
4. The minimum diameter of the drilled shaft shall be 1inch less than the specified
shaft diameter.
5. The top elevation of the shaft shall have a tolerance of ±1/2 inch from the Plan
top of shaft elevation.
6. Excavation equipment and methods shall be designed so that the completed
shaft excavation will have a flat bottom. The cutting edges of excavation
equipment shall be normal to the vertical axis of the equipment within a
tolerance of± 3/8 inch per 12 inches of diameter.
Drilled shaft excavations constructed in such a manner that the concrete shaft cannot be
completed within the required tolerances are unacceptable. When approved,
corrections may be made to an unacceptable drilled shaft excavation by any approved
combination of the following methods:
1. Overdrill the shaft excavation to a larger diameter to permit accurate placement
of the reinforcing steel cage with the required minimum concrete cover.
2. Increase the number and/or size of the steel reinforcement bars.
The approval of the correction procedures is dependent on analysis of the effect of the
degree of misalignment and improper positioning. Correction methods may be approved
as design analysis indicate. Redesign drawings and computations prepared by the
Contractor's Engineer shall be signed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of
Washington. Materials and work necessary, including Engineering analysis and redesign,
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 137 Special Provisions
2026
to effect corrections for out of tolerance drilled shaft excavations shall be furnished at no
cost to the Contracting Agency.
Submittals
1. Before placing the reinforcing steel, the Contractor shall submit shop drawings
to the Engineer for the reinforcing cage.
2. Work shall not proceed until the appropriate submittals have been approved in
writing by the Engineer.
8-20.3(5) Conduit
8-20.3(5)A General
(Renton GSP)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
Pull strings shall be provided and installed by the Contractor.
When copper or fiber optic interconnect cable is part of a project, the conduit sweeps
bringing the interconnect cable into and out of the junction boxes shall be offset as
directed by the Engineer to accommodate the cable’s tendency to curl. The conduit
sweep shall have a minimum bend radius of 24-inches.
Conduits entering through the cabinet foundation shall be arranged toward the front of
the cabinet for maximum accessibility or as directed by the Engineer.
Conduits shall be capped during construction using manufactured seals to prevent
entrance of water and debris. Spare conduits shall be capped and labeled as City of
Renton conduits and shall include polyester detectable pull tape that meets or exceeds a
breaking strength of 900 lbs. Detectable pull tape shall also be added to conduits
occupied with non-electrical cables.
Where sidewalk panels need to be removed for the installation of conduit or junction
boxes, the Contractor is responsible for restoring the area near the back of sidewalk as
needed to repair damage from sidewalk panel formwork.
Where intercepting and splicing to an existing conduit is called out on the Plans, the
Contractor shall verify the conduit size and schedule before ordering the new conduit
sections. The size provided on the Plans is an estimation.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 138 Special Provisions
2026
8-20.3(5)B Conduit Type
(Renton GSP)
Delete the second paragraph of Section 8-20.3(5)B and replace with the following:
Rigid metal conduit (RMC) shall only be placed where indicated and shown on the
Contract Plans.
(Renton GSP)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
All conduit shall be rigid non-metallic unless noted otherwise in the Contract Plans or
Special Provisions.
All conduit openings shall be fitted with approved bell-ends or bushings. Wall thickness
of conduit shall be consistent within continuous conduit runs with no mixing of different
schedule types between terminations.
The Contractor shall provide all conduit and necessary fittings as needed. Conduit size
shall be as indicated on the wiring and conduit schedule shown on the Plans.
All joints shall be made with strict compliance to the manufacturer's recommendations
regarding cement used and environmental conditions.
Conduits shall be capped during construction using manufactured seals to prevent
entrance of water and debris. The conduits shall be cleaned before pulling wire and shall
include bonded ground wire (including spare conduits for locating purposes).
Spare conduits shall be capped and labeled “City of Renton” conduits.
8-20.3(5)E1 Open Trenching
(Renton GSP)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The Contractor shall provide trenching as specified herein, regardless of the material
encountered, as necessary for complete and proper installation of the signal,
illumination and ITS conduit. Trenching shall conform to the following:
Uniform Construction
Trenching for conduit runs shall be done in a neat manner, and the trench bottom shall
be graded to provide a uniform grade, with a width and depth as specified herein. All
trenches for placement of conduit shall be straight and as narrow in width as practical to
provide a minimum of pavement disturbance.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 139 Special Provisions
2026
Trench Inspection
No work shall be covered until it has been examined by the Engineer or Inspector. Earth
which fills around and over the conduit shall be free of rocks greater than 2 inches up to
a depth of 6 inches. When trenching is being accomplished within the sidewalk area, the
backfill can be made with acceptable materials from the excavation and shall be
considered a necessary part of and incidental to the excavation in accordance with the
Standard Specifications. Hauling and disposal of un-used excavation material shall be
incidental to the cost of trenching or excavating. The compaction requirements for the
roadway backfill shall apply.
Saw Cut for Trench
Trenches in all paved areas shall be saw cut. The saw cuts shall be a minimum of 2-inches
deep and shall be parallel. Thoroughly clean saw cuts where necessary by the use of high
pressure water (1,400 psi or greater). All wastewater shall be collected and disposed of
in accordance with Section 1-07.15 of the Standard Specifications. Impervious surfaces
contaminated from cutting operations shall be cleaned in accordance with Section 1-
07.15 of the Standard Specifications.
Pavement Removal
Pavement shall be removed in a manner approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall
take care in removing existing paving not to damage the pavement outside of the saw
cut lines.
Trench Depth
Trench depth shall provide a minimum cover for conduit of 24-inches below the top of
the roadway base, except trench depth for conduits designated for fiber optic cabling
shall provide a minimum cover of 36 inches below the top of the roadway base.
Trench Width
The trench width shall be a minimum of 12 inches
Trenching in Landscaped Areas
Trenches shall be placed to have minimum impact on existing landscaping and irrigation
systems. Any damage due to the Contractor’s operation shall be repaired or replaced by
the Contractor at his own expense and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 140 Special Provisions
2026
Trenching Through Concrete Sidewalk Areas
Trenching in these areas shall require removal and replacement of the concrete to the
limits of the existing sidewalk joints. The costs for removal and replacement shall be
incidental to the trenching.
8-20.3(5)F Damaged or Blocked Conduits
(Renton GSP)
This Section is added as follows:
Damaged or blocked conduits shall be repaired by the Contractor. The Contractor shall
attempt to remove debris in the conduit by blowing in air. The Contractor shall be careful
not to blow air towards the service or controller cabinet. If the blockage doesn’t break
free, the Contractor shall identify the potential blocked/damaged location using a fish
tape. Once the blockage location is identified, the Contractor shall attempt to remove
the existing cabling (if any) from the conduit. If the cabling is removed, the Contractor
shall attempt to pass a fish tape through the conduit again. If the fish tape passes
through the conduit past the identified blockage point easily, the Contractor shall
attempt to reinstall all existing cabling along with the new cabling called out in the
Contract Plans.
If the existing cabling cannot be removed, or reinstalled after removal, the Contractor
shall excavate down to the conduit blockage point and repair the conduit break. The
Contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer prior to removing existing cabling or
beginning excavation. All cabling shall be removed from the conduit prior to repairing
the broken conduit. Once the conduit is repaired, the Contractor shall restore the
disturbed area. The removal of cable, excavation, conduit repair, and surface restoration
will be paid for by change order or Minor Change as determined by the Engineer. The
cost for other work needed to identify and remedy blocked conduits as described in this
Section shall be incidental.
8-20.3(6) Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes
(Renton GSP)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
All junction boxes and associated concrete pads shall be installed on compacted sub
grade which shall include six inches of 5/8th-inch minus crushed surfacing top course
material installed under and around the base of the junction box. The junction box shall
include installation of a 4" thick Class "B" cement concrete pad enclosing the junction
box as per the Plans, specifications and detail sheets. Concrete shall be promptly
cleaned from the junction box frame and lid.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 141 Special Provisions
2026
If junction boxes are placed in the sidewalk, they shall not be placed closer than
12 inches from the edge of any sidewalk or sidewalk joint. The frame and lid shall be
from 0 to 3/16 inch below a straight edge laid across the sidewalk, and the lid shall be flat
to a maximum of 1/16 inch positive camber. Pre-molded joint filler for expansion joints
shall be placed around junction boxes installed in sidewalks. All junction boxes placed in
the sidewalks shall have skid resistant lids.
Junction boxes shall have galvanized steel locking lids and frames.
Wiring shall not be pulled into any conduit until all associated junction boxes have been
adjusted to or installed in their final grade and location, unless installation is necessary
to maintain system operation. If wire is installed for this reason, sufficient slack shall be
left to allow for final adjustment.
The Contractor shall not damage any existing conduits when replacing or excavating
existing junction boxes. The Contractor is to maintain the integrity of all junction boxes
during reconfiguration of the conduits, installation of new conduits or when excavating.
8-20.3(8) Wiring
(Renton GSP)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
For installing new cables in existing occupied or empty conduit, the Contractor shall be
responsible for the following steps: 1) Install a new pull rope using a rod/fish tape in the
conduit for pulling in the new cabling if a pull rope does not already exist. 2) If the
Contractor cannot get the rod/fish tape to pass through the conduit, the Contractor shall
blow air through the conduit to remove any debris blocking the rod/fish tape path. The
Contractor shall be careful not to blow air into controller or service cabinets. 3) If the
rod/fish tape still does not pass through the conduit after blowing air, the Contractor
shall disconnect a single existing wire as agreed to by the Engineer (if the conduit is
occupied) and use that wire to pull the new wiring plus a new cable to replace the
existing cable that is being used for pulling. 4) If no existing wire can be used to pull in
the new wire, the Contractor shall try another conduit run if one exists, or pull out all
existing wiring from the conduit and use to pull in the new wiring plus all new cabling to
replace existing cabling. Rodding, fish taping, blowing air, and disconnecting/
reconnecting cable shall be the Contractor’s cost responsibility. In an event that none of
these steps led to successful wire installation, the Contractor shall install new conduit as
directed by the Engineer.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 142 Special Provisions
2026
8-20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding
(Renton GSP)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
All street light standards, signal poles and other standards on which electrical equipment
is mounted shall be grounded to a copper clad metallic ground rod 5/8" in diameter x
8'-0" in length complete with a #8 AWG bare copper bonding strap located in the nearest
junction box. All signal controller cabinets and signal/lighting service cabinets shall be
grounded to a 5/8" in diameter x 8'0" in length copper clad metallic ground rod located in
the nearest junction box with a bare copper bonding strap sized in accordance with the
Plans, specifications and applicable codes.
Ground rods are considered miscellaneous items and all costs are to be included within
the Bid Items in the proposal.
Polyester detectable pull tape shall not be connected to the equipment-grounding
system.
The Contractor shall provide and install bonding and grounding wires as described in
Standard Specifications and the National Electric Code for any new metallic junction box
and any modified existing junction boxes. For the purposes of this section, a box shall be
considered “modified” if new current-carrying conductors are installed, including low-
voltage conductors, or if the box is adjusted to grade, or if the box lid is modified.
8-20.3(11) Testing
(Renton GSP)
This Section is supplemented with following:
All work shall be completed in a manner that provides the Inspector and Engineer with
full knowledge of the construction. The work shall proceed in accordance with the
approved construction schedule previously supplied to and approved by the City. The
Inspector and Engineer may, at their option, require work completed without their
knowledge or inspection to be dismantled so that it can be inspected to their
satisfaction.
Prior to schedule of turn-on, an electrical inspection must be passed with a copy of the
Electrical Control Permit in the service cabinet.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 143 Special Provisions
2026
8-20.3(17) “As Built” Plans
(Renton GSP)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
Upon completion of the construction and prior to the turn-on of any traffic control
equipment, the Contractor shall furnish an “as-built” plans of each intersection showing
all signal heads, pole locations, detectors, junction boxes, miscellaneous equipment,
conductors, cable wires up to the signal controller cabinet, and with a special symbol
identifying those items that have been changed from the original Contract Drawings. All
items shall be located within 1-foot horizontal distance and 6 inches vertical distance
above, below, or at the surface.
8-20.4 Measurement
(******)
This Section is modified as follows:
When shown as lump sum in the Plans or in the proposal as “RRFB System @________,
Complete” and “Service Meter at Site 3, Complete” no specific unit of measurement will
apply, but measurement will be for the sum total of all items for a complete system to be
furnished and installed.
Surface restoration (regardless of surfacing type) for areas disturbed by activities
associated with installing traffic signal equipment per this Section and not otherwise
called out for replacement or in excess of the limits shown in the Sit Preparation,
Roadway and/or Intersection Plans, shall be included in the respective lump sum price
and no additional measurement shall be made.
Restoration of facilities destroyed or damaged during construction shall be considered
incidental to the bid items included in this section and no additional compensation will
be made.
Measurement of Street Light Base and Street Light Standard will be per each item
installed.
Measurement of Junction Box, Type 1 will be per junction box installed.
Measurement of Conduit Pipe PVC, Sch. 80, ___ Inch Diam. w/Fittings will be per linear
foot of conduit installed to include sweeps.
Measurement of Utility Trench will be per linear foot of electrical utility trench
excavated.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 144 Special Provisions
2026
8-20.5 Payment
This Section is modified as follows:
“RRFB System at Site 1, Complete,” lump sum.
“RRFB System at Site 2, Complete,” lump sum.
“RRFB System at Site 3, Complete,” lump sum.
The lump sum bid price for “RRFB System at _____, Complete” in the Proposal shall be
full compensation for the costs of all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary or
incidental to the complete installation of the RRFB system including but not limited to
RRFB assemblies including foundations, poles, breakaway base systems, control cabinets,
signs, RRFBs with pedestrian indicators, pedestrian push buttons, pedestrian push
button poles, attachments to existing street light poles, wiring, relocation of existing
warning signs and plaques to the RRFB beacons, and all other items to be furnished and
installed for a complete operational system as shown on the plans for that particular
location. All additional materials and labors, not shown on the plans, shall be included in
the lump sum bid price in the Proposal.
“Service Meter at Site 3, Complete,” lump sum
The lump sum bid price for “Service Meter at Site 3, Complete” in the Proposal shall be
full compensation for the costs of all labor, tools, equipment and materials necessary or
incidental furnishing and installing a complete service meter including, but not limited
to, new foundation, new cabinet, new equipment, coordination with PSE, rigid conduit
riser on the PSE utility pole, standoff brackets, bends, clamps, weatherhead, wiring,
testing, and all other items to be furnished and installed for a complete operational
system as shown on the plans for the particular location. All additional materials and
labor, not shown on the plans or called for herein and which are required to provide a
complete and functional systems called for in the plans, shall be included in the per each
bid price in the Proposal.
The unit contract price per each for “Street Light Base” shall be full compensation for all
costs involved in furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary or
incidental to the installation of the streetlight pipe base, including but not limited to,
excavation, wastehaul, bedding, streetlight base, backfilling, compaction, and
coordination with the Town.
The unit contract price per linear foot for “Utility Trench” shall be full compensation for
all labor, equipment, material and tool costs necessary to excavate the utility trench to
include wastehaul of excess or unsuitable material, dewatering, backfill with suitable
native material and disposal fees.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 145 Special Provisions
2026
The unit contract price per each for “Junction Box, Type 1” shall be full compensation
for all costs involved in furnishing all labor, material, tools, and equipment necessary to
furnish and install the junction box including, but not limited to, excavation, wastehaul,
bedding, handhole and vault, grounding, cement concrete pad, backfilling, compaction
and adjusting to grade.
The unit contract price per linear foot for “Conduit Pipe PVC, Sch. 80, ___ Inch Diam.
w/Fittings” shall be full compensation for all costs to furnish and install the conduit to
include sweeps, fittings, temporary plugs, blowing compressed air through the conduit,
pulling the cleaning mandrel through the conduit, furnishing and installing the mule
tape, permanent plugs. This work also includes, but is not limited to, furnishing and
installing sand, bedding, installation of warning tape, compaction, wastehaul,
dewatering, draining, regrading, maintaining drainage channels, restoration, cleanup
necessary to complete the trenching.
The unit contract price per each for “Street Light Standard” shall be full compensation
for all costs for labor, material, tools and equipment necessary for furnishing and
installing the streetlight standards, luminaire arms, luminaires, lamps, splices, fuses and
testing.
8-21 PERMANENT SIGNING
8-21.3(4) Sign Removal
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer prior to removing existing signs.
8-21.3(5) Sign Relocation
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
All existing signs not designated for permanent removal that are damaged or removed
shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency.
Existing signs shall be temporarily relocated by the Contractor, as required, to portable
sign stands, subject to the approval of the Engineer. When temporarily installed on
posts, the signs shall be located as near as practical to their permanent locations and
shall have a minimum vertical clearance above the pavement in accordance with the
Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD).
All portable sign stands shall be designed to rigidly support the sign in position without
creating a hazard to the motorist. Portable sign stands shall be furnished by the
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 146 Special Provisions
2026
Contractor and upon completion of the work shall remain the property of the
Contractor and shall be removed from the Project.
8-21.5 Payment
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
“Permanent Signing,” per lump sum.
The lump sum contract price for “Permanent Signing” shall be full pay for all material,
labor, tools, and equipment necessary to remove, protect, and reinstall existing signs
including posts, concrete anchors, and fasteners, as specified herein and shown on the
Plans, as well as furnishing and installing all new permanent signs as may be specified on
the Plans.
8-22 PAVEMENT MARKING
8-22.1 Description
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
Pavement markings shall conform to Section 8-22 of the Standard Specifications, and
the latest edition and amendments thereto of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices (MUTCD) as adopted by the State of Washington, and shall be constructed as
shown in the Plans except as modified herein.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all traffic control required to place and protect
pavement marking material, as outlined in Sections 1-07.23 and 1-10 of the Standard
Specifications and these Special Provisions.
8-22.2 Materials
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
Plastic pavement marking materials shall be Type A – liquid hot applied thermoplastic
unless indicated otherwise in the Contract Documents.
Patents
The Contractor shall assume all costs arising from the use of patented materials,
equipment, devices, or processes used on or incorporated in the work, and agrees to
indemnify and save harmless the Contracting Agency and its duly authorized
representatives from all suits of law or action of every nature for, or on account of, the
use of any patented materials, equipment, device, or processes.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 147 Special Provisions
2026
Acceptance
The Contractor shall be responsible for supplying material that meets aforestated
material and testing requirements. The Contractor shall supply certification that the
pavement marking material meets the above specifications.
8-22.3 Construction Requirements
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
In addition to the requirements of Sections 8-22.3(2) and 8-22.3(3), the application and
surface preparation shall conform to the manufacturer’s recommendations.
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with two copies of the manufacturer’s
recommendations for installation.
In all cases, the product manufacturer’s recommended application procedures shall be
adhered to. When no such procedures have been published, workmanship shall be
governed by these Special Provisions and the Standard Specifications.
After cleaning of areas to receive pavement markings, the areas shall pass inspection of
the Engineer prior to application of the material or the primer coat.
Reflectorized beading as stated in Section 8-22.3(3) of the Standard Specifications shall
be provided with all pavement markings.
8-22.4 Measurement
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
Plastic Intersection Bike Lane Pavement Marking will be measured by the square foot of
marking installed to include both the white and green parts of the marking.
8-22.5 Payment
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
“Plastic Intersection Bike Lane Pavement Marking,” per square foot.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 148 Special Provisions
2026
DIVISION 9 MATERIALS
9-03 AGGREGATES
9-03.8(7) HMA Tolerances and Adjustments
(******)
Delete Item 1 and replace it with the following:
1. Job Mix Formula Tolerances. After the JMF is determined as required in
5-04.3(7)A, the constituents of the mixture at the time of acceptance shall
conform to the following tolerances:
Nonstatistical
Evaluation
Commercial
Evaluation Aggregate, percent passing
1", 3/4", 1/2", and 3/8" sieves 6% 8%
U.S. No. 4 sieve 6% 8%
U.S. No. 8 sieve 6% 8%
U.S. No. 200 sieve 2.0% 3.0%
Asphalt Binder 0.5% 0.7%
These tolerance limits constitute the allowable limits as described in Section 1-06.2. The
tolerance limit for aggregate shall not exceed the limits of the control points section,
except the tolerance limits for sieves designated as 100 percent passing will be 99-100.
The tolerance limits on sieves shall only apply to sieves with control points.
9-14 EROSION CONTROL AND ROADSIDE PLANTING
9-14.1 Soil
9-14.1(1) Topsoil Type A
This Section is supplemented with the following:
Import topsoil shall be two-way topsoil, consisting of 50 percent Compost screened to
1/2 inch and 50 percent sand. No animal waste, sludge or other amendments added. Bulk
product screened to 1/2 inch. Free of weeds, sticks, seeds, clay lumps or any material.
Compost shall meet all of the requirements found in See 9-14.4(8).
The sand portion of the topsoil shall be free of phyto-toxic materials; viable seeds, roots
or rhizomes.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 149 Special Provisions
2026
9-14.1(3)A Topsoil Acceptance
(******)
This Section is revised with the following:
Contractor must provide from the manufacturer a recent copy of a soil report with a
required sample that is not more than 6 months old. The soil report must demonstrate
the topsoil meets all of the requirements described in 9-14.1(1).
9-29 ILLUMINATION, SIGNALS, ELECTRICAL
9-29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, and Outerduct
9-29.1(11) Foam Conduit Sealing
(Renton GSP)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
Cabinet conduit sealing shall be one of the following:
1. Duo-fill 400 – self expanding waterproof foam
2. Jackmoon – Triplex Duct Plugs
3. O-Z Gedney – Conduit Sealing Bushings
Mechanical plugs shall be installed per manufacturer’s recommendations.
9-29.2 Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes
9-29.2(1) Standard Duty and Heavy-Duty Junction Boxes
9-29.2(1)A Standard Duty Junction Boxes
(Renton GSP)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
Junction boxes shall be reinforced concrete with galvanized steel frame anchored in place
and galvanized steel cover plate with non-slip treatment. Grounding lugs shall be stainless
steel and shall be mechanically and electrically bonded. Junction boxes for copper wire
shall incorporate a locking lid. Junction boxes placed in the sidewalks shall have non-skid
lids.
Junction boxes shall be marked for use in accordance with the following schedule:
System Type Legend
Illumination LT
Traffic Signal TS
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 150 Special Provisions
2026
Interconnect Only COMM
Concrete Junction Boxes
Both the slip-resistant lid and slip-resistant frame shall be treated with Mebac#1 as
manufactured by IKG industries, or SlipNOT Grade 3-coarse as manufactured by W.S.
Molnar Co. Where the exposed portion of the frame is ½ inch wide or less the slip-resistant
treatment may be omitted on that portion of the frame. The slip-resistant lid shall be
identified with permanent marking on the underside indicating the type of surface
treatment (“M1” for Mebac#1; or “S3” for SlipNOT Grade 3-coarse) and the year
manufactured. The permanent marking shall be 1/8 inch line thickness formed with a
stainless steel weld bead.
Type 1 and Type 2 Junction boxes shall be as noted in the Plans and in conformance with
WSDOT Standard Plan J-40.10-04.
9-29.3 Fiber Optic Cable, Electrical Conductors, and Cable
9-29.3(2) Electrical Conductors and Cable
(Renton GSP)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
Each wire shall be numbered at each terminal end with a wrap-around type numbering
strip bearing the circuit number shown on the Plans.
The Contractor shall provide and install all the necessary wiring, fuses and fittings so as to
complete the installation of the signal and lighting equipment as shown on the Plans. All
materials and installation methods, except as noted otherwise herein, shall comply with
applicable sections of the National Electrical Code.
Communications cable shall meet REA specification PE-39 and shall have No. 19 AWG
wires with 0.008 inch FPA/MPR coated aluminum shielding. The cable shall have a
petroleum compound completely filling the inside of the cable.
9-29.6 Light and Signal Standards
(January 6, 2025 WSDOT GSP)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
Error! Bookmark not defined.Traffic Signal Standards
Traffic signal standards shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the methods
and materials noted in the applicable Standard Plans, pre-approved plans, or special
design plans.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 151 Special Provisions
2026
All welds shall comply with the latest AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural
Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals. Welding inspection shall
comply with Section 6-03.3(25)A Welding Inspection.
Hardened washers shall be used with all signal arm connecting bolts instead of
lockwashers. All signal arm ASTM F 3125 Grade A325 connecting bolts tightening shall
comply with Section 6-03.3(33).
Traffic signal standard types, applicable characteristics, and foundation types are as
follows:
Type PPB
Pedestrian push button posts and their foundations shall conform to Standard
Plan J-20.15.
Type PS, Type I, Type RM, and Type FB
Type PS pedestrian signal standards, Type I vehicle signal standards, Type RM ramp meter
signal standards, and Type FB flashing beacon standards shall conform to Standard
Plan J-20.16, J-21.15, J-21.16, and J-22.15 respectively, or to one of the following
preapproved plans:
Fabricator Pre-Approved Drawing No.
Valmont Ind., Inc. DB01165 Rev. B (4 sheets)
Ameron Pole Products Division WA15TR10-1 Rev. C (1 sheet) and
WA15TR10-2 Rev. C (1 sheet)
Millerbernd Manufacturing, Co. 74514-WA -PED-FB Rev. J (2 sheets)
Millerbernd Manufacturing Co. 74514-WA -PED-SB Rev. K (2 sheets)
Foundations shall be as noted in Standard Plan J-21.10.
9-29.15 Flashing Beacon Control
(******)
This Section is supplemented with the following:
The rectangular rapid flashing beacon (RRFB) system shall be as outlined in City of Renton
Standard Plan 141.1.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 152 Special Provisions
2026
Appendices
(January 2, 2012 WSDOT)
The following appendices are attached and made a part of this contract:
Appendix A – Wage Rates
Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates
Appendix B – City of Renton Standard Plans
Appendix C – WSDOT Standard Plans
(January 5, 2026)
STANDARD PLANS
The Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Plans M21-01, published
September 2024, is made a part of this Contract with the following revisions:
A-10.30
RISER RING detail (Including SECTION view and RISER RING DIMENSIONS table): The RISER
RING detail is deleted from the plan.
INSTALLATION detail, SECTION A: The “1/4”” callout is revised to read “+/- 1/4" (SEE
CONTRACT ~ Note: The + 1/4" installation is shown in the Section A view)”
A-40.20
Sheet 1, NOTES 1, 2, 3, and 4 are replaced with the following:
1. Use the ½ inch joint details for bridges with expansion length less than 100 feet
and for bridges with L type abutments. Use the 1 inch joint details for other
applications.
2. Use detail 5, 6, 7 on steel trusses and timber bridges with concrete bridge deck
panels.
3. For details 1, 2, 3, and 4, the item “HMA Joint Seal at Bridge End” shall be used for
payment. For details 5 and 6, the item “HMA Joint Seal at Bridge Deck Panel Joint”
shall be used for payment. For detail 7, the item “Clean and Seal Bridge Deck Panel
Joint” shall be used for payment.
Sheet 2, Detail 8 reference to “6-09.3(6)” is revised to read “6-21.3(7)”.
A-50.40
Sheet 1, Plan View: The callout “BEAM GUARDRAIL TYPE 31 TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 21
OR TYPE 24 (SEE STANDARD PLAN C-25.20 OR C-25.30)” is revised to read “BEAM GUARDRAIL
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 153 Special Provisions
2026
TYPE 31 TRANSITION SECTION TYPE 21, 24, OR 25 (SEE STANDARD PLAN C-25.20, C-25.30,
OR C-25.32)”
A-60.40
Note 2 reference to “6-09.3(6)” is revised to read “6-21.3(7)”.
B-55.20
General Note 3 reference to “2-09.4” is revised to read “3-07.4”.
B-90.40
Valve Detail – DELETED
C-20.41
Note 4, First Sentence, “Box Culvert guardrail steel posts are not needed for fill depths
greater than 40 inches.” is revised to read; “Box culvert guardrail steel posts are not needed
for fill depths greater than 46 inches. Provide 6-inches or greater of separation between the
bottom of the guardrail post and top of the culvert”
BOX CULVERT POST ASSEMBLY, ELEVATION VIEW, post assembly length dimension “41” MIN.
72” MAX.” is revised to read; “41” MIN. 78” MAX.”
SECTION A, base material depth dimension - “9” MIN. 40” MAX. (SEE NOTE 4)” is revised to
read: “9” MIN. 46” MAX. (SEE NOTE 4)”
C20-43
Note 4, First Sentence: “Box culvert guardrail steel posts are not needed for fill depths
greater than 40 inches.” is revised to read: “Box culvert guardrail steel posts are not needed
for fill depths greater than 46 inches. Provide 6-inches or greater separation between the
bottom of guardrail post and top of culvert.”
Add a new KEY NOTE 4 - “IT IS PERMISSIBLE TO USE A 1” DIAM. ANCHOR ROD WITH TWO
NUTS AND TWO – 1” DIAM. WASHERS PER STD. SPEC. SECTION 9-06.5(4) IN LIEU OF A HEX
HEAD BOLT.”
BOX CULVERT POST & BASE PLATE ASSEMBLY, ELEVATION VIEW, post assembly length
dimension – “41” MIN. 72” MAX.” is revised to read: “41” MIN. 78” MAX.”
SECTION A, base material depth dimension - “9” MIN. 40” MAX. (SEE NOTE 4)” is revised to
read: “9” MIN. 46” MAX. (SEE NOTE 4)”
Section A, callout – “1” (IN) DIAM. HEX HEAD BOLT (ASTM A 307, GR. A) W/NUT & 2 – 1”
DIAM. WASHERS PER STD. SPEC. SECTION 9-06.5(1) ~ SEE NOTE 1”, is revised to read:
“1” (IN) DIAM. HEX HEAD BOLT (ASTM A 307, GR. A) W/NUT & TWO – 1” DIAM. WASHERS
PER STD. SPEC. SECTION 9-06.5(1) ~ SEE KEY NOTES 1 AND 4”
Elevation View, Weld symbol – callout, See (key Note Symbol) “4” is revised to read: See (key
Note Symbol) “3”
C-23.70
Sheet 2, ANCHOR BRACKET ASSEMBLY DETAIL, dimension, “R. 5/16” is revised to read; R.
15/16”
ANCHOR PLATE DETAIL, weld callout (fillet), 1/4" is revised to read; 3/16”
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 154 Special Provisions
2026
C-60.20
Sheet 1, Plan view, callout – “1/2” (IN) DIAMETER X 6 1/2" (IN) LONG ANCHOR BOLT ~ PER
STD. SPEC. SECT. 9-06.5(4) (TYPICAL) (SEE NOTE 7)” is revised to read: “5/8” DIAMETER x 6
1/2" (IN) LONG ANCHOR BOLT ~ PER STD. SPEC. SECT. 9-06.5(4) (TYPICAL) (SEE NOTE 7)”
C-70.15
BARRIER CONNECTION DETAIL, callout – “CENTER GRID IN CONNECTION BLOCKOUT AND FILL
VOID WITH TYPE 3 GROUT (STD. SPECIFICATION SECTION 9-20.3(3) PLACED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH STD. SPECIFICATION SECTION 6-20.3(20)” is revised to read “CENTER GRID IN
CONNECTION BLOCKOUT AND FILL VOID WITH GROUT TYPE 3 (STD. SPECIFICATION SECTION
9-20.3(3) PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STD. SPECIFICATION SECTION 6-02.3(20)”
C81.10
Sheet 1, TYPICAL SECTION – TRAFFIC BARRIER the R4 #6 bar on the traffic face may be placed
4” down from the top of the barrier to allow additional room to install BP railing or other
attachments. The R4 bar shall be kept tight to the front R2 bar.
Sheet 4, the existing table “IMPACT SHEAR AND IMPACT MOMENT TABLE” is renamed to
“IMPACT SHEAR AND MOMENT TABLE DECK OVERHANG AND CONNECTIONS” keynote 25 is
still applicable.
Sheet 4, NOTES, the following Note is added: “3. Deck overhangs for this use constitute plain
reinforced concrete typically around 8" in thickness, non-prestressed moment slabs or
approach slabs, or plain reinforced and longitudinally prestressed box girders which employ
a topping slab. Other Supporting Structure Systems inclusive of post-tensioned decks, walls,
and or Structure segments tied together without a topping slab, with the ties in the barrier
resistance load path, shall use the impact shear and moments for other supporting
structures.”
Sheet 4, the following table is added with a keynote 25.
IMPACT SHEAR AND MOMENT TABLE OTHER SUPPORTING STRUCTURES
Interior Segment End Segment
Roadway and Fill Height at
Curb Line (in) 0 6 12 18 24 0 6 12 18 24
End Segment Length (ft) - - - - -
10.0
0
10.5
0
11.2
5
11.7
5
12.5
0
Impact Moment (kip*ft/ft)
19.8
6
24.1
2
28.5
5
33.1
6
37.9
7
20.8
0
25.1
7
29.6
5
34.2
7
39.0
4
Impact Shear (kip/ft) 7.89 8.04 8.23 8.44 8.68 8.27 8.39 8.54 8.72 8.92
C-81.15
Sheet 1, General Notes, Add Note 7, to read;”7. The concrete class for the moment slab shall
be class 4000 typically and class 4000A when the top of the slab is used as the roadway, or
sidewalk, surface. The concrete class for the barrier is defined in Standard Specification
Section 6-10.3.”
C-85.11
On Section B, the callout “3” EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE AROUND COLUMN (TYP.)” is revised
to read “3” EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE OR POLYETHYLENE FOAM AROUND COLUMN (TYP.)”
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 155 Special Provisions
2026
D-3.09
Sheet 1, GEOSYNTHETIC WALL WITH 2 FT TRAFFIC SURCHARGE detail, callout – “BARRIER ON
WALL ~ SEE Standard Plan D-3.15 or D-3.16” is revised to read: “BARRIER ON WALL ~ SEE
CONTRACT PLANS”
D-3.10
Sheet 1, Typical Section, callout – “FOR WALLS WITH SINGLE SLOPE TRAFFIC BARRIER. USE
THE DETAILS ABOVE THE MATCH LINE ON STANDARD PLAN D-3.15” is revised to read; ”FOR
WALLS WITH SINGLE SLOPE TRAFFIC BARRIER, SEE CONTRACT PLANS”
Sheet 1, Typical Section, callout – “FOR WALLS WITH F-SHAPE TRAFFIC BARRIER. USE THE
DETAILS ABOVE THE MATCH LINE ON STANDARD PLAN D-3.16” is revised to read; ”FOR
WALLS WITH F-SHAPE TRAFFIC BARRIER, SEE CONTRACT PLANS”
D-3.11
Sheet 1, Typical Section, callout – “”B” BRIDGE APPROACH SLAB (SEE BRIDGE PLANS) OR
PERMANENT GEOSYNTHETIC WALL BARRIER ~ SEE STANDARD PLANS D-3.15 OR D-3.16” is
revised to read; ”B” BRIDGE APPROACH SLAB OR MOMENT SLAB (SEE CONTRACT PLANS)
Sheet 1, Typical Section, callout – “TYPICAL BARRIER ON BRIDGE APPROACH SLAB (SEE
BRIDGE PLANS) OR PERMANENT GEOSYNTHETIC WALL BARRIER ~ SEE STANDARD PLANS D-
3.15 OR D-3.16” is revised to read; “TYPICAL BARRIER ON BRIDGE APPROACH SLAB OR
MOMENT SLAB (SEE CONTRACT PLANS)
D-10.10
Note 7, “If Traffic Barriers are required, See Standard Plans D-15.10, D-15.20 and D-15.30” is
revised to read “Traffic Barriers shall not be structurally connected to the Reinforced
Concrete Retaining Wall Type 1 and 1SW”.
D-10.15
Note 7, “If Traffic Barriers are required, See Standard Plans D-15.10, D-15.20 and D-15.30” is
revised to read “Traffic Barriers shall not be structurally connected to the Reinforced
Concrete Retaining Wall Type 2 and 2SW”.
D-10.30
Wall Type 5 may be used in all cases.
D-10.35
Wall Type 6 may be used in all cases.
D-10.40
Note 5, “If Traffic Barriers are required, See Standard Plans D-15.10, D-15.20 and D-15.30” is
revised to read “Traffic Barriers shall not be structurally connected to the Reinforced
Concrete Retaining Wall Type 7”.
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 156 Special Provisions
2026
D-10.45
Note 5, “If Traffic Barriers are required, See Standard Plans D-15.10, D-15.20 and D-15.30” is
revised to read “Traffic Barriers shall not be structurally connected to the Reinforced
Concrete Retaining Wall Type 8”.
E-20.10
On Sheet 2, the reference to “2-09.4” is revised to read “3-07.4”.
F-10.18
Note 1; “Construct curb joints at cement concrete pavement transverse joint locations. If all
adjacent pavement is HMA, see Standard Plan F-30.10 for Curb Expansion and Contraction
Joint Spacing.” is revised to read – “See Standard Plan F-30.10 and Standard Specification
Section 8-04.3 for Curb Expansion and Contraction Joint details and spacing.”
CURB 3 Detail, the diamond note 1 callout on the 6” dimension at the bottom left side of the
detail, is revised to be a diamond note 2 callout.
F-30.10
All five instances of the “2.0% MAX.” are replaced with “2.1% MAX.”
F-40.12
The one instance of “2.0% MAX.” is replaced with “2.1% MAX.”
Note 7 is replaced with the following:
7. The running slope of curb ramps shall not exceed 8.3% maximum except as noted herein.
If the 8.3% running slope creates a ramp that exceeds 15ft, see contract plans for details.
Use a single constant slope from bottom of ramp to top of ramp to match into the l anding.
Do not include the abutting landing in the Curb Ramp length measurement. When a ramp is
constructed on a radius, the Curb Ramp length is measured on the inside radius along the
back of the walkway.
Section B is amended as follows:
Delete: “15’ – 0” MAX. (TYP.)”
Section C is amended as follows:
Delete: “15’ – 0” MAX. (TYP.)”
F-40.14
The one instance of “2.0% MAX.” is replaced with “2.1% MAX.”
Note 7 is replaced with the following:
7. The running slope of curb ramps shall not exceed 8.3% maximum except as noted herein.
If the 8.3% running slope creates a ramp that exceeds 15ft, see contract plans for details.
Use a single constant slope from bottom of ramp to top of ramp to match into the landing.
Do not include the abutting landing in the Curb Ramp length measurement. When a ramp is
constructed on a radius, the Curb Ramp length is measured on the inside radius along the
back of the walkway.
Section A is amended as follows:
Delete: “15’ – 0” MAX. (TYP.)”
Section C is amended as follows:
Delete: “15’ – 0” MAX. (TYP.)”
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 157 Special Provisions
2026
F-40.15
The one instance of “2.0% MAX.” is replaced with “2.1% MAX.”
Note 7 is replaced with the following:
7. The running slope of curb ramps shall not exceed 8.3% maximum except as noted herein.
If the 8.3% running slope creates a ramp that exceeds 15ft, see contract plans for details.
Use a single constant slope from bottom of ramp to top of ramp to match into the landing.
Do not include the abutting landing in the Curb Ramp length measurement.
Section A is amended as follows:
Delete: “15’ – 0” MAX. (TYP.)”
F-40.16
The one instance of “2.0% MAX.” is replaced with “2.1% MAX.”
Note 8 is replaced with the following:
7. The running slope of curb ramps shall not exceed 8.3% maximum except as noted herein.
If the 8.3% running slope creates a ramp that exceeds 15ft, see contract plans for details.
Use a single constant slope from bottom of ramp to top of ramp to match into the landing.
Do not include the abutting landing in the Curb Ramp length measurement.
Section A is amended as follows:
Delete: “15’ – 0” MAX. (TYP.)”
Section B is amended as follows:
Delete: “15’ – 0” MAX. (TYP.)”
F-80.10
The one instance of “2.0% MAX.” is replaced with “2.1% MAX.”
Note 6 is replaced with the following:
The running slope of the Pedestrian Ramp shall not exceed 8.3% maximum except as noted
herein. If the 8.3% running slope creates a ramp that exceeds 15ft, see contract plans for
details. Use a single constant slope from bottom of ramp to top of ramp to match into the
sidewalk.
Section A is amended as follows:
Delete: “15” Max.”
J-5.50
General Note 4 reference to “2-09.3(1)E” is revised to read “3-07.3(1)E”
General Note 5 reference to “2-09.3(1)E” is revised to read “3-07.3(1)E”
J-10.10
Sheet 4 of 6, “Foundation Size Reference Table”, PAD WIDTH column, Type 33xD=6’ – 3” is
revised to read: 7’ – 3”. Type 342LX / NEMA P44=5’ – 10” is revised to read: 6’ – 10”
Sheet 5 of 6, Plan View, “FOR EXAMPLE PAD SHOWN HERE:, “first bullet” item, “-SPACE
BETWEEN TYPE B MOD. CABINET AND 33x CABINET IS 6” (IN)” IS REVISED TO READ: “SPACE
BETWEEN TYPE B MOD. CABINET (BACK OF ALL CHANNEL STEEL) AND 33x CABINET IS 6” (IN)
(CHANNEL STEEL ADDS ABOUT 5” (IN)”
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 158 Special Provisions
2026
J-10.16
Key Note 1, Standard Plan J-10.30 revised to Standard Plan J-10.14
J-10.17
Key Note 1, Standard Plan J-10.30 revised to Standard Plan J-10.14
J-10.18
Key Note 1, Standard Plan J-10.30 revised to Standard Plan J-10.14
J-15.15
The reference to “2-09.3(1)E” is revised to read “3-07.3(1)E”
J-20.01
STANDARD DIMENSIONS AND REFERENCES table, TYPE FB, Standard Height column – “15’-
0” ”is revised to read; “14’-0” ”
J-20.10
DELETED
J-20.11
DELETED
J-20.26
Add Note 1, “1. One accessible pedestrian pushbutton station per pedestrian pushbutton
post.”
Add General Note 2, to read: “Signs shown are for locations with pedestrian signal displays
(Accessible Pedestrian Signals/APS). Accessible information device (AID) pushbuttons signs
not shown.”
Revise View Titles (Both Sheets) to read: “ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON
ASSEMBLY”
J-20.16
View A, callout, was – LOCK NIPPLE, is revised to read; CHASE NIPPLE
J-21.10
Sheet 1, Anchor Bolt Template, callout; “9” (IN) BOLT CIRCLE” is revised to read: “9” (IN)
DIA.BOLT CIRCLE”
Base Plate Detail, callout; “3/4” (IN) STEEL PLATE WITH HOLE = POLE BASE + 1/6” (IN)” IS
REVISED TO READ; “3/4” (IN) STEEL PLATE WITH HOLE = POLE BASE + 1/16” (IN)”
Flat Foundation Detail – Elevation, callout; “ANCHOR BOLTS ~ ¾” (IN) x 30” (IN) FULL THREAD
~ THREE REQ’D. PER ASSEMBLY” is revised to read; “ANCHOR BOLTS ~ ¾” (IN) x 30” (IN) FULL
THREAD ~ FOUR REQ’D. PER ASSEMBLY”
Flat Foundation Detail – Elevation, dimension; 4’ – 0” is revised to read; “4’ – 0” ROUND OR
3’ – 0” SQUARE”
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 159 Special Provisions
2026
J-21.15
Partial View, callout, was – LOCK NIPPLE ~ 1 ½” DIAM., is revised to read; CHASE NIPPLE ~ 1
½” (IN) DIAM.
J-21.16
On both elevation views, the overall standard height dimension “15’-0” ” is revised to read;
“14’-0” ”
J-26.10
The reference to “2-09.3(1)E” is revised to read “3-07.3(1)E”
J-27.10
The reference to “2-09.3(1)E” is revised to read “3-07.3(1)E”
J-28.30
General Note 13 – “See Standard Plans C-8b and C-85.14 for steel light standards on traffic
barrier” is revised to read; “See Standard Plan C-85.15 for steel light standards on traffic
barrier.”
J-29.10
The reference to “2-09.3(1)E” is revised to read “3-07.3(1)E”
J-40.10
Sheet 2 of 2, Detail F, callout, “12 – 13 x 1 ½” S.S. PENTA HEAD BOLT AND 12” S. S. FLAT
WASHER” is revised to read; “12 – 13 x 1 ½” S.S. PENTA HEAD BOLT AND 1/2” (IN) S. S. FLAT
WASHER”
J-40.36
Note 1, second sentence; ”Finish shall be # 2B for backbox and # 4 for the cover.” Is revised
to read; ”Finish shall be # 2B for barrier box and HRAP (Hot Rolled Annealed and Pickled) for
the cover.
J-40.37
Note 1, second sentence; ”Finish shall be # 2B for backbox and # 4 for the cover.” Is revised
to read; ”Finish shall be # 2B for barrier box and HRAP (Hot Rolled Annealed and Pickled) for
the cover.
J-50.15
Sheet 1, SECTION A, the call out “LOOP LEAD-IN WIRES, TWISTED PAIRS ~ MAX. 3 PAIRS” is
revised to read “LOOP LEAD-IN WIRES, TWISTED PAIRS ~ MAX. 6 PAIRS”
General Note 1 reference to “2-09.3(1)E” is revised to read “3-07.3(1)E”
J-75.20
Key Notes, note 16, second bullet point, was: “1/2” (IN) x 0.45” (IN) Stainless Steel Bands”,
add the following to the end of the note: “Alternate: Stainless steel cable with stainless steel
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 160 Special Provisions
2026
ends, nuts, bolts, and washers may be used in place of stainless steel bands and associated
hardware.”
J-75.55
Notes, Note A1, Revise reference, was – G-90.29, should be – G-90.20.
K-80.32
Sheet 1, END VIEW, the callout located at the base of barrier – “SEE NOTE 2” is revised to
read: “SEE NOTE 3”
Sheet 2, WIRE ROPE LOOP DETAIL, dimension (overall length) – “SEE NOTE 1” is revised to
read: “SEE NOTE 2”
Sheet 2, Side View (Right), callout – “WIRE ROPE LOOPS – SEE NOTE 1” is revised to read:
“WIRE ROPE LOOPS – SEE NOTE 2”
L-5.10
Add new general Note 9 on sheet 1 – “9. The top of wall in Section A on Sheet 1 shall be
located as follows: 1) flush with the finished grade when placed within the deflection
distance of the long span guardrail system (Std. Plan C-20.40), 2) Two inches maximum above
finished grade when placed behind a box culvert guardrail steel post system (Std. Plan C-
20.41 or C-20.43), 3) Six inches minimum for all other applications. The bottom rail shall be
located at mid height between the top rail and the top of structure.”
M-20.30
Wide Dotted Lane Line Detail, reference below title, (SEE NOTE 6) is revised to read: (SEE
NOTE 5)
M-40.10
Guide Post Type ~ Reflective Sheeting Applications Table, remove reference - “(SEE NOTE 5)”
The following are the Standard Plan numbers applicable at the time this project was
advertised. The date shown with each plan number is the publication approval date shown
in the lower right-hand corner of that plan. Standard Plans showing different dates shall not
be used in this contract.
A-10.10-00 ............ 8/7/07 A-30.35-00 ........ 10/12/07 A-50.10-02 ........... 7/18/24
A-10.20-00 .......... 10/5/07 A-40.00-01 ............ 7/6/22 A-50.40-01 ........... 8/17/21
A-10.30-00 .......... 10/5/07 A-40.10-04 .......... 7/31/19 A-60.10-03 ......... 12/23/14
A-20.10-00 .......... 8/31/07 A-40.15-00 .......... 8/11/09 A-60.20-03 ......... 12/23/14
A-30.10-00 .......... 11/8/07 A-40.20-04 .......... 1/18/17 A-60.30-01 ........... 6/28/18
A-30.30-01 .......... 6/16/11 A-40.50-03 .......... 9/12/23 A-60.40-00 ........... 8/31/07
B-5.20-03 .............. 9/9/20 B-30.50-03 ........... 2/27/18 B-75.20-03 ........... 8/17/21
B-5.40-02 ............ 1/26/17 B-30.60-00 ............. 9/9/20 B-75.50-02 ........... 3/15/22
B-5.60-02 ............ 1/26/17 B-30.40-03 ........... 2/27/18 B-70.60-01 ........... 1/26/17
B-10.20-03 .......... 8/23/23 B-30.70-04 ........... 2/27/18 B-75.60-00 ............. 6/8/06
B-10.40-02 .......... 8/17/21 B-30.80-01 ........... 2/27/18 B-80.20-00 ............. 6/8/06
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 161 Special Provisions
2026
B-10.70-03 .......... 8/23/23 B-30.90-02 ........... 1/26/17 B-80.40-00 ............. 6/1/06
B-15.20-01 ............ 2/7/12 B-35.20-00 ............. 6/8/06 B-85.10-01 ........... 6/10/08
B-15.40-01 ............ 2/7/12 B-35.40-01 ........... 8/23/23 B-85.20-00 ............. 6/1/06
B-15.60-02 .......... 1/26/17 B-40.20-00 ............. 6/1/06 B-85.30-00 ............. 6/1/06
B-20.20-02 .......... 3/16/12 B-40.40-02 ........... 1/26/17 B-85.40-00 ............. 6/8/06
B-20.40-04 .......... 2/27/18 B-45.20-01 ........... 7/11/17 B-85.50-01 ........... 6/10/08
B-20.60-03 .......... 3/15/12 B-45.40-01 ........... 7/21/17 B-90.10-00 ............. 6/8/06
B-25.20-02 .......... 2/27/18 B-50.20-00 ............. 6/1/06 B-90.20-00 ............. 6/8/06
B-25.60-03 .......... 8/23/23 B-55.20-03 ........... 8/17/21 B-90.30-00 ............. 6/8/06
B-30.05-00 ............ 9/9/20 B-60.20-02 ............. 9/9/20 B-90.40-01 ........... 1/26/17
B-30.10-03 .......... 2/27/18 B-60.40-01 ........... 2/27/18 B-90.50-00 ............. 6/8/06
B-30.15-00 .......... 2/27/18 B-65.20-01 ........... 4/26/12 B-95.20-02 ........... 8/17/21
B-30.20-04 .......... 2/27/18 B-65.40-00 ............. 6/1/06 B-95.40-01 ........... 6/28/18
B-30.30-03 .......... 2/27/18 B-70.20-01 ........... 3/15/22
C-1 ......................... 9/8/22 C-23.70-01 ......... 10/16/23 C-70.10-04 ......... 10/16/23
C-1b .................. 10/12/23 C.24.10-05 ........... 7/21/24 C-70.15-01 ........... 7/21/24
C-1d .................. 10/31/03 C-24.15-00 ........... 3/15/22 C-75.10-02 ........... 9/16/20
C-6a ....................... 9/8/22 C-25.20-07 ........... 8/20/21 C-75.20-03 ........... 8/20/21
C-7 ......................... 9/8/22 C-25.22-06 ........... 8/20/21 C-75.30-03 ........... 8/20/21
C-7a ....................... 9/8/22 C-25.26-05 ........... 8/20/21 C-80.10-03 ......... 10/16/23
C-20.10-09 ........ 10/12/23 C-25.30-01 ........... 8/20/21 C-80.20-01 ........... 6/11/14
C-20.14-05 ............ 9/8/22 C-25.32-00 ........... 7/29/24 C-80.30-02 ........... 8/20/21
C-20.15-03 ........ 10/12/23 C-25.80-05 ........... 8/12/19 C-80.40-01 ........... 6/11/14
C-20.18-04 ............ 9/8/22 C-60.10-04 ........... 7/21/24 C-85.10-00 ............. 4/8/12
C-20.40-10 ........ 10/12/23 C-60.15-01 ........... 7/21/24 C-85.11-01 ........... 9/16/20
C-20.41-05 .......... 7/18/24 C-60.20-01 ............. 9/8/22 C-85.15-03 ......... 10/17/23
C-20.43-01 .......... 7/18/24 C-60.30-02 ........... 7/21/24 C-85-18-03 ............. 9/8/22
C-20.44-00 .......... 8/13/24 C-60.40-01 ........... 7/21/24 C-81.10-00 ........... 9/12/23
C-20.45-03 ............ 9/8/22 C-60.45-01 ........... 7/21/24 C-81.15-00 ........... 9/12/23
C-20.55-00 .......... 7/30/24 C-60.50-01 ........... 7/21/24
C-22.16-08 ........ 10/17/23 C-60.60-01 ........... 7/21/24
C-22.40-11 .......... 7/21/24 C-60.70-01 ............. 9/8/22
C-22.45-07 .......... 7/21/24 C-60.80-02 ........... 7/21/24
D-2.36-03 ............ 6/11/14 D-3.11-03 ............. 6/11/14 D-10.25-01 ............ 8/7/19
D-2.46-02 ............ 8/13/21 D-4 ..................... 12/11/98 D-10.30-00 ............ 7/8/08
D-2.84-00 .......... 11/10/05 D-6 ....................... 6/19/98 D-10.35-00 ............ 7/8/08
D-2.92-01 ............ 4/26/22 D-10.10-01 ........... 12/2/08 D-10.40-01 .......... 12/2/08
D-3.09-00 ............ 5/17/12 D-10.15-01 ........... 12/2/08 D-10.45-01 .......... 12/2/08
D-3.10-01 ............ 5/29/13 D-10.20-01 ............. 8/7/19 D-20.10-00 .......... 10/9/23
E-1 ....................... 2/21/07 E-4 ....................... 8/27/03 E-20.10-00 ........... 9/12/23
E-2 ....................... 5/29/98 E-4a ..................... 8/27/03 E-20.20-00 ........... 10/4/23
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 162 Special Provisions
2026
F-10.12-04 ........... 9/24/20 F-10.62-02 ........... 4/22/14 F-40.15-04 ........... 9/25/20
F-10.16-00 ......... 12/20/06 F-10.64-03 ........... 4/22/14 F-40.16-03 ........... 6/29/16
F-10.18-04 ........... 6/28/24 F-30.10-04 ........... 9/25/20 F-45.10-05 ............. 6/4/24
F-10.40-04 ........... 9/24/20 F-40.12-03 ........... 6/29/16 F-80.10-04 ........... 7/15/16
F-10.42-00 ........... 1/23/07 F-40.14-03 ........... 6/29/16
G-10.10-00 .......... 9/20/07 G-24.50-05 ............ 8/7/19 G-90.10-03 .......... 7/11/17
G-20.10-03 .......... 8/20/21 G-24.60-05 .......... 6/28/18 G-90.20-05 .......... 7/11/17
G-22.10-04 .......... 6/28/18 G-25.10-05 .......... 9/16/20 G-90.30-04 .......... 7/11/17
G-24.10-00 .......... 11/8/07 G-26.10-00 .......... 7/31/19 G-95.10-02 .......... 6/28/18
G-24.20-01 ............ 2/7/12 G-30.10-04 .......... 6/23/15 G-95.20-03 .......... 6/28/18
G-24.30-02 .......... 6/28/18 G-50.10-03 .......... 6/28/18 G-95.30-03 .......... 6/28/18
G-24.40-07 .......... 6/28/18
H-10.10-01 ............ 6/2/24 H-30.10-00......... 10/12/07 H-70.10-02 .......... 8/17/21
H-10.11-00 ............ 6/2/24 H-32.10-00........... 9/20/07 H-70.20-02 .......... 8/17/21
H-10.15-01 ............ 6/2/24 H-60.10-01............. 7/3/08
H-10.16-00 ............ 6/2/24 H-60.20-01............. 7/3/08
I-10.10-01 ........... 8/11/09 I-30.20-00 ............ 9/20/07 I-40.20-00 ............ 9/20/07
I-30.10-02 ........... 3/22/13 I-30.30-02 ............ 6/12/19 I-50.20-02 .............. 7/6/22
I-30.15-02 ........... 3/22/13 I-30.40-02 ............ 6/12/19 I-60.10-01 ............ 6/10/13
I-30.16-01 ........... 7/11/19 I-30.60-02 ............ 6/12/19 I-60.20-01 ............ 6/10/13
I-30.17-01 ........... 6/12/19 I-40.10-00 ............ 9/20/07 I-80.10-02 ............ 7/15/16
J-05.50-00 ........... 8/30/22 J-26.10-03 ............ 7/21/16 J-50.05-00 ............ 7/21/17
J-10 ..................... 7/18/97 J-26.15-01 ............ 5/17/12 J-50.10-01 ........... .7/31/19
J-10.10-04 ........... 9/16/20 J-26.20-01 ............ 6/28/18 J-50.11-02 ............ 7/31/19
J-10.12-00 ........... 9/16/20 J-27.10-01 ............ 7/21/16 J-50.12-02 .............. 8/7/19
J-10.14-00 ........... 9/16/20 J-27.15-00 ............ 3/15/12 J-50.13-01 ............ 8/30/22
J-10.15-01 ........... 6/11/14 J-28.01-00 ............ 8/30/22 J-50.15-01 ............ 7/21/17
J-10.16-02 ........... 8/18/21 J-28.10-02 .............. 8/7/19 J-50.16-01 ............ 3/22/13
J-10.17-02 ........... 8/18/21 J-28.22-00 ............ 8/07/07 J-50.18-00 .............. 8/7/19
J-10.18-02 ........... 8/18/21 J-28.24-02 ............ 9/16/20 J-50.19-00 .............. 8/7/19
J-10.20-04 ........... 8/18/21 J-28.26-01 .......... 12/02/08 J-50.20-00 .............. 6/3/11
J-10.21-02 ........... 8/18/21 J-28.30-04 ............ 6/18/24 J-50.25-00 .............. 6/3/11
J-10.22-03 ........... 10/4/23 J-28.40-02 ............ 6/11/14 J-50.30-00 .............. 6/3/11
J-10.25-01 ........... 6/21/24 J-28.42-01 ............ 6/11/14 J-60.05-01 ............ 7/21/16
J-10.26-00 .......... .8/30/22 J-28.43-01 ............ 6/28/18 J-60.11-00 ............ 5/20/13
J-12.15-00 ........... 6/28/18 J-28.45-03 ............ 7/21/16 J-60.12-00 ............ 5/20/13
J-12.16-00 ........... 6/28/18 J-28.50-03 ............ 7/21/16 J-60.13-00 ............ 6/16/10
J-15.10-01 ........... 6/11/14 J-28.60-03 ............ 8/27/21 J-60.14-01 ............ 7/31/19
J-15.15-02 ........... 7/10/15 J-28.70-04 ............ 8/30/22 J-75.10-02 ............ 7/10/15
J-20.01-01 .......... .6/21/24 J-29.10-02 ............ 8/26/22 J-75.20-01 ............ 7/10/15
J-20.05-00 ........... 6/21/24 J-29.15-01 ............ 7/21/16 J-75.30-02 ............ 7/10/15
J-20.10-05 ........... 10/4/23 J-29.16-02 ............ 7/21/16 J-75.50-00 ............ 8/30/22
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2 SP 163 Special Provisions
2026
J-20.11-03 ........... 7/31/19 J-30.10-01 ............ 8/26/22 J-75.55-00 ............ 8/30/22
J-20.15-04 ........... 6/21/24 J-40.01-00 ............ 8/30/22 J-80.05-00 ............ 8/30/22
J-20.16-02 ........... 6/30/14 J-40.05-00 ............ 7/21/16 J-80.10-01 ............ 8/18/21
J-20.20-02 ........... 5/20/13 J-40.10-04 ............ 4/28/16 J-80.12-00 ............ 8/18/21
J-20.26-01 ........... 7/12/12 J-40.20-03 ............ 4/28/16 J-80.15-00 ............ 6/28/18
J-21.10-05 ........... 6/21/24 J-40.30-04 ............ 4/28/16 J-81.10-02 ............ 8/18/21
J-21.15-01 ........... 6/10/13 J-40.35-01 ............ 5/29/13 J-81.12-00 .............. 9/3/21
J-21.16-02 ........... 6/21/24 J-40.36-02 ............ 7/21/17 J-84.05-00 ............ 8/30/22
J-21.17-01 ........... 6/10/13 J-40.37-02 ............ 7/21/17 J-86.10-00 ............ 6/28/18
J-21.20-01 ........... 6/10/13 J-40.38-01 ............ 5/20/13 J-90.10-03 ............ 6/28/18
J-22.15-03 ........... 6/21/24 J-40.39-00 ............ 5/20/13 J-90.20-03 ............ 6/28/18
J-22.16-03 ........... 7/10/15 J-40.40-02 ............ 7/31/19 J-90.21-02 ............ 6/28/18
J-22.17-00 ........... 6/21/24 J-45.36-00 ............ 7/21/17 J-90.50-00 ............ 6/28/18
K-70.20-01 ............ 6/1/16 K-80.32-00 ........... 8/17/21 K-80.35-01 ........... 9/16/20
K-80.10-02 .......... 9/25/20 K-80.34-00 ........... 8/17/21 K-80.37-01 ........... 9/16/20
L-5.10-02 ............... 6/5/24 L-20.10-03 ........... 7/14/15 L-40.20-02 ........... 6/21/12
L-5.15-00 ............. 9/19/22 L-30.10-02 ........... 6/11/14 L-70.10-01 ........... 5/21/08
L-10.10-02 ........... 6/21/12 L-40.15-01 ........... 6/16/11 L-70.20-01 ........... 5/21/08
M-1.20-04 ........... 9/25/20 M-9.60-00 ............ 2/10/09 M-24.66-00 .......... 7/11/17
M-1.40-03 ........... 9/25/20 M-11.10-04 ............ 8/2/22 M-40.10-04 ........ 10/17/23
M-1.60-03 ........... 9/25/20 M-12.10-04 .......... 6/28/24 M-40.20-00 ........ 10/12/07
M-1.80-03 ............. 6/3/11 M-15.10-02 .......... 7/17/23 M-40.30-01 .......... 7/11/17
M-2.20-03 ........... 7/10/15 M-17.10-02 ............ 7/3/08 M-40.40-00 .......... 9/20/07
M-2.21-00 ........... 7/10/15 M-20.10-04 ............ 8/2/22 M-40.50-00 .......... 9/20/07
M-3.10-04 ........... 9/25/20 M-20.20-02 .......... 4/20/15 M-40.60-00 .......... 9/20/07
M-3.20-04 ............. 8/2/22 M-20.30-05 .......... 6/28/24 M-60.10-01 ............ 6/3/11
M-3.30-04 ........... 9/25/20 M-20.40-03 .......... 6/24/14 M-60.20-03 .......... 8/17/21
M-3.40-04 ........... 9/25/20 M-20.50-02 ............ 6/3/11 M-65.10-03 .......... 8/17/21
M-3.50-03 ........... 9/25/20 M-24.20-02 .......... 4/20/15 M-80.10-01 ............ 6/3/11
M-5.10-03 ........... 9/25/20 M-24.40-02 .......... 4/20/15 M-80.20-00 .......... 6/10/08
M-7.50-01 ........... 1/30/07 M-24.60-04 .......... 6/24/14 M-80.30-00 .......... 6/10/08
M-9.50-02 ........... 6/24/14 M-24.65-00 .......... 7/11/17
City of Renton
Contract Provisions for
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
______________________________________________________________________________
APPENDIX A. PREVAILING HOURLY MINIMUM WAGE RATES
State of Washington
Department of Labor & Industries
Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone 360-902-5335
PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504-4540
Washington State Prevailing Wage
The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On
public works projects, worker's wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief description of
overtime calculation requirements are provided on the Benefit Code Key.
Journey Level Prevailing Wage Rates for the Effective Date: 06/23/2026
King County
Trade Job Classification Wage Holiday Overtime Note Risk Class
Asbestos Abatement Workers Journey Level $67.39 5 D 1 H V i e w
Boilermakers Journey Level $78.89 5 N 1 C V i e w
Brick Mason Journey Level $76.07 7 E 1 N V i e w
Brick Mason Pointer-Caulker-Cleaner $76.07 7 E 1 N V i e w
Building Service Employees Janitor $32.78 5 S 2 F V i e w
Building Service Employees Traveling Waxer/Shampooer $32.98 5 S 2 F V i e w
Building Service Employees Window Cleaner (Non-Scaffold)$35.58 5 S 2 F V i e w
Building Service Employees Window Cleaner (Scaffold)$36.58 5 S 2 F V i e w
Cabinet Makers (In Shop)Journey Level $22.74 1 V i e w
Carpenters Acoustical Worker $83.21 1 5 J 1 1 U V i e w
Carpenters
Bridge Dock and Wharf
Carpenter
$84.81 1 5 J 1 1 U 9 L V i e w
Carpenters Floor Layer & Floor Finisher $83.21 1 5 J 1 1 U V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 1/33
Carpenters General Carpenter $83.21 1 5 J 1 1 U V i e w
Carpenters Scaffold Erector $83.21 1 5 J 1 1 U V i e w
Cement Masons
Application of all Composition
Mastic
$81.87 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Application of all Epoxy Material $81.36 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Application of all Plastic Material $81.87 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Application of Sealing Compound $81.36 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Application of Underlayment $81.87 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Building General $81.36 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Composition or Kalman Floors $81.87 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Concrete Paving $81.36 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Curb & Gutter Machine $81.87 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Curb & Gutter, Sidewalks $81.36 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Curing Concrete $81.36 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Finish Colored Concrete $81.87 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Floor Grinding $81.87 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Floor Grinding/Polisher $81.36 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons
Green Concrete Saw, self-
powered
$81.87 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Grouting of all Plates $81.36 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Grouting of all Tilt-up Panels $81.36 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Gunite Nozzleman $81.87 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Hand Powered Grinder $81.87 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 2/33
Cement Masons Journey Level $81.36 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Patching Concrete $81.36 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Pneumatic Power Tools $81.87 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Power Chipping & Brushing $81.87 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons
Sand Blasting Architectural
Finish
$81.87 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Screed & Rodding Machine $81.87 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Spackling or Skim Coat Concrete $81.36 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Troweling Machine Operator $81.87 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons
Troweling Machine Operator on
Colored Slabs
$81.87 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Cement Masons Tunnel Workers $81.87 1 5 J 4 U V i e w
Divers & Tenders
Bell/Vehicle/Submersible
Operator (not under pressure)
$144.72 1 5 J 1 1 T 9 I V i e w
Divers & Tenders Dive Supervisor $146.22 1 5 J 1 1 T 9 I V i e w
Divers & Tenders Diver $144.72 1 5 J 1 1 T 9 I V i e w
Divers & Tenders Diver Tender $91.05 1 5 J 1 1 T 9 I V i e w
Divers & Tenders
Hyperbaric Worker -
Compressed Air Worker 0-30.00
PSI
$114.73 1 5 J 1 1 U V i e w
Divers & Tenders
Hyperbaric Worker -
Compressed Air Worker 30.01-
44.00 PSI
$124.28 1 5 J 1 1 U V i e w
Divers & Tenders
Hyperbaric Worker -
Compressed Air Worker 44.01 -
54.00 PSI
$133.82 1 5 J 1 1 U V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 3/33
Divers & Tenders
Hyperbaric Worker -
Compressed Air Worker 54.01 -
60.00 PSI
$143.37 1 5 J 1 1 U V i e w
Divers & Tenders
Hyperbaric Worker -
Compressed Air Worker 60.01 -
64.00 PSI
$152.91 1 5 J 1 1 U V i e w
Divers & Tenders
Hyperbaric Worker -
Compressed Air Worker 64.01 -
68.00 PSI
$162.46 1 5 J 1 1 U V i e w
Divers & Tenders
Hyperbaric Worker -
Compressed Air Worker 68.01 -
70.00 PSI
$172.00 1 5 J 1 1 U V i e w
Divers & Tenders
Hyperbaric Worker -
Compressed Air Worker 70.01 -
72.00 PSI
$181.55 1 5 J 1 1 U V i e w
Divers & Tenders
Hyperbaric Worker -
Compressed Air Worker 72.01 -
74.00 PSI
$191.09 1 5 J 1 1 U V i e w
Divers & Tenders Lead Diver (Dive Master)$105.51 1 5 J 1 1 T 9 I V i e w
Divers & Tenders
Manifold Operator (Life Support
Technician)
$96.05 1 5 J 1 1 U 9 I V i e w
Divers & Tenders
Remote Operated Vehicle
Operator/Technician
$91.05 1 5 J 1 1 T 9 I V i e w
Divers & Tenders
Remote Operated Vehicle
Operator/Technician
$91.05 1 5 J 1 1 U 9 I V i e w
Divers & Tenders Remote Operated Vehicle Tender $84.75 1 5 J 1 1 T 9 I V i e w
Divers & Tenders Stand-by Diver $100.51 1 5 J 1 1 T 9 I V i e w
Dredge Workers Assistant Engineer $89.47 5 D 3 F V i e w
Dredge Workers Assistant Mate (Deckhand)$88.78 5 D 3 F V i e w
Dredge Workers Boatmen $89.47 5 D 3 F V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 4/33
Dredge Workers Engineer Welder $91.20 5 D 3 F V i e w
Dredge Workers Leverman, Hydraulic $93.03 5 D 3 F V i e w
Dredge Workers Mates $89.47 5 D 3 F V i e w
Dredge Workers Oiler $88.78 5 D 3 F V i e w
Drywall Applicator Journey Level $81.71 1 5 O 1 1 S V i e w
Drywall Tapers Journey Level $81.71 1 5 O 1 1 S V i e w
Electrical Fixture Maintenance
Workers
Journey Level $42.69 5 L 1 E V i e w
Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer $119.89 7 C 4 E V i e w
Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer (tunnel)$128.61 7 C 4 E V i e w
Electricians - Inside Certified Welder $115.92 7 C 4 E V i e w
Electricians - Inside Certified Welder (tunnel)$124.25 7 C 4 E V i e w
Electricians - Inside Construction Stock Person $56.78 7 C 4 E V i e w
Electricians - Inside Journey Level $111.96 7 C 4 E V i e w
Electricians - Inside Journey Level (tunnel)$119.89 7 C 4 E V i e w
Electricians - Motor Shop Journey Level $48.68 5 A 1 B V i e w
Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Cable Splicer $107.31 5 A 4 D V i e w
Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Certified Line Welder $98.45 5 A 4 D V i e w
Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Groundperson $61.75 5 A 4 D V i e w
Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Heavy Line Equipment Operator $98.45 5 A 4 D V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 5/33
Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Journey Level Lineperson $98.45 5 A 4 D V i e w
Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Line Equipment Operator $84.18 5 A 4 D V i e w
Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Meter Installer $61.75 5 A 4 D 8 W V i e w
Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Pole Sprayer $98.45 5 A 4 D V i e w
Electricians - Powerline
Construction
Powderperson $72.81 5 A 4 D V i e w
Electronic Technicians Journey Level $73.97 7 E 1 E V i e w
Elevator Constructors Mechanic $119.17 7 D 4 A V i e w
Elevator Constructors Mechanic In Charge $128.95 7 D 4 A V i e w
Fabricated Precast Concrete
Products
All Classifications - In-Factory
Work Only
$21.34 5 B 1 R V i e w
Fence Erectors Fence Erector $57.66 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Fence Erectors Fence Laborer $57.66 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Flaggers Journey Level $57.66 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Glaziers Journey Level $85.16 7 L 1 Y V i e w
Heat & Frost Insulators And
Asbestos Workers
Journey Level $96.42 1 5 H 1 1 C V i e w
Heating Equipment Mechanics Journey Level $107.92 7 F 1 E V i e w
Hod Carriers & Mason Tenders Journey Level $71.09 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Industrial Power Vacuum Cleaner Journey Level $17.13 1 V i e w
Inland Boatmen Boat Operator $71.28 5 B 1 K V i e w
Inland Boatmen Cook $69.70 5 B 1 K V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 6/33
Inland Boatmen Deckhand $70.00 5 B 1 K V i e w
Inland Boatmen Deckhand Engineer $69.55 5 B 1 K V i e w
Inland Boatmen Launch Operator $71.23 5 B 1 K V i e w
Inland Boatmen Mate $89.12 5 B 1 K V i e w
Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of
Sewer & Water Systems By
Remote Control
Cleaner Operator $54.56 1 5 M 1 1 O V i e w
Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of
Sewer & Water Systems By
Remote Control
Foamer Operator $54.56 1 5 M 1 1 O V i e w
Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of
Sewer & Water Systems By
Remote Control
Grout Truck Operator $54.56 1 5 M 1 1 O V i e w
Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of
Sewer & Water Systems By
Remote Control
Head Operator $52.40 1 5 M 1 1 O V i e w
Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of
Sewer & Water Systems By
Remote Control
Technician $45.97 1 5 M 1 1 O V i e w
Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of
Sewer & Water Systems By
Remote Control
TV Truck Operator $49.20 1 5 M 1 1 O V i e w
Insulation Applicators Journey Level $83.21 1 5 J 1 1 U V i e w
Ironworkers Journeyman $94.82 1 5 K 1 1 N V i e w
Laborers
Air, Gas Or Electric Vibrating
Screed
$67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Airtrac Drill Operator $69.37 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Ballast Regular Machine $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Batch Weighman $57.66 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 7/33
Laborers Brick Pavers $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Brush Cutter $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Brush Hog Feeder $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Burner $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Caisson Worker $69.37 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Carpenter Tender $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Cement Dumper-paving $69.37 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Cement Finisher Tender $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Change House Or Dry Shack $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Chipping Gun (30 Lbs. And Over)$68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Chipping Gun (Under 30 Lbs.)$67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Choker Setter $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Chuck Tender $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Clary Power Spreader $68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Clean-up Laborer $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers
Concrete Dumper/Chute
Operator
$69.37 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Concrete Form Stripper $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Concrete Placement Crew $69.37 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers
Concrete Saw Operator/Core
Driller
$68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Crusher Feeder $57.66 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Curing Laborer $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 8/33
Laborers
Demolition: Wrecking & Moving
(Incl. Charred Material)
$67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Ditch Digger $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Diver $69.37 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers
Drill Operator (Hydraulic,
Diamond)
$68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Dry Stack Walls $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Dump Person $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Epoxy Technician $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Erosion Control Worker $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Faller & Bucker Chain Saw $68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Fine Graders $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Firewatch $57.66 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Form Setter $69.37 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Gabian Basket Builders $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers General Laborer $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Grade Checker & Transit Person $71.09 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Grinders $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Grout Machine Tender $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers
Groutmen (Pressure) Including
Post Tension Beams
$68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Guardrail Erector $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers
Hazardous Waste Worker (Level
A)
$69.37 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 9/33
Laborers
Hazardous Waste Worker (Level
B)
$68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers
Hazardous Waste Worker (Level
C)
$67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers High Scaler $69.37 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Jackhammer $68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Laserbeam Operator $68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Maintenance Person $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Manhole Builder-Mudman $68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Material Yard Person $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Mold Abatement Worker $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Motorman-Dinky Locomotive $71.19 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers
nozzleman (concrete pump,
green cutter when using
combination of high pressure air
& water on concrete & rock,
sandblast, gunite, shotcrete,
water blaster, vacuum blaster)
$71.09 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Pavement Breaker $68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Pilot Car $57.66 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Pipe Layer (Lead)$71.09 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Pipe Layer/Tailor $68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Pipe Pot Tender $68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Pipe Reliner $68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Pipe Wrapper $68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 10/33
Laborers Pot Tender $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Powderman $69.37 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Powderman's Helper $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Power Jacks $68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Power Washer $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Railroad Spike Puller - Power $68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Raker - Asphalt $71.09 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Re-timberman $69.37 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Remote Equipment Operator $68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Rigger/Signal Person $68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Rip Rap Person $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Rivet Buster $68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Rodder $69.37 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Scaffold Erector $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Scale Person $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Sloper (Over 20")$68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Sloper Sprayer $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Spreader (Concrete)$69.37 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Stake Hopper $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Stock Piler $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Swinging Stage/Boatswain Chair $57.66 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 11/33
Laborers
Tamper & Similar Electric, Air &
Gas Operated Tools
$68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers
Tamper (Multiple & Self-
propelled)
$68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers
Timber Person - Sewer (Lagger,
Shorer & Cribber)
$68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Toolroom Person (at Jobsite)$67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Topper $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Track Laborer $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Track Liner (Power)$68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Traffic Control Laborer $61.41 1 5 J 1 1 P 9 C V i e w
Laborers Traffic Control Supervisor $64.86 1 5 J 1 1 P 9 C V i e w
Laborers Truck Mounted Attenuator $61.41 1 5 J 1 1 P 9 C V i e w
Laborers Truck Spotter $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Tugger Operator $68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers
Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 0-30 psi
$225.32 1 5 J 1 1 P 9 B V i e w
Laborers
Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 30.01-44.00 psi
$230.35 1 5 J 1 1 P 9 B V i e w
Laborers
Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 44.01-54.00 psi
$234.03 1 5 J 1 1 P 9 B V i e w
Laborers
Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 54.01-60.00 psi
$239.73 1 5 J 1 1 P 9 B V i e w
Laborers
Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 60.01-64.00 psi
$241.85 1 5 J 1 1 P 9 B V i e w
Laborers
Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 64.01-68.00 psi
$246.95 1 5 J 1 1 P 9 B V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 12/33
Laborers
Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 68.01-70.00 psi
$248.85 1 5 J 1 1 P 9 B V i e w
Laborers
Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 70.01-72.00 psi
$250.85 1 5 J 1 1 P 9 B V i e w
Laborers
Tunnel Work-Compressed Air
Worker 72.01-74.00 psi
$252.85 1 5 J 1 1 P 9 B V i e w
Laborers
Tunnel Work-Guage and Lock
Tender
$71.19 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Tunnel Work-Miner $71.19 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Vibrator $69.37 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Vinyl Seamer $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Watchman $52.73 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Welder $68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Well Point Laborer $68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers Window Washer/Cleaner $52.73 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers - Underground Sewer &
Water
General Laborer & Topman $67.39 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Laborers - Underground Sewer &
Water
Pipe Layer $68.56 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Landscape Construction
Landscape
Construction/Landscaping Or
Planting Laborers
$52.73 1 5 J 1 1 P 8 Y V i e w
Landscape Construction Landscape Operator $91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Landscape Maintenance Groundskeeper $17.87 1 V i e w
Lathers Journey Level $81.71 1 5 O 1 1 S V i e w
Marble Setters Journey Level $76.07 7 E 1 N V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 13/33
Metal Fabrication (In Shop)Fitter/Certified Welder $42.17 1 5 I 1 1 E V i e w
Metal Fabrication (In Shop)General Laborer $30.07 1 5 I 1 1 E V i e w
Metal Fabrication (In Shop)Mechanic $43.63 1 5 I 1 1 E V i e w
Metal Fabrication (In Shop)Welder/Burner $39.28 1 5 I 1 1 E V i e w
Millwright Journey Level $84.44 5 A 1 B V i e w
Modular Buildings Cabinet Assembly $17.13 1 V i e w
Modular Buildings Electrician $17.13 1 V i e w
Modular Buildings Equipment Maintenance $17.13 1 V i e w
Modular Buildings Plumber $17.13 1 V i e w
Modular Buildings Production Worker $17.13 1 V i e w
Modular Buildings Tool Maintenance $17.13 1 V i e w
Modular Buildings Utility Person $17.13 1 V i e w
Modular Buildings Welder $17.13 1 V i e w
Painters Journey Level $57.46 6 Z 1 1 J V i e w
Pile Driver Crew Tender $80.50 1 5 J 1 1 U 9 L V i e w
Pile Driver Journey Level $84.81 1 5 J 1 1 U V i e w
Plasterers Journey Level $78.60 7 Q 1 R V i e w
Plasterers Nozzleman $82.70 7 Q 1 R V i e w
Playground & Park Equipment
Installers
Journey Level $17.13 1 V i e w
Plumbers & Pipefitters Journey Level $111.59 6 Z 1 G V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Plant Operators $93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 14/33
Power Equipment Operators Assistant Engineer $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Barrier Machine (zipper)$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Batch Plant Operator: concrete $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Boat Operator $92.08 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Bobcat $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Brokk - Remote Demolition
Equipment
$87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Brooms $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Bump Cutter $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Cableways $93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Chipper $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Compressor $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Concrete Finish Machine - Laser
Screed
$87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Concrete Pump - Mounted Or
Trailer High Pressure Line Pump,
Pump High Pressure
$91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Concrete Pump: Truck Mount
With Boom Attachment Over 42
M
$93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Concrete Pump: Truck Mount
With Boom Attachment Up To
42m
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Conveyors $91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Cranes Friction: 200 tons and
over
$94.85 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 15/33
Power Equipment Operators
Cranes, A-frame: 10 tons and
under
$86.60 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Cranes: 100 tons through 199
tons, or 150' of boom (including
jib with attachments)
$92.98 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Cranes: 20 tons through 44 tons
with attachments
$91.25 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or
250' of boom including jib with
attachments
$93.95 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Cranes: 300 tons and over or
300' of boom including jib with
attachments
$94.85 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Cranes: 45 tons through 99 tons,
under 150' of boom(including jib
with attachments)
$92.08 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Cranes: Friction cranes through
199 tons
$93.95 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Cranes: through 19 tons with
attachments, a-frame over 10
tons
$90.55 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Crusher $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Deck Engineer/Deck Winches
(power)
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Derricks, On Building Work $92.08 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Dozers D-9 & Under $91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or
Crane Mount
$91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Drilling Machine $94.30 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Elevator and man-lift: permanent
and shaft type
$87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 16/33
Power Equipment Operators
Finishing Machine, Bidwell And
Gamaco & Similar Equipment
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Forklift: 3000 lbs and over with
attachments
$91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Forklifts: under 3000 lbs. with
attachments
$87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Grade Engineer: Using Blue
Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Gradechecker/Stakeman $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Guardrail Punch $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Hard Tail End Dump Articulating
Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. &
Over
$93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Hard Tail End Dump Articulating
Off-road Equipment Under 45
Yards
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Horizontal/Directional Drill
Locator
$91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Horizontal/Directional Drill
Operator
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Hydralifts/Boom Trucks Over 10
Tons
$90.55 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Hydralifts/boom trucks: 10 tons
and under
$86.60 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Leverman $95.28 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But
Not Including 8 Yards
$93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Loaders, Plant Feed $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 17/33
Power Equipment Operators Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Locomotives, All $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Material Transfer Device $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Mechanics: All (Leadmen - $0.50
per hour over mechanic)
$94.30 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Motor Patrol Graders $93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel
Drill, Boring, Road Header And/or
Shield
$93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Oil Distributors, Blower
Distribution & Mulch Seeding
Operator
$87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Outside Hoists (Elevators and
Manlifts), Air Tuggers, Strato
$91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Overhead, bridge type Crane: 20
tons through 44 tons
$91.25 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Overhead, bridge type: 100 tons
and over
$92.98 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Overhead, bridge type: 45 tons
through 99 tons
$92.08 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Pavement Breaker $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Pile Driver (other Than Crane
Mount)
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Posthole Digger, Mechanical $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Power Plant $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Pumps - Water $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 18/33
Power Equipment Operators Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Quick Tower: no cab, under 100
feet in height base to boom
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Remote Control Operator On
Rubber Tired Earth Moving
Equipment
$93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Rigger and Bellman $86.60 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Rigger/Signal Person,
Bellman(Certified)
$90.55 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Rollagon $93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi-lift
Materials
$91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Roto-mill, Roto-grinder $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Saws - Concrete $91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45
Yards
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Scrapers - Concrete & Carry All $91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45
Yards And Over
$93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Service Engineers: Equipment $91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Shotcrete/Gunite Equipment $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe,
Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons
$91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over
30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric
Tons
$93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 19/33
Power Equipment Operators
Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes,
Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes:
Over 50 Metric Tons To 90
Metric Tons
$94.30 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes:
Over 90 Metric Tons
$95.28 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Slipform Pavers $93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Spreader, Topsider & Screedman $93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Subgrader Trimmer $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Tower Bucket Elevators $91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Tower Crane: over 175' through
250' in height, base to boom
$93.95 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Tower crane: up to 175' in height
base to boom
$92.98 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Tower Cranes: over 250' in height
from base to boom
$94.85 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Transporters, All Track Or Truck
Type
$93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Trenching Machines $91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Truck Crane Oiler/Driver: 100
tons and over
$91.25 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Truck crane oiler/driver: under
100 tons
$90.55 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators
Vac Truck (Vactor Guzzler, Hydro
Excavator)
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Welder $93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 20/33
Power Equipment Operators Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators Yo Yo Pay Dozer $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Asphalt Plant Operators $93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Assistant Engineer $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Barrier Machine (zipper)$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Batch Plant Operator, Concrete $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Boat Operator $92.08 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Bobcat $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Brokk - Remote Demolition
Equipment
$87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Brooms $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Bump Cutter $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cableways $93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Chipper $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Compressor $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Concrete Finish Machine - Laser
Screed
$87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Concrete Pump - Mounted Or
Trailer High Pressure Line Pump,
Pump High Pressure
$91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 21/33
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Concrete Pump: Truck Mount
With Boom Attachment Over 42
M
$93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Concrete Pump: Truck Mount
With Boom Attachment Up To
42m
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Conveyors $91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes Friction: 200 tons and
over
$94.85 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes, A-frame: 10 tons and
under
$86.60 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: 100 tons through 199
tons, or 150' of boom (including
jib with attachments)
$92.98 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: 20 tons through 44 tons
with attachments
$91.25 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: 200 tons- 299 tons, or
250' of boom including jib with
attachments
$93.95 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: 300 tons and over or
300' of boom including jib with
attachments
$94.85 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: 45 tons through 99 tons,
under 150' of boom(including jib
with attachments)
$92.08 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: Friction cranes through
199 tons
$93.95 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Cranes: through 19 tons with
attachments, a-frame over 10
tons
$90.55 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Crusher $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 22/33
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Deck Engineer/Deck Winches
(power)
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Derricks, On Building Work $92.08 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Dozers D-9 & Under $91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck Or
Crane Mount
$91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Drilling Machine $94.30 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Elevator and man-lift: permanent
and shaft type
$87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Finishing Machine, Bidwell And
Gamaco & Similar Equipment
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Forklift: 3000 lbs and over with
attachments
$91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Forklifts: under 3000 lbs. with
attachments
$87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Grade Engineer: Using Blue
Prints, Cut Sheets, Etc
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Gradechecker/Stakeman $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Guardrail Punch $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Hard Tail End Dump Articulating
Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. &
Over
$93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Hard Tail End Dump Articulating
Off-road Equipment Under 45
Yards
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Horizontal/Directional Drill
Locator
$91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 23/33
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Horizontal/Directional Drill
Operator
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Hydralifts/boom trucks: 10 tons
and under
$86.60 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Hydralifts/boom trucks: over 10
tons
$90.55 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Leverman $95.28 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But
Not Including 8 Yards
$93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Loaders, Overhead Under 6 Yards $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Loaders, Plant Feed $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Loaders: Elevating Type Belt $91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Locomotives, All $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Material Transfer Device $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Mechanics: All (Leadmen - $0.50
per hour over mechanic)
$94.30 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Motor Patrol Graders $93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel
Drill, Boring, Road Header And/or
Shield
$93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Oil Distributors, Blower
Distribution & Mulch Seeding
Operator
$87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Outside Hoists (Elevators and
Manlifts), Air Tuggers, Strato
$91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 24/33
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Overhead, bridge type Crane: 20
tons through 44 tons
$91.25 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Overhead, bridge type: 100 tons
and over
$92.98 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Overhead, bridge type: 45 tons
through 99 tons
$92.08 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Pavement Breaker $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Pile Driver (other Than Crane
Mount)
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher $91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Posthole Digger, Mechanical $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Power Plant $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Pumps - Water $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over $93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Quick Tower: no cab, under 100
feet in height base to boom
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Remote Control Operator On
Rubber Tired Earth Moving
Equipment
$93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Rigger and Bellman $86.60 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Rigger/Signal Person,
Bellman(Certified)
$90.55 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Rollagon $93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 25/33
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Roller, Other Than Plant Mix $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi-lift
Materials
$91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Roto-mill, Roto-grinder $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Saws - Concrete $91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45
Yards
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Scrapers - Concrete & Carry All $91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45
Yards And Over
$93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Shotcrete/Gunite Equipment $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe,
Tractors Under 15 Metric Tons
$91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: Over
30 Metric Tons To 50 Metric
Tons
$93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes,
Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes:
Over 50 Metric Tons To 90
Metric Tons
$94.30 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes:
Over 90 Metric Tons
$95.28 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Slipform Pavers $93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Spreader, Topsider & Screedman $93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 26/33
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Subgrader Trimmer $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Tower Bucket Elevators $91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Tower Crane: over 175' through
250' in height, base to boom
$93.95 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Tower crane: up to 175' in height
base to boom
$92.98 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Tower Cranes: over 250' in height
from base to boom
$94.85 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Transporters, All Track Or Truck
Type
$93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Trenching Machines $91.81 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Truck Crane Oiler/Driver: 100
tons and over
$91.25 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Truck crane oiler/driver: under
100 tons
$90.55 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Truck Mount Portable Conveyor $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Vac Truck (Vactor Guzzler, Hydro
Excavator)
$92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Welder $93.36 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Wheel Tractors, Farmall Type $87.77 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Equipment Operators-
Underground Sewer & Water
Yo Yo Pay Dozer $92.52 1 5 J 1 1 G 8 X V i e w
Power Line Clearance Tree
Trimmers
Journey Level In Charge $69.62 5 A 4 A V i e w
Power Line Clearance Tree
Trimmers
Spray Person $65.89 5 A 4 A V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 27/33
Power Line Clearance Tree
Trimmers
Tree Equipment Operator $69.62 5 A 4 A V i e w
Power Line Clearance Tree
Trimmers
Tree Trimmer $62.19 5 A 4 A V i e w
Power Line Clearance Tree
Trimmers
Tree Trimmer Groundperson $45.93 5 A 4 A V i e w
Refrigeration & Air Conditioning
Mechanics
Journey Level $104.91 6 Z 1 G V i e w
Residential Brick Mason Journey Level $76.07 7 E 1 N V i e w
Residential Carpenters Journey Level $65.88 1 V i e w
Residential Cement Masons Journey Level $46.64 1 V i e w
Residential Drywall Applicators Journey Level $78.76 1 5 J 4 C V i e w
Residential Drywall Tapers Journey Level $81.71 1 5 O 1 1 S V i e w
Residential Electricians Journey Level $48.80 1 V i e w
Residential Glaziers Journey Level $38.70 1 V i e w
Residential Insulation Applicators Journey Level $70.54 1 V i e w
Residential Laborers Journey Level $29.73 1 V i e w
Residential Marble Setters Journey Level $27.38 1 V i e w
Residential Painters Journey Level $33.77 1 V i e w
Residential Plumbers &
Pipefitters
Journey Level $61.87 1 V i e w
Residential Refrigeration & Air
Conditioning Mechanics
Journey Level $107.92 7 F 1 E V i e w
Residential Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level $107.92 7 F 1 E V i e w
Residential Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $49.91 1 5 J 4 C V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 28/33
Residential Sprinkler Fitters (Fire
Protection)
Journey Level $63.61 1 V i e w
Residential Stone Masons Journey Level $76.07 7 E 1 N V i e w
Residential Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $70.61 7 E 1 N V i e w
Residential Terrazzo/Tile
Finishers
Journey Level $24.39 1 V i e w
Residential Tile Setters Journey Level $21.04 1 V i e w
Roofers Journey Level $70.70 5 A 3 H V i e w
Roofers
Using Irritable Bituminous
Materials
$74.15 5 A 3 H V i e w
Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop)$107.92 7 F 1 E V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Boilermaker $61.07 7 X 4 J V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Carpenter $51.85 7 X 4 J V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair
New Construction Crane
Operator
$44.29 7 V 1 V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Electrician $61.12 7 X 4 J V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair
New Construction Heat & Frost
Insulator
$96.42 1 5 H 1 1 C V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Laborer $60.73 7 X 4 J V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Machinist $60.93 7 X 4 J V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair
New Construction Operating
Engineer
$44.29 7 V 1 V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Painter $60.93 7 X 4 J V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Pipefitter $61.21 7 X 4 J V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Rigger $61.07 7 X 4 J V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 29/33
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Sheet Metal $60.94 7 X 4 J V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair New Construction Shipwright $51.85 7 X 4 J V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair
New Construction
Warehouse/Teamster
$44.29 7 V 1 V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair
New Construction Welder /
Burner
$61.07 7 X 4 J V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Boilermaker $61.07 7 X 4 J V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Carpenter $51.85 7 X 4 J V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Crane Operator $45.06 7 Y 4 K V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Electrician $61.12 7 X 4 J V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair
Ship Repair Heat & Frost
Insulator
$96.42 1 5 H 1 1 C V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Laborer $60.73 7 X 4 J V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Machinist $60.93 7 X 4 J V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Operating Engineer $45.06 7 Y 4 K V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Painter $60.93 7 X 4 J V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Pipefitter $61.21 7 X 4 J V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Rigger $61.07 7 X 4 J V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Sheet Metal $60.94 7 X 4 J V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair Ship Repair Shipwright $51.85 7 X 4 J V i e w
Shipbuilding & Ship Repair
Ship Repair Warehouse /
Teamster
$45.06 7 Y 4 K V i e w
Sign Makers & Installers
(Electrical)
Journey Level $60.46 0 1 V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 30/33
Sign Makers & Installers (Non-
Electrical)
Journey Level $38.53 0 1 V i e w
Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $63.29 1 5 J 4 C V i e w
Solar Controls For Windows Journey Level $17.13 1 V i e w
Sprinkler Fitters (Fire Protection)Journey Level $104.44 5 C 1 X V i e w
Stage Rigging Mechanics (Non
Structural)
Journey Level $17.13 1 V i e w
Stone Masons Journey Level $76.07 7 E 1 N V i e w
Street And Parking Lot Sweeper
Workers
Journey Level $19.09 1 V i e w
Surveyors
Assistant Construction Site
Surveyor
$90.55 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Surveyors Chainman $86.60 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Surveyors Construction Site Surveyor $92.08 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Surveyors
Drone Operator (when used in
conjunction with survey work
only)
$86.60 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Surveyors
Ground Penetrating Radar
Operator
$86.60 7 A 1 1 H 8 X V i e w
Telecommunication Technicians Journey Level $73.97 7 E 1 E V i e w
Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Cable Splicer $42.62 5 A 2 B V i e w
Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Hole Digger/Ground Person $27.97 5 A 2 B V i e w
Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Telephone Equipment Operator
(Light)
$35.60 5 A 2 B V i e w
Telephone Line Construction -
Outside
Telephone Lineperson $40.28 5 A 2 B V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 31/33
Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $70.61 7 E 1 N V i e w
Tile Setters Journey Level $68.61 7 E 1 N V i e w
Tile, Marble & Terrazzo Finishers Finisher $59.44 7 E 1 N V i e w
Traffic Control Stripers
All cleanup required in
connection with traffic control
stripers work (Group 1)
$95.41 1 5 L 1 K V i e w
Traffic Control Stripers
Handling, painting and installing
of all car stops, stop signs and
any other type sign (Group 2)
$62.69 1 5 L 1 K V i e w
Traffic Control Stripers
Installation of guard rail and
posts and similar protective
devices (Group 2)
$62.69 1 5 L 1 K V i e w
Traffic Control Stripers
Installation of parking gates,
ticket spitters and other
mechanical and automatic
control devices (Group 2)
$62.69 1 5 L 1 K V i e w
Traffic Control Stripers
Installation of plastic metal or
composition button, or lines used
instead of paint (Group 1)
$95.41 1 5 L 1 K V i e w
Traffic Control Stripers
Line removal; chemical sand and
hydro-blast, paint and button
(Group 1)
$95.41 1 5 L 1 K V i e w
Traffic Control Stripers
Manufacturing and installation of
all car stops and control devices
and similar traffic regulators
(Group 2)
$62.69 1 5 L 1 K V i e w
Traffic Control Stripers
Manufacturing, painting,
stenciling, servicing, repairing,
placing and removal of traffic
safety and control
devices/barricades (Group 2)
$62.69 1 5 L 1 K V i e w
Traffic Control Stripers Painting and installing lines,
arrows, bumpers, curbs, etc., on
$95.41 1 5 L 1 K V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 32/33
parking lots, air fields, highways,
game courts (Group 1)
Traffic Control Stripers
Preparation and maintenance of
all surfaces (Group 1)
$95.41 1 5 L 1 K V i e w
Traffic Control Stripers
Seal coating, slurry coating and
other surface protection (Group
2)
$62.69 1 5 L 1 K V i e w
Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix Over 16 Yards $82.95 1 5 J 1 1 M 8 L V i e w
Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix To 16 Yards $82.11 1 5 J 1 1 M 8 L V i e w
Truck Drivers Dump Truck $82.11 1 5 J 1 1 M 8 L V i e w
Truck Drivers Dump Truck & Trailer $82.95 1 5 J 1 1 M 8 L V i e w
Truck Drivers Other Trucks $82.95 1 5 J 1 1 M 8 L V i e w
Truck Drivers - Ready Mix Transit Mix $82.95 1 5 J 1 1 M 8 L V i e w
Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump
Installers
Irrigation Pump Installer $17.71 1 V i e w
Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump
Installers
Oiler $17.13 1 V i e w
Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump
Installers
Well Driller $18.00 1 V i e w
6/5/26, 9:53 AM Journey Level Wages
https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/rates/journey-level-rates 33/33
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/4/2026 thru 9/1/202 6
1 | Page
************************************************************************************************************
Overtime Codes
Overtime calculations are based on the hourly rate actually paid to the worker. On public works projects, the hourly rate
must be not less than the prevailing rate of wage minus the hourly rate of the cost of fringe benefits actually provided for
the worker.
1. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE
PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE.
B. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on
Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
C. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours and all hours worked on
Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
D. The first two (2) hours before or after a five-eight (8) hour workweek day or a four-ten (10) hour workweek day and
the first eight (8) hours worked the next day after either workweek shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly
rate of wage. All additional hours worked and all worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly
rate of wage.
E. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday,
and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
F. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day,
shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly
rate of wage.
G. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays and the first ten (10) hours worked on a fifth calendar weekday in a four-
ten hour schedule, shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten
(10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double
the hourly rate of wage.
H. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions or equipment
breakdown) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked Monday through
Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate
of wage.
I. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall also be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
J. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over ten (10) hours Monday through
Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
K. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours
worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
M. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions) shall be paid
at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double
the hourly rate of wage.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/4/2026 thru 9/1/202 6
2 | Page
Overtime Codes Continued
1. N. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.
All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
O. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours
worked on Sundays, holidays and after twelve (12) hours, Monday through Friday and after ten (10) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
P. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if circumstances warrant) and Sundays shall be paid at one and
one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
Q. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and up to ten (10) hours worked on
Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10)
hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Christmas day) shall
be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Christmas day shall be paid at two and one-half times
the hourly rate of wage.
R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage.
U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on
Sundays and holidays (except Labor Day) shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on
Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage.
V. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day) shall be paid at one and
one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day shall be paid at
double the hourly rate of wage.
X. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first twelve (12) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday
through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. When holiday falls on
Saturday or Sunday, the day before Saturday, Friday, and the day after Sunday, Monday, shall be considered the
holiday and all work performed shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
Y. All hours worked outside the hours of 5:00 am and 5:00 pm (or such other hours as may be agreed upon by any
employer and the employee) and all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day (10 hours per day for a 4 x 10
workweek) and on Saturdays and holidays (except labor day) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate
of wage. (except for employees who are absent from work without prior approval on a scheduled workday during the
workweek shall be paid at the straight-time rate until they have worked 8 hours in a day (10 in a 4 x 10 workweek) or
40 hours during that workweek.) All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours
worked on Sundays and Labor Day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
Z. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All
hours worked on holidays shall be paid the straight time rate of pay in addition to holiday pay.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/4/2026 thru 9/1/202 6
3 | Page
Overtime Codes Continued
2. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE
PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE.
B. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.
F. The first eight (8) hours worked on holidays shall be paid at the straight hourly rate of wage in addition to the holiday
pay. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
M. This code appears to be missing. All hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the
hourly rate of wage.
R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays and all hours worked over sixty (60) in one week shall be paid at double
the hourly rate of wage.
U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked
over 12 hours in a day or on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
3. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE
PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE.
F. All hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on
Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on paid holidays shall be paid at two and
one-half times the hourly rate of wage including holiday pay.
H. All work performed on Sundays between March 16th and October 14th and all Holidays shall be compensated for at
two (2) times the regular rate of pay. Work performed on Sundays between October 15th and March 15th shall be
compensated at one and one half (1-1/2) times the regular rate of pay.
J. All hours worked between the hours of 10:00 pm and 5:00 am, Monday through Friday, and all hours worked on
Saturdays shall be paid at a one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays
shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
K. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when
four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or
outside the normal 5 am to 6pm shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly
rate of wage. All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 am Monday and Holidays, and all hours worked in
excess of twelve (12) hours in a single shift shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the
applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. When an employee
returns to work without at least eight (8) hours time off since their previous shift, all such time shall be a continuation
of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until he/she shall have the eight (8) hours rest period.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/4/2026 thru 9/1/202 6
4 | Page
Overtime Codes Continued
4. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE
PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE.
A. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly
rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage
C. On Monday through Friday, the first four (4) hours of overtime after eight (8) hours of straight time work shall be
paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay, unless a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek has
been established. On a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek scheduled Monday through Thursday, or Tuesday
through Friday, the first two (2) hours of overtime after ten (10) hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and
one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay. On Saturday, the first twelve (12) hours of work shall be paid at
one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay, except that if the job is down on Monday through Friday
due to weather conditions or other conditions outside the control of the employer, the first ten (10) hours on Saturday
may be worked at the straight time rate of pay. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours in a day and all hours worked
on Sunday and Holidays shall be paid at two (2) times the straight time rate of pay.
D. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly
rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. Rates
include all members of the assigned crew.
EXCEPTION:
On all multipole structures and steel transmission lines, switching stations, regulating, capacitor stations, generating
plants, industrial plants, associated installations and substations, except those substations whose primary function is
to feed a distribution system, will be paid overtime under the following rates:
The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday of overtime on a regular workday, shall
be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours in excess of ten (10) hours will be at two (2) times
the hourly rate of wage. The first eight (8) hours worked on Saturday will be paid at one and one-half (1-1/2) times
the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays
and holidays will be at the double the hourly rate of wage.
All overtime eligible hours performed on the above described work that is energized, shall be paid at the double the
hourly rate of wage.
E. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday,
and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
On a four-day, ten-hour weekly schedule, either Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday schedule, all hours
worked after ten shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The Monday or Friday not utilized in the normal four-
day, ten hour work week, and Saturday shall be paid at one and one half (1½) times the regular shift rate for the first
eight (8) hours. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays
shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
G. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked
Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at
double the hourly rate of wage.
I. The First eight (8) hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All
hours worked in excess of eight (8) per day on Saturdays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours
worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/4/2026 thru 9/1/202 6
5 | Page
Overtime Codes Continued
4. J. The first eight (8) hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All
hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on a Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours
worked over twelve (12) in a day, and all hours worked on Sundays and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly
rate of wage.
K. All hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage, so long as Saturday
is the sixth consecutive day worked. All hours worked over twelve (12) in a day Monday through Saturday, and all
hours worked on Sundays and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
L. The first twelve (12) hours worked on a Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All
hours worked on a Saturday in excess of twelve (12) hours shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. All hours
worked over twelve (12) in a day Monday through Friday, and all hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at double
the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on a holiday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage,
except that all hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay.
S. On a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek scheduled Monday through Thursday, or Tuesday through Friday, work
performed in excess of (10) hours shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the hourly rate of pay. On Monday
through Friday, work performed outside the normal work hours of 6:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. shall be paid at one and
one-half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate, (except for special shifts or multiple shift operations).
All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All work performed
on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. When an employee returns to work without
at least eight (8) hours time off since their previous shift, all such time shall be a continuation of shift and paid at the
applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours.
Multiple Shift Operations: When the first shift of a multiple shift (a two or three shift) operation is started at the basic
straight time rate or at a specific overtime rate, all shifts of that day's operation shall be completed at that rate. Special
Shifts: The Special Shift Premium is the basic hourly rate of pay plus $2.00 an hour. When due to conditions beyond
the control of the employer or when an owner (not acting as the contractor), a government agency or the contract
specifications require more than four (4) hours of a special shift can only be performed outside the normal 6am to 6pm
shift then the special shift premium will be applied to the basic straight time for the entire shift. When an employee
works on a special shift, they shall be paid the special shift premium for each hour worked unless they are in ov ertime
or double-time status. (For example, the special shift premium does not waive the overtime requirements for work
performed on Saturday or Sunday).
U. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first twelve (12) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. (Except on makeup days if work is lost due to inclement
weather, then the first eight (8) hours on Saturday may be paid the regular rate.) All hours worked over twelve (12)
hours Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly
rate of wage.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/4/2026 thru 9/1/202 6
6 | Page
Overtime Codes Continued
4. X. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on
Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Work performed outside the normal shift of 6
am to 6pm shall be paid at one and one-half the straight time rate, (except for special shifts or three shift operations).
All work performed on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Shifts may be established
when considered necessary by the Employer.
The Employer may establish shifts consisting of eight (8) or ten (10) hours of work (subject to WAC 296-127-022),
that shall constitute a normal forty (40) hour work week. The Employer can change from a 5-eight to a 4-ten hour
schedule or back to the other. All hours of work on these shifts shall be paid for at the straight time hourly rate. Work
performed in excess of eight hours (or ten hours per day (subject to WAC 296-127-022) shall be paid at one and one-
half the straight time rate.
When due to conditions beyond the control of the Employer, or when contract specifications require that work can
only be performed outside the regular day shift, then by mutual agreement a special shift may be worked at the straight
time rate, eight (8) hours work for eight (8) hours pay. The starting time shall be arranged to fit such conditions of
work.
When an employee returns to work without at a break of eight (8) hours since their previous shift, all such time shall
be a continuation of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of
eight (8) hours.
Overtime Codes Continued
11. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE
PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE.
B After an employee has worked eight (8) hours, all additional hours worked shall be paid at the applicable overtime
rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more.
C The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day,
and all hours on Sunday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid
at three times the hourly rate of wage. All non-overtime and non-holiday hours worked between 4:00 pm and 5:00
am, Monday through Friday, shall be paid at a premium rate of 15% over the hourly rate of wage.
D. All hours worked on Saturdays and holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours
worked on Sundays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
After an employee has worked eight (8) hours, all additional hours worked shall be paid at the applicable overtime
rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more.
E. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday, the first ten (10) hours on Saturday, and
the first ten (10) hours worked on Holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours
worked over ten (10) hours Monday through Saturday, and Sundays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
After an employee has worked eight (8) hours, all additional hours worked shall be paid at the applicable overtime
rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/4/2026 thru 9/1/202 6
7 | Page
Overtime Codes Continued
11. F. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday,
and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
On a four-day, ten-hour weekly schedule, either Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday schedule, all hours
worked after ten shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The Monday or Friday not utilized in the normal four-
day, ten hour work week, and Saturday shall be paid at one-half times the hourly rate of wage for the first eight (8)
hours. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid
at double the hourly rate of wage.
G. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when
four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or
outside the normal 5 am to 6pm shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly
rate of wage.
All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 am Monday and Holidays, and all hours worked in excess of
twelve (12) hours in a single shift shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the
applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of nine (9) hours or more. When an employee
returns to work without at least nine (9) hours time off since their previous shift, all such time shall be a continuation
of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until he/she shall have the nine (9) hours rest period.
H. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when
four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or
outside the normal 5 am to 6pm shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly
rate of wage.
All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 am Monday and Holidays, and all hours worked in excess of
twelve (12) hours in a single shift shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the
applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of ten (10) hours or more. When an employee
returns to work without at least ten (10) hours time off since their previous shift, all such time shall be a continuation
of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until he/she shall have the ten (10) hours rest period.
J. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
K. On Monday through Friday hours worked outside 4:00 am and 5:00 pm, and the first two (2) hours after eight (8)
hours worked shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate. All hours worked over 10 hours per day
Monday through Friday, and all hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays, and Holidays worked shall be paid at double
the hourly rate of wage.
L. An employee working outside 5:00 am and 5:00 pm shall receive an additional two dollar ($2.00) per hour for all
hours worked that shift. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of
wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/4/2026 thru 9/1/202 6
8 | Page
Overtime Codes Continued
11. M. On Monday through Friday, the first four (4) hours of overtime after eight (8) hours of straight time work shall be
paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay, unless a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek has
been established. On a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek scheduled Monday through Thursday, or Tuesday
through Friday, the first two (2) hours of overtime after ten (10) hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and
one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay.
Work performed outside the normal work hours of 5:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. shall be paid at one and one-half (1-1/2)
times the straight time rate, (except for special shifts or multiple shift operations). When the first shift of a multiple
shift (a two or three shift) operation is started at the basic straight time rate or at a specific overtime rate, all shifts of
that day's operation shall be completed at that rate. When due to conditions beyond the control of the Employer or
when contract specifications require that work can only be performed outside the regular day shift of 5:00 am to
6:00 pm, then a special shift may be worked at the straight time rate, plus the shift pay premium when applicable.
The starting time of work will be arranged to fit such conditions of work. Such shift shall consist of eight (8) hours
work for eight (8) hours pay or ten (10) hours work for ten (10) hours pay for four ten shifts.
On Saturday, the first twelve (12) hours of work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate
of pay. All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 am Monday, all work performed over twelve (12) hours,
and all work performed on holidays shall be paid at double the straight time rate of pay.
Shift Pay Premium: In an addition to any overtime already required, all hours worked between the hours of 6:00 pm
and 5:00 am shall receive an additional two dollars ($2.00) per hour.
N. All work performed over twelve hours in a shift and all work performed on Sundays and Holidays shall be paid at
double the straight time rate.
Any time worked over eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid double the straight time rate, except employees
assigned to work six 10-hour shifts per week shall be paid double the straight time rate for any time worked on
Saturday over 10 hours.
O. All work performed on Saturdays, Sundays, and Holidays shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight
time rate of pay.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/4/2026 thru 9/1/202 6
9 | Page
Overtime Codes Continued
11. P. Work performed in excess of ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established
and all work on Saturdays, except for make-up days shall be paid at time and one-half (1 ½) the straight time rate.
Work performed outside the normal work hours of 5:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. shall be paid at one and one-half (1-1/2)
times the straight time rate, (except for special shifts or multiple shift operations). When the first shift of multiple
shift (a two or three shift) operation is started at the basic straight time rate or at a specific overtime rate, all shifts of
that day’s operation shall be completed at that rate. When due to conditions beyond the control of the Employer or
when contract specifications require that work can only be performed outside the regular day shift of 5:00 a.m. to
6:00 p.m., then a special shift may be worked at the straight time rate, plus the shift pay premium when applicable.
The starting time of work will be arranged to fit such conditions of work. Such shifts shall consist of eight (8) hours
work for eight (8) hours pay or ten (10) hours work for ten (10) hours pay for four ten-hour shifts.
In the event the job is down due to weather conditions, then Saturday may, be worked as a voluntary make-up day at
the straight time rate. However, Saturday shall not be utilized as a make-up day when a holiday falls on Friday. All
work performed on Sundays and holidays and work in excess of twelve (12) hours per day shall be paid at double
(2x) the straight time rate of pay.
After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the
applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours.
When an employee returns to work without a break of eight (8) hours since their previous shift, all such time shall
be a continuation of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of
eight (8) hours.
Q. All hours worked between the hours of 6:00 pm and 6:00 am, Monday through Saturday, shall be paid at a premium
rate of 35% over the hourly rate of wage. Work performed on Sundays shall be paid at double time. All hours
worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
R On Monday through Saturday hours worked outside 6:00 am and 7:00 pm, and all hours after eight (8) hours worked
shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate. All hours worked on Sundays and Holidays shall be paid at
double the hourly rate of wage.
When a holiday falls on a Saturday, the Friday before shall be the observed holiday. When a holiday falls on a
Sunday, the following Monday shall be the observed holiday.
S. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. In the
event the job is down due to weather conditions, or other conditions beyond the control of the Employer, then
Saturday may be worked at the straight time rate, for the first eight (8) hours, or the first ten (10) hours when a four
day ten hour workweek has been established.
All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays
shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
When an employee returns to work without a break of eight (8) hours since their previous shift, all such time shall
be a continuation of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of
eight (8) hours.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/4/2026 thru 9/1/202 6
10 | Page
Overtime Codes Continued
11. T. On Monday through Friday, the first four (4) hours of overtime after eight (8) hours of straight time work shall be
paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay, unless a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek has
been established. On a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek scheduled Monday through Thursday, or Tuesday
through Friday, the first two (2) hours of overtime after ten (10) hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and
one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay.
On Saturday, the first twelve (12) hours of work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate
of pay, except that if the job is down on Monday through Friday due to weather conditions or other conditions
outside the control of the employer, the first ten (10) hours on Saturday may be worked at the straight time rate of
pay.
All hours worked over twelve (12) hours in a day and all hours worked on Sunday and Holidays shall be paid at two
(2) times the straight time rate of pay.
U. On Monday through Friday, the first four (4) hours of overtime after eight (8) hours of straight time work shall be
paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay, unless a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek has
been established. On a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek scheduled Monday through Thursday, or Tuesday
through Friday, the first two (2) hours of overtime after ten (10) hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and
one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate of pay.
On Saturday, the first twelve (12) hours of work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1/2) times the straight time rate
of pay, except that if the job is down on Monday through Friday due to weather conditions or other conditions
outside the control of the employer, the first ten (10) hours on Saturday may be worked at the straight time rate of
pay.
All hours worked over twelve (12) hours in a day and all hours worked on Sunday and Holidays shall be paid at two
(2) times the straight time rate of pay.
If, due to conditions beyond the control of the Employer or when contract specifications require that work can only
be performed outside the regular day shift, then a Special Shift may be worked, Monday through Friday, at the
straight-time rate. The starting time of work for the Special Shift will be arranged to fit such conditions of work.
Such Special Shift shall consist of eight (8) hours of work for eight (8) hours of pay or ten (10) hours of work for
ten(10) hours of pay on a four-ten workday schedule.
V. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays (except make-up days due to conditions beyond the control of the
employer) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid
at double the hourly rate of wage.
W. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when
four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or
outside the normal 6 am to 6pm shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly
rate of wage. All work performed on Sundays and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage.
After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the
applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more.
When an employee returns to work without at least eight (8) hours time off since their previous shift, all such time
shall be a continuation of shift and paid at the applicable overtime rate until he/she shall have the eight (8) hours rest
period.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/4/2026 thru 9/1/202 6
11 | Page
Holiday Codes
5. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (7).
B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas, and Christmas Day (8).
C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the
Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8).
D. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and
Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8).
H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Day after Thanksgiving Day,
And Christmas (6).
I. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day
(6).
K. Holidays: New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day,
Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9).
L. Holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving
Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8).
N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day,
Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (9).
P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday And Saturday
After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9). If A Holiday Falls On Sunday, The
Following Monday Shall Be Considered As A Holiday.
Q. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas
Day (6).
R. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Day After
Thanksgiving Day, One-Half Day Before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day. (7 1/2).
S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day,
And Christmas Day (7).
Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, the
Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8).
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/4/2026 thru 9/1/202 6
12 | Page
Holiday Codes Continued
6. G. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day,
Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and Christmas Eve
Day (11).
H. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, New Year’s Eve Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,
Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, The Day After Christmas, And A Floating
Holiday (10).
T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,
Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Last Working Day Before Christmas Day, And
Christmas Day (9).
Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). If a holiday falls on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be
considered as the holiday. If a holiday falls on Sunday, the following Monday shall be considered as the
holiday.
Holiday Codes Continued
7. A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and
Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any Holiday Which Falls On A Sunday Shall Be Observed
As A Holiday On The Following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall
be a regular work day.
B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and
Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as
a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the
preceding Friday.
C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving
Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be
observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday
on the preceding Friday.
D. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving Day,
the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Unpaid Holidays: President’s Day. Any paid holiday
which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any paid holiday which falls on a
Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
E. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on
the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
F. Holidays: New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, the last working day before Christmas day and Christmas day (8). Any holiday which falls on a
Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be
observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/4/2026 thru 9/1/202 6
13 | Page
Holiday Codes Continued
7. G. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day
(6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday.
H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving
Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (9). Any
holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on
a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
I. Holidays: New Year's Day, President’s Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The
Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas Day And Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on
a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be
observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
J. Holidays: New Year's Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (6).
Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which
falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
K. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after
Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on
the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
L. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Last Work Day
before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday
on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding
Friday.
N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on
the following Monday. When Christmas falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed as a holiday.
P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on
the following Monday.
Q. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on
a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the
preceding Friday shall be a regular work day.
S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the Day after Christmas, and A Floating Holiday (9). If any of the listed holidays
falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly.
V. Holidays: New Year's Day, President’s Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day,
the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the day before or after Christmas, and the day before or after New
Year’s Day. If any of the above listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered
a holiday and compensated accordingly.
W. Holidays: New Year's Day, Day After New Year’s, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving
Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, Christmas Day, the day after Christmas, the day before
New Year’s Day, and a Floating Holiday.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/4/2026 thru 9/1/202 6
14 | Page
Holiday Codes Continued
7. X. Holidays: New Year's Day, Day before or after New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence
Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day before or after
Christmas day. If a holiday falls on a Saturday or on a Friday that is the normal day off, then the holiday will be taken
on the last normal workday. If the holiday falls on a Monday that is the normal day off or on a Sunday, then the holiday
will be taken on the next normal workday.
Y. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the
Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. (8) If the holiday falls on a Sunday, then the day observed by the
federal government shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly.
Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and
Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve, and Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a Saturday
shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a
holiday on the following Monday.
Holiday Codes Continued
15. G. New Year's Day, Washington’s Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The
Friday After Thanksgiving Day, the last scheduled workday before Christmas, and Christmas Day (9). If any of the
listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated
accordingly.
H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving
Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (9). Any
holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on
a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
I. Holidays: New Year's Day, President’s Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The
Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas Day And Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on
a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be
observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
J. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving
Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday
shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding
Friday shall be a regular work day.
K. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after
Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on
the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday.
L. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, the
Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a
holiday on the following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be a
regular work day.
M. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving
Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day and Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a
Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the
preceding Friday shall be a regular work day.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/4/2026 thru 9/1/202 6
15 | Page
Holiday Codes Continued
15. N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving Day,
the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed
as a holiday on the following Monday.
O. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,
Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas day, and Christmas
Day (10). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday.
P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after
Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be
observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a
holiday on the preceding Friday.
Note Codes
8. D. Workers working with supplied air on hazmat projects receive an additional $1.00 per hour.
L. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $0.75, Level B: $0.50, And
Level C: $0.25.
M. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows: Levels A & B: $1.00, Levels C & D:
$0.50.
N. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $1.00, Level B: $0.75, Level
C: $0.50, And Level D: $0.25.
S. Effective August 31, 2012 – A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting
or other traffic control labor is being utilized. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic
Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued
by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. This classification is only effective on or after August 31,
2012.
T. Effective August 31, 2012 – A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup, maintenance and removal of all temporary
traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during
construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or
where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of
Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. This classification is only effective on or after August 31, 2012.
U. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows – Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit: $1.50,
And Class C Suit: $1.00. Workers performing underground work receive an additional $0.40 per hour for any and all
work performed underground, including operating, servicing and repairing of equipment. The premium for
underground work shall be paid for the entire shift worked. Workers who work suspended by a rope or cable receive
an additional $0.50 per hour. The premium for work suspended shall be paid for the entire shift worked. Workers who
do “pioneer” work (break open a cut, build road, etc.) more than one hundred fifty (150) feet above grade elevation
receive an additional $0.50 per hour.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/4/2026 thru 9/1/202 6
16 | Page
Note Codes Continued
8. V. In addition to the hourly wage and fringe benefits, the following depth and enclosure premiums shall be paid. The
premiums are to be calculated for the maximum depth and distance into an enclosure that a diver reaches in a day.
The premiums are to be paid one time for the day and are not used in calculating overtime pay.
Depth premiums apply to depths of fifty feet or more. Over 50' to 100' - $2.00 per foot for each foot over 50 feet. Over
101' to 150' - $3.00 per foot for each foot over 101 feet. Over 151' to 220' - $4.00 per foot for each foot over 220 feet.
Over 221' - $5.00 per foot for each foot over 221 feet.
Enclosure premiums apply when divers enter enclosures (such as pipes or tunnels) where there is no vertical ascent
and is measured by the distance travelled from the entrance. 25’ to 300’ - $1.00 per foot from entrance. 300’ to 600’
- $1.50 per foot beginning at 300’. Over 600’ - $2.00 per foot beginning at 600’.
W. Meter Installers work on single phase 120/240V self-contained residential meters. The Lineman/Groundmen rates
would apply to meters not fitting this description.
X. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows - Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit:
$1.50, Class C Suit: $1.00, and Class D Suit: $0.50. Special Shift Premium: Basic hourly rate plus $2.00 per hour.
When due to conditions beyond the control of the Employer or when an owner (not acting as the contractor), a
government agency or the contract specifications requires that work can only be performed outside the normal 5 am
to 6pm shift, then the special shift premium will be applied to the basic hourly rate. When an employee works on a
special shift, they shall be paid a special shift premium for each hour worked unless they are in OT or Double-time
status. (For example, the special shift premium does not waive the overtime requirements for work performed on
Saturday or Sunday.)
Y. Tide Work: When employees are called out between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. to work on tide work
(work located in the tide plane) all time worked shall be at one and one-half times the hourly rate of pay.
Swinging Stage/Boatswains Chair: Employees working on a swinging state or boatswains chair or under conditions
that require them to be tied off to allow their hands to be free shall receive seventy-five cents ($0.75) per hour above
the classification rate.
Z. Workers working with supplied air on hazmat projects receive an additional $1.00 per hour.
Special Shift Premium: Basic hourly rate plus $2.00 per hour. When due to conditions beyond the control of the
Employer or when an owner (not acting as a contractor), a government agency or the contract specifications require
that more than (4) hours of a special shift can only be performed outside the normal 6 am to 6pm shift, then the
special shift premium will be applied to the basic straight time for the entire shift. When an employee works on a
special shift, they will be paid a special shift premium for each hour worked unless they are in overtime or double-
time status. (For example, the special shift premium does not waive the overtime requirements for work performed
on Saturday or Sunday.)
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/4/2026 thru 9/1/202 6
17 | Page
Note Codes Continued
9. A. Workers working with supplied air on hazmat projects receive an additional $1.00 per hour.
Special Shift Premium: Basic hourly rate plus $2.00 per hour. When due to conditions beyond the control of the
Employer or when an owner (not acting as the contractor), a government agency or the contract specifications require
that more than four (4) hours of a special shift can only be performed outside the normal 6 am to 6pm shift, then the
special shift premium will be applied to the basic straight time for the entire shift. When an employee works on a
special shift, they shall be paid a special shift premium for each hour worked unless they are in overtime or double-
time status. (For example, the special shift premium does not waive the overtime requirements for work performed on
Saturday or Sunday.)
Certified Crane Operator Premium: Crane operators requiring certifications shall be paid $0.50 per hour above their
classification rate.
Boom Pay Premium: All cranes including tower shall be paid as follows based on boom length:
(A) – 130’ to 199’ – $0.50 per hour over their classification rate.
(B) – 200’ to 299’ – $0.80 per hour over their classification rate.
(C) – 300’ and over – $1.00 per hour over their classification rate.
B. The highest pressure registered on the gauge for an accumulated time of more than fifteen (15) minutes during the
shift shall be used in determining the scale paid.
Tide Work: When employees are called out between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. to work on tide work (work
located in the tide plane) all time worked shall be at one and one-half times the hourly rate of pay. Swinging
Stage/Boatswains Chair: Employees working on a swinging stage or boatswains chair or under conditions that require
them to be tied off to allow their hands to be free shall receive seventy-five cents ($0.75) per hour above the
classification rate.
C. Tide Work: When employees are called out between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. to work on tide work (work
located in the tide plane) all time worked shall be at one and one-half times the hourly rate of pay. Swinging
Stage/Boatswains Chair: Employees working on a swinging stage or boatswains chair or under conditions that require
them to be tied off to allow their hands to be free shall receive seventy-five cents ($0.75) per hour above the
classification rate.
Effective August 31, 2012 – A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting
or other traffic control labor is being utilized. A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup, maintenance and removal
of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian
traffic during construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control
Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the
State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. These classifications are only effective on or after August 31, 2012.
D. Industrial Painter wages are required for painting within industrial facilities such as treatment plants, pipelines,
towers, dams, bridges, power generation facilities and manufacturing facilities such as chemical plants, etc., or
anywhere abrasive blasting is necessary to prepare surfaces, or hazardous materials encapsulation is required.
E. Heavy Construction includes construction, repair, alteration or additions to the production, fabrication or
manufacturing portions of industrial or manufacturing plants, hydroelectric or nuclear power plants and atomic
reactor construction. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $1.00,
Level B: $0.75, Level C: $0.50, And Level D: $0.25.
Benefit Code Key – Effective 3/4/2026 thru 9/1/202 6
18 | Page
Note Codes Continued
9. F. Industrial Painter wages are required for painting within industrial facilities such as treatment plants, pipelines,
towers, dams, power generation facilities and manufacturing facilities such as chemical plants, etc., or anywhere
abrasive blasting is necessary to prepare surfaces, or hazardous materials encapsulation is required.
H. One (1) person crew shall consist of a Party Chief. (Total Station or similar one (1) person survey system). Two (2)
person survey party shall consist of a least a Party Chief and a Chain Person. Three (3) person survey party shall
consist of at least a Party Chief, an Instrument Person, and a Chain Person.
I. In addition to the hourly wage and fringe benefits, the following depth and enclosure premiums shall be paid. The
premiums are to be calculated for the maximum depth and distance into an enclosure that a diver reaches in a day.
The premiums are to be paid one time for the day and are not used in calculating overtime pay.
Depth premiums apply to depths of fifty feet or more. Over 50' to 100' - $2.00 per foot for each foot over 50 feet.
Over 101' to 150' - $3.00 per foot for each foot over 101 feet. Over 151' to 220' - $4.00 per foot for each foot over
220 feet. Over 221' - $5.00 per foot for each foot over 221 feet.
Enclosure premiums apply when divers enter enclosures (such as pipes or tunnels) where there is no vertical ascent
and is measured by the distance travelled from the entrance. 25’ to 300’ - $1.00 per foot from entrance. 300’ to 600’
- $1.50 per foot beginning at 300’. Over 600’ - $2.00 per foot beginning at 600’.
Employees may be required to perform any combination of work within the Diving team/crew, (with the exception
of dive Supervisor) provided they are paid at the highest rate at which he/she has worked for the shift.
L. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $0.75, Level B: $0.50, And
Level C: $0.25.
Tide Work: When employees are called out between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. to work on tide work
(work located in the tide plane) all time worked shall be at one and one-half times the hourly rate of pay.
Swinging Stage/Boatswains Chair: Employees working on a swinging stage or boatswains chair or under conditions
that require them to be tied off to allow their hands to be free shall receive seventy-five cents ($0.75) per hour above
the classification rate.
M. Certified Crane Operator Premium: Crane operators requiring certifications shall be paid $1.50 per hour above their
classification rate.
Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows - Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit:
$1.50, Class C Suit: $1.00, and Class D Suit: $0.50.
Special Shift Premium: Basic hourly rate plus $2.00 per hour. When due to conditions beyond the control of the
Employer or when an owner (not acting as the contractor), a government agency or the contract specifications
requires that work can only be performed outside the normal 6 am to 6pm shift, then the special shift premium will
be applied to the basic hourly rate. When an employee works on a special shift, they shall be paid a special shift
premium for each hour worked unless they are in OT or Double-time status. (For example, the special shift premium
does not waive the overtime requirements for work performed on Saturday or Sunday.)
City of Renton
Contract Provisions for
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
______________________________________________________________________________
APPENDIX B. CITY OF RENTON STANDARD PLANS
Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal
Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal
Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal
Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal
Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal
1 1 VARIES 1 1
MIN MIN MIN I MIN
SPECIAL NOTE: T < }
x , 4
IN THE EVENT TRANSVERSE PATCHES EXIST I ;
WITHIN THE AFFECTEO STREET, THE LENGTH I I
IOFTHEPATCHSHALLBEEXTENDEDTO
INCLUDE ANY EXISTING PATCH WITHIN 10 j
FEET OF THE EDGE OF THE PATCH REQUIRED iFORTHENEWCROSSINGANDANYf . .
SUBSEQUENT PATCH EDGE WITHIN 70 FEE7
OF THE EDGE OF THE SECOND PATCH AND
SO ON UP TO A TOTAL OF 300 FEET. I FACE OF GUTTER OR
i I EDGE OF PAVEMENT
k -=f--
a ;
TRAFFIC FLOW
2" HMA I r a d` i
i
CENTER LINE ORILANELWE
2" TO 8" HMA i
I
6.5' MIN.
2" DEPTH OF
PLANING OR SAWCUT AND REMOVE
VARIES: 6.5' MIN.
DEPTH OF EXISTING PAVEMENT
MIN I MIN
VARIES {
MIN I MINI
2" SAWCUT AND REMOVE
OR PLANE, SEAL WITH 2" - 6" MIN. HMA (SEE NOTE 2)
AR-4000W
EACH SIDE)
6" CRUSHED SURFACWG TOP COURSE (CSTC)
2" HMA 9-03.9(3)) PER WSDOT STANDARO
SPECIFICATIONS, COMPACTED TO 95% MODIFIED
PROCTOR.
SAWCUT AFTER BACKFILL
EACH SIDE)
CSTC, BANK RUN GRAVEL FOR TRENCH BACKFILL
9-03.19), GRAVEL BORROW (9-03.14(1)) PER
WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS OR NATIVE
MATERIAL IF APPROVED IN WRITING BY ENGINEER
BASED ON GEOTECH REPORT, COMPACTED TO 95%
MODIFIED PROCTOR.
WIDTH OF TRENCH AS RE UIRED BY SIZE OF PROPOSED
IMPROVEMENT (SEE WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATION 2-09.4)
PLUS AN ALLOWANCE FOR ANY SHORING. SHORING, IF PIPE ZONE BEDDING. MATERIAL- SEE STANDARDNEEDED, SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF WSDOT PLAN 110.1.
STANDARD SPECIFICATION 7-08.3(1)B
TRENCH WIDTH
FOR NOTES, SEE STANDARD PLAN 110.1
TYPICAL TRANSVERSE PATCH FOR
p - 110
PUBLIC WORKS
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT OR RIGID F'}'R 'E;D
DEPARTMENT u j,.,,
PAVEMENT WITN OVERLAY
r
T
DocuSign Envelope ID: 9D9B0DA8-0385-4664-AE66-57BFF1561D7F
7/27/2022 | 5:44 PM PDT
CURB LANE
CONCRETE
CURB &
GUTTER
TYP.)
TIRE TRACKS
TYP.)6" MIN. (TYP.)
CROSSWALK
MARKINGS, SEE
NOTE 1 (TYP.)
LANE LANE CURB LANE
10
T
Y
P
24"
TYP.)
8"
TYP.)
8"
TYP.)
MI
D
B
L
O
C
K
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
2
0
M
I
N
5
0
M
A
X
ST
O
P
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D
A
P
P
R
O
A
C
H
E
S
4
M
I
N
WHITE STOP BAR, SEE NOTE 3
WHITE CROSSWALK
MARKINGS (TYP.)
16
LANE LINE LANE LINE
NOTES:
1. PIANO STYLE CROSSWALK MARKINGS SHALL BE USED FOR ALL MARKED CROSSWALKS, EXCEPT MARKED CROSSWALKS AT TRAFFIC SIGNAL
CONTROLLED INTERSECTIONS (INCLUDING UNSIGNALIZED RIGHT TURN SLIP LANES), AND AT ALL-WAY STOP CONTROLLED INTERSECTIONS
SHALL BE PER STANDARD PLAN 128. MARKED CROSSWALKS ON STATE ROUTES SHALL BE SUBJECT TO WSDOT APPROVAL.
2. ALL MARKED CROSSWALKS LOCATED WITHIN A SCHOOL ZONES SHALL BE PIANO STYLE CROSSWALK MARKINGS.
3. HAWK SIGNAL AND RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON MARKED CROSSWALKS SHALL BE PER THIS STANDARD PLAN.
4. PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL SHALL BE PER STD. PLAN 109.
5. 16" WIDE WHITE STOP BARS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT STOP CONTROLLED APPROACHES, AND WHEN A HAWK SIGNAL OR RECTANGULAR
RAPID FLASHING BEACONS (RRFB) ARE PRESENT AT A MID-BLOCK CROSSING. OTHERWISE, NO STOP BARS SHALL BE INSTALLED.
6. TO MINIMIZE WEAR, CROSSWALK MARKINGS SHALL BE LOCATED IN THE CENTER OF THE TRAVELLED PORTION OF THE LANE.
PIANO STYLE CROSSWALK
PLAN & PROFILE VIEWS
Docusign Envelope ID: CAEEA226-F133-431A-9622-23AB6EE84358
4/14/2025 | 4:44 PM PDT
Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal
Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal
Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal
Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal
Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal
Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal
Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal
Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal
Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal
Provided to Builders Exchange of WA, Inc. For usage Conditions Agreement see www.bxwa.com - Always Verify Scal
City of Renton
Contract Provisions for
Renton School and Pedestrian Crossing No. 2
______________________________________________________________________________
APPENDIX C. WSDOT STANDARD PLANS
1MGLEIP7 (MKMXEPP]WMKRIHF]1MGLEIP7
*PIQMRK
*PIQMRK (EXI
(EXI
1MGLEIP7 (MKMXEPP]WMKRIHF]1MGLEIP7
*PIQMRK
*PIQMRK (EXI
(EXI
C ~ral ~: @)'-@ -@
I I T~7=' ~
SEE ST AND ARD
SPECIFICATIONS
FOR COLOR OR SURFACE
TRUNCATED DOME DETAILS
(SEE NOTE 3)
0 <(
<(WI"'w
SINGLE DIRECTION CURB RAMP
(GRADE BREAK BETWEEN CURB AND
LANDING < 5 FEET FROM BACK OF CURB)
(SEE NOTE 5)
WALKWAY
SINGLE DIRECTION CURB RAMP
(GRADE BREAK BETWEEN CURB AND
LANDING > 5 FEET FROM BACK OF CURB)
{SEE NOTE 5)
BACK OF CURB ~ DETECT ABLE WARNING
WIDTH OF(SEE NOTE 2) SURFACE (DWS)
WALKWAY (SEE NOTE 3)
CURB RAMP
DETECT ABLE WARNING WALKWAY
CURB RAMP, LANDING,
MIN. MAX. CUT-THROUGH,
A 1.60" 2.40" OR WALKWAY
B 0.65" SEE TRUNCATED DOMEC 0.45" 0.90" DETAIL ~ THIS SHEET
D 0.90" 1.40"
E 0.20" 0.20"
CURB AND GUTTER
BACK OF CURB
(SEE NOTE 2)
DETECT ABLE WARNING
SURFACE (DWS)
(SEE NOTE 3)WALKWAY
"'"' OFFSET
'-' m SEE NOTE 7
BACK OF CURB
DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE DETAIL
WIDTH OF
CUT-THROUGH
(TYP.)
WIDTH OFWHEELCHAIR CURB RAMP
DETECT ABLE WARNING
SURFACE (DWS)
(SEE NOTE 3) (TYP.)
BACK OF CURB
(SEE NOTES 2 & 8)
(TYP.)
PERPENDICULAR CURB RAMP ISLAND CUT -THROUGH
(SEE NOTE 6)
WIDTH OF
CURB RAMP,
LANDING OR
::;:;:,;::,~';;'"'"'f"'CI(SEE NOTES 3 & 6) : ::: :: :::::: ............. •••• ••• ••• •e •............. ············· ----
..
PATH OR
MATCH WIDTH OF CURB RAMP,
LANDING, CUT -THROUGH OR
WALKWAY
DETECT ABLE WARNING
SURFACE (DWS)
BACK OF CURB DETECT ABLE WARNING
(SEE NOTE 2) SURFACE (DWS)
(SEE NOTE 3)SURFACE (DWS)
(SEE NOTE 3 & 8) MEDIAN CUT -THROUGH
ROUNDABOUT SPLITTER ISLAND
WIDTH OF
SHARED-USE PATH
I ?R WALKWAY (TYP.)
SHARED-USE PA TH
OR WALKWAY
PAVEMENT EDGE
NOTES:
1. Permanent Detectable Warning Surfaces (DWS) shall extend the full width of the curb ramp, landing,
or other roadway entrance as applicable. Exception: If the manufacturer of the DWS requires a
concrete border around the DWS, a variance of up to 2" (in) on each side of the DWS is permitted.
2. Permanent Detectable Warning Surfaces (DWS) shall be placed on a minimum 4" (in) thick concrete pad.
The DWS panel shall be placed adjacent to the back of the curb and with no more than a 2" (in) gap
between the DWS and the back of the curb measured at the center of the DWS panel. Exception: If
the Manufacturer of the selected DWS requires a concrete border around the DWS, a variance of up
to 2" (in) from the back of the curb is permitted (measured at the leading corners of the DWS panel).
3. The rows of truncated domes shall be aligned to be parallel to the direction of travel, and perpendicular
to the grade break at the back of curb.
4. If curb and gutter are not present, such as a shared-use path connection, the Detectable Warning Surface
shall be placed at the pavement edge.
5. See Standard Plans for sidewalk and curb ramp details.
6. If a curb ramp is required, the location of the Detectable Warning Surface must be at the bottom of the
ramp and within the required distance from the rail crossing.
7. When the grade break between the curb ramp and the landing is less than or equal to 5 feet from the back
of curb at all points, place the Detectable Warning Surface on the bottom of the curb ramp directly above
the grade break.
8. Glued or stick down Detectable Warning Surfaces are allowed only for temporary work zone applications.
WIDTH OF
CUT-THROUGH
BACK OF CURB
(SEE NOTE 2)
BACK OF CURB
(SEE NOTE 2)
SURFACE (DWS)
(SEE NOTE 3)
(TYP.) DETECT ABLE WARNING
LEGEND
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
BACK OF CURB
(SEE NOTE 2)
Jun 4, 2024
DETECT ABLE WARNING
SURFACE
ST AND ARD PLAN F-45.10-05
SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET
SURFACE (DWS)
(SEE NOTES 3 & 6)
PARALLEL CURB RAMP
(SEE NOTE 6) SHOULDER DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE (DWS)PEDESTRIAN PAILROAD CROSSING (SEE NOTES 3 & 4)
SHARED-USE PATH CONNECTION
APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
~(2 ~ Jun 4, 2024
ST A TE DESIGN ENGINEER.iia..p Washington State
,., Department of Transportation
(SEE NOTE 3 & 8)
DETECT ABLE WARNING
3" (IN) PIPE CAP
GROUNDING CONNECTION -
SEE DETAIL
EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
CONDUCTOR
/
I
I
_____....... ...__
' \\ I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
' I\ I
I I
I -----rT7 ----
FIELD DRILL AND TAP FOR
1/4-20 THREAD BOLT (TYP.)
I
I
I
I I
I I
11
11
I I
1 1
1 1
11
I I I
I I I
\\I 11\ '{___ _:=-_ _,...I/ ----
" I------"
5/8" (IN) DIAMETER
HOLE
PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON
POST -3" (IN) STEEL PIPE
(SCHEDULE 40)
3" (IN) PEDESTRIAN
PUSHBUTTON POST
EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
CONDUCTOR
BRACKET ADAPTER
BRACKET (TYP.)
COUPLING BOLT
(TYP.)
SHIM (TYP.)
ANCHOR
FERRULE (TYP.)
: IJ r,e~~'"' -~
1 : ~~-:,r:::::::~~ ::
: I /1 I ± • \ 1\ 11+l--H __-_l'-. I _ 1J _
11 II IC - -
7 / 11 ri--
\\ \ \ I ~ / / //
\ \ -{_.,// /;\\ ':::_-::._ ::;;: /;
,, -------;1
\ I
POST DETAIL
00
w
lo z
w w
~
co
'
PIPE CAP
TOP OF POST
STAINLESS STEEL
FLAT WASHER (TYP.)
0
1/4" (IN) x 1 1/4" (IN) LONG
STAINLESS STEEL
THREADED STUD
POST WALL THREE 1/4" (IN) STAINLESS
STEEL HEX NUTS
(o
w
I-
= 0
(0 z
j..._
w w
~
0:: ~
o'<I' - w0 1-, 0
in Z
11 W
= lli~-
TOP OF
FOUNDATION
ANCHOR COUPLING
(TYP.)
EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR
AND FULL CIRCLE CRIMP-ON CONNECTOR -
CRIMPED WITH A MANUFACTURER'S
RECOMMENDED CRIMPER
GROUNDING CONNECTION DETAIL
* WELD STUD TO POLE WALL TO MAXIMUM EXTENT
POSSIBLE -1/2" (IN) MINIMUM WELD
CONFIGURATIONS VARY AMONG DIFFERENT MANUFACTURERS
(SHOWN EXPLODED FOR CLARITY)
3" (IN) PEDESTRIAN
PUSHBUTTON POST
BRACKET ADAPTER (TYP.)
ANCHOR
COUPLING
(TYP.)
ANCHOR FERRULE ~
(TYP.) SHIM (TYP.) -NO MORE THAN
TWO PER COUPLING
1" (IN) DIAM. ELECTRICAL
CONDUIT
CONDUIT COUPLING -INSTALL
FLUSH WITH TOP OF FOUNDATION
(DO NOT GLUE PVC STUB-OUT)
DETAIL 0
EXPLODED VIEW
BREAKAWAY BASE CONNECTOR
(SEE NOTE 1)
NOTES:
1. See Standard Specification Section 9-06.16 for Breakaway Base Connection details.
Dimensions for the parts used to assemble the base connections are intentionally not shown.
Base connections are patented manufactured products that are in compliance with NCHRP
350 crash test criteria. The Breakaway Base Connection details are only shown on this plan
to illustrate how parts are assembled.
2. See Standard Plan J-20.26 for Accessible Pedestrian Pushbutton (APS) details; Audible
Information Device (AID) pedestrian pushbutton similar.
3. Secure conductor in adjacent Junction Box per detail in Standard Plan J-28. 70.
4. Where shown in the plans, install plaque (R10-32P) "PUSH BUTTON FOR 2 SECONDS FOR
EXTRA CROSSING TIME" above the Accessible Pedestrian Signal (APS) assembly. Add
14" (in) to post height to accommodate plaque and leave a 2" (in) space between signs.
5. Mounting distances vary between manufacturers. See manufacturer's recommendations for
mounting information.
6. Junction Box serving the Standard shall preferably be located 5' -0" (1 0' -0" Max.) from the
Standard.
7. Two button installation may require adaptor(s) or extension(s).
8. Pushbutton height is measured from the walking surface to the center
of the actual pushbutton circle.
Jun 20, 2024
PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON
(PPB} POST
AND FOUNDATION
STANDARD PLAN J-20.15-04
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS
APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
~{2 ~ Jun 21, 2024
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER.....fJ'I Washington Stole Deportment of Transportation
TOP OF
FOUNDATION
CD#4 (TYP.)
~ ii
~ _J
~ ()
co
'
co
'I'0 I
0 I
:I :'' ' ' ''
'' 0 I
0 I
0 I
1·
1 •
1" (IN) DIAMETER
ELECTRICAL
CONDUIT
6" 1' -6"
TOP OF
FOUNDATION
3/4" (IN) CHAMFER
_J
_J w
0
0
(TYP.)
I>
C V
V
::J
z 0w
0:: z0::
<(w ::JLL ::J a 0
0::;;..: Cl)
!
CD
z 0 '
0
N ' co
c--i ~
0
6" 1' -6"
3" (IN} PEDESTRIAN
PUSHBUTTON POST
BRACKET (TYP.)
ANCHOR COUPLING
(TYP.)
TOP OF PAVED
SURFACE
I
IV
,
I " V COMMERCIAL
CONCRETE'" : I V
> I I
1 1 1,, ~
111~ I I ANCHOR FERRULE > I I,
I I " (TYP.)
1 '1 •
'7
1" (IN) DIAMETER ELECTRICAL
CONDUIT
SQUARE OR ROUND
FLAT FOUNDATION DETAIL
ELEVATION VIEW
BRACKET ADAPTER (TYP.)
BRACKET (TYP.)
COUPLING BOLT (TYP.)
ANCHOR COUPLING (TYP.)
TOP OF CURBSHIM (TYP.)
11/2" CLR. TOP OF
SIDEWALK(TYP.)
], v '.~
PREMOLDED
JOINT FILLER
2 # 4 (TYP.)
CURB FOUNDATION DETAIL
ELEVATION VIEW
CD# 4
l
EDGE OF
SHOULDER
EDGE LINE
FLAT FOUNDATION
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
2 # 4 (TYP.)
2 1/2" CLR.
(TYP.)
1' -6"
SQUARE
CURB FOUNDATION
PLAN VIEW
~
3/4" (IN)
CHAMFER
(TYP)
, q
,-"
. J~
·, . I ,
q • I
2 1/2" (IN) CLR. • 1--
CURB FOUNDATION
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
(SKIRT NOT SHOWN)
1 # 4 (TYP.)
1 1/2"
CLR.
TOP OF
SIDEWALK
PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER
(TYP.) • : I ' I
v •J ::-I.. ' ' -.,.....,---,..,-
1" (IN) DIAMETER
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT
I I
' ' '
1' -6"
SQUARE
SECTION 0 Jun 20, 2024
PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON
(PPB} POST
AND FOUNDATION
STANDARD PLAN J-20.15-04
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS
APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
~(2 ~ Jun 21, 2024
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER
..... f .fJ'I Washington Stole Deportment o Tronsportot1on
REINFORCING STEEL BENDING DIAGRAM
DIMENSIONS ARE OUT TO OUT SEE STD. SPEC. SECTN. 9-07.1(2)
FOR BENDING DIAMETERS
~· 135°
; "-----HOOK
(TYP.) 1' -6"
i:n CD
c,; #4
1' -1"
ACCESSIBLE
PEDESTRIAN
PUSHBUTTON
(APS) ASSEMBLY
~:::2::::::::::::::j
INSULINER
SLEEVE
WIRE ROUTING
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
KEY
~FACEPLATE
1/4-20 x 3/8" LONG STAINLESS STEEL SCREW
1/4-20 STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS
PUSHBUTTON FRAME ADAPTER
@ 1/4-20 STAINLESS STEEL BOLT WI WASHER
AND LOCK WASHER
DRILL AND TAP SHAFT FOR 1/4" DIAM. BOLT
ro
~
ffi
PUSHBUTTON STATION
DRILL AND TAP SHAFT FOR 5/8" WIRE GUIDE HOLE -ADD INSULINER
1\::
~ [i] START CROSSING
Wab:hFor
Vehicles
~--~ OONISTART -~-IHih Crossing
~/1\~ II'Siartad m TIME REMAINNG
lb Rnlsh C101181ng
STEADY
~ DON'T CROSS
PUSH BUTTON ~
TO CROSS
':I
9"
R10-3e (RIGHT)
/. [l] ST::ING
Vahlclaa
,,_/ OON'TSTART '~~ - -RnBhen.smg
~/I\~ II'Siartad m TIME REMAINNG
To Rnlah Crossing
STUO\'
~ DONI CROSS
• PUSH BUTTON
TO CROSS
~
R10-3e (LEFT)
PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON
INSTRUCTIONAL SIGN
/. [l] START CROSSING
Wab:h For
Vehicles
~--~ OONISTART -~-Rnlsh Crossing
~/1\~ II'Siartad m TIME REMAINNG
lb Rnlah C101181ng
STEADY
~ DON'T CROSS
• PUSH BUTTON •
TO CROSS
R10-3e (MOD.)
6
~ 0
0
@ @
0 @ '------
9"
PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON
FRAME ADAPTER
7
7
8
ATTACH SIGN TO ADAPTER-
1/4-20 x 3/8" STAINLESS
STEEL SCREWS (TYP.)
ATTACH ADAPTER TO PUSH-
BUTTON STATION-1/4" DIAM.
COUNTERSUNK HOLE, 3/8" LONG
FLAT HEAD SCREWS (TYP.)
ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN
PUSHBUTTON (PPB)
DETAILS
STANDARD PLAN J-20.26-01
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS
ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL (ASP) ASSEMBLY
METAL POLE INSTALLATION
APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
Pasco Bakotich Ill 7112112
----~=---------..... STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE
PPB-M ISOMETRIC VIEW
(METAL POLE SHOWN)
... Washington State Department of Transportation
WOOD POLE INSTALLATION
ALTERNATIVE 1
PPB-W
8
9
6
13
=====~====~ I
I
~~======::~-~~~~~=~-
WOOD POST
COUNTERBORE -DIAMETER
TO FIT CONDULET
8
9
11
(ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON -TEMPORARY TIMBER STRAIN POLE)
KEY
1 FACE PLATE
1/4-20 x 3/8" LONG STAINLESS STEEL SCREW
1/4-20 STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS
4 PUSHBUTTON FRAME ADAPTER
LAG BOLT WITH WASHER
PUSHBUTTON STATION
CONDUIT DIAMETER+ 1/8" HOLE THRU POLE
CONDULET
LIQUID-TITE FLEX CONDUIT
ONE PIECE TWO HOLE CLAMP
LAG BOLT
INSULINER SLEEVE
INSTALL FITTING WITH NYLON WASHER ON OUTSIDE OF HOUSING
-SEAL WITH SILICONE AFTER UNIT IS FULLY ASSEMBLED
4 10
.... c::>-®
PRE-DRILL (3) 1/4" WEEP HOLES IN
BOTTOM RADIUS OF CONDUIT
DRIP LOOP. REAM HOLES WITH
DRILL BIT TO ELIMINATE BURRS
ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL (ASP) ASSEMBLY
WOOD POLE INSTALLATION
ALTERNATIVE 2
PPB-W
(ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON -TEMPORARY TIMBER STRAIN POLE)
TEMPORARY TIMBER POLE
4 X 4 POST
WOOD POLE INSTALLATION
ALTERNATIVE 3
PPB-W
(ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON -TEMPORARY TIMBER POLE)
8
ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN
PUSHBUTTON (PPB)
DETAILS
STANDARD PLAN J-20.26-01
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS
APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
Pasco Bakotich Ill 7112112
------~=--------------..... STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE
... Washington State Department of Transportation
TAPER DIVIDER ENDS NOTES
TO MATCH INSIDE ~ -=:?---... ,,,,._-------<lllllllll> ~-JUNCTION BOX DIMENSION TABLE 1. All box dimensions are approximate. Exact configurations vary among manufacturers. TAPER OF BOX ""'-BOX INTERIOR LENGTH-1/16"
(TYP.))---,-,-.,----,~
5/16" (IN) X 1 1/2" (IN) s. s. 1/4 5/16" (IN) X 1" (IN) s. s.
COUPLING NUT \
~ BOX TYPE a:: ITEM c(
b .....
SET SCREW (TYP.~ ~,, ---';:= _ (TYP.) -~---
10 GAGE
L..-----------------....1 GALVANIZED
:::IE
A OUTSIDE LENGTH OF JUNCTION BOX
TYPE1
22"
TYPE2
33"
2. Minimum lid thickness shown. Junction Boxes installed in sidewalks, walkways, and shared-use
paths shall have a slip-resistant coating on the lid and lip cover plate, and shall be installed with
the surface flush with and matched to the grade of the sidewalk, walkway, or shared-use path.
The non-slip lid shall be identified with permanent markings on the underside, indicating the
type of surface treatment (see Contract Documents for details) and the year of manufacture.
The permanent marking shall be 1/8" (in) line thickness formed with a mild steel weld bead and
shall be placed prior to hot-dip galvanizing.
LID SUPPORT (TYP.)
(SEE NOTE 3)
GROUND STUD
(SEE NOTE4)
COUPLING NUT
FOR ALTERNATIVE 2 -
SEE SHEET2
LID LIFTING NOTCH -
1/4" (IN) X 3/4" (IN)
HEADED ANCHOR SHEAR
STUD-3/8" (IN) x 3" (IN) 10
COUNT STUDS EVENLY
SPACED AROUND FRAME
(PLACE TO SIDE OF LID
BOLT DOWN SUPPORT A-
NGLE WHEN USING LOCK-
ING DETAIL ALTERNATIVE
2) (SEE NOTE 11)
1 3/8" (IN) DIAM. HOLE WITH
1/2-13 x 1 1/2 STAINLESS
STEEL PENTA HEAD BOLT
BOLT PLATE-SEE DETAIL
TOP OF SOIL
SURFACE OR
FINISHED
GRADE
~w oc ...J~
WCJ me
::!:w
::J::c
:!:en zz
~u:::
= w "<t::c Nl-
3/4
3/4
DIVIDER PLATE
ELEVATION VIEW
(FOR TYPE 2 JUNCTION BOX ONLY)
A
c
E
• I
----d 6-----
LOCKING LID STANDARD
DUTY JUNCTION BOX
(CONDUITS NOT SHOWN)
A
GROUNDING STUD
(SEE NOTE 4)
3/8" (IN) STEEL
COVER PLATE
~ GRS CONDUIT
SECTION 0
4"
(TYP.)
STEEL B OUTSIDE WIDTH OF JUNCTION BOX 17" 22 1/2"
SIDE VIEW c INSIDE LENGTH OF JUNCTION BOX 18"-19" 28"-29"
D INSIDE WIDTH OF JUNCTION BOX 13"-14" 17"-18" 3. Lid support members shall be 3/16" (in) minimum thick steel C, L, or T shape, welded to the frame.
.I
E LID LENGTH 17 5/8" 28 5/8"
F LID WIDTH 12 5/8" 18 1/8"
CAPACITY-CONDUIT DIAMETER 6" 12"
4. A 1/4-20 NC x 3/4" (in) stainless steel ground stud shall be welded to the bottom of the lid; include
(2) stainless steel nuts and (2) stainless steel flat washers.
5. Bolts and nuts shall be liberally coated with anti-seize compound .
3/16" (TYP.) 6. Equipment Bonding Jumper shall be # 8 AWG min. x 4' (ft) of tinned braided copper.
0
' ' ' ' '
DIAMOND PATTERN
(SEE NOTE 2)
3/8" (IN} STEEL COVER
LIP PLATE (TYP.)
LID SUPPORT (TYP.)
HEADED ANCHOR
SHEAR STUD (TYP.)
(SEE NOTE 11)
7. The System Identification letters shall be 1/8" (in) line thickness formed with a mild steel weld bead. See
Cover Marking detail. Grind off diamond pattern before forming letters. For System Identification details,
see Standard Specification 9-29.2(4}.
8. When required in the Contract, provide a 1 0" (in) x 27 1/2" (in), 10 gage divider plate, complete, with
fasteners, in each Type 2 Junction Box where specified.
9. When required in Contract, provide a 12" (in) deep extension for each Type 2 Junction Box where specified.
10. See the Standard Specifications for alternative reinforcement and class of concrete.
11. Headed Anchor Shear Studs must be welded to the Steel Cover Lip Plate and wire tied in two places to
the vertical Welded Wire Fabric when in contact with each other. Wire tie all other Headed Anchor Shear
Studs to the horizontal Welded Wire Fabric. ~ 12. Lid Bolt Down Attachment Tab provides a method of retrofitting by using a mechanical process in lieu of
~ welding. Attachment Tab shown depicts a typical component arrangement; actual configurations of
~ assembly will vary among manufacturers. See approved manufacturers' shop drawings for specifics.
~ 13. Unless otherwise noted in the plans or approved by the Engineer, Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and
1 • f Pull Boxes shall not be placed within the sidewalks, walkways, shared use paths, traveled ways or paved
111<•• shoulders. All Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes placed within the traveled way or paved "-11~. shoulders shall be Heavy-Duty.
WELDED WIRE HOOP (TYP.)
(SEE NOTE 10) WWF WIRE TIED TO 14. Distance between the top of the conduit and the bottom of the Junction Box lid shall be 6" (in) min. to 8" (in)
HEADED ANCHOR max. for final grade of new construction only. See Standard Specification 8-20.3(5}. Where adjustments
fn\D SHEAR STUD (TYP.) are to be made to existing Junction Boxes, or for interim construction stages during the contract, the
SECTION V limits shall be from 6" (in) min. to 10" (in) max. See Standard Specification 8-20.3{6}.
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
3/8" (IN) STEEL
COVER LIP PLATE 0 Equipment Grounding j. B
GROUND STUD (SEE NOTE 4)
COUPLING NUT FOR ALTERNATIVE 2 -
SEE DETAIL "E" ALTERNATIVE 2
TOP OF PAVED
SURFACE
b
' ;....
w ::cW l-en ~a::
o::J ....~o wU caw
:!:en ::J~
::!:u. zo
~a. ~~
N
Conductor
~ Copper Solderless 3/8" (IN) STEEL
Crimp Connector COVER LIP PLATE
~ Equipment Bonding
Jumper (See Note 6)
~ See Contract for conduit
size and number
COVER MARKING DETAIL
:::: 1"(TYP.>.
1
r-:::: 1"(TYP.)
lli s_[
1/2" (TYP.) 1=---f
1.1 1/2 MIN.
3
SECTION 0
(CONDUITS NOT SHOWN)
LID SUPPORT (TYP.) -
L SHAPE SHOWN
(SEE NOTE 3)
3/8" (IN) x 3" (IN) HEADED ANCHOR
SHEAR STUD (TYP.)
WELDED WIRE
FABRIC (TYP.)
0/'I'NF) 4x4-W2.9xW2.9
(6 GAGE) (SEE NOTE 10)
WELDED WIRE HOOP
(TYP.) W2.9 (6 GAGE)
(SEE NOTE 1 0)
LOCKING LID STANDARD
DUTY ~UNCTION BOX
TYPES 1 & 2
STANDARD PLAN ~-40.10-04
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS
APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER ......
... Washington State Department of Transportation
1/2-13 x 1 1/2 S. S. PENTA HEAD
BOLT AND 1/2" (IN) S. S. FLAT WASHER
1
LID LIFTING NOTCH -1/4" (IN) x 3/4" (IN)
LID SUPPORT-L SHAPE SHOWN
(SEE NOTE 3) 1 3/8" (IN) DIAM. HOLE
BOLT PLATE CHANNEL-
SEE DETAIL
1 5/8" (IN) SLOTTED S. S.
CHANNEL WITH S. S.
CHANNEL NUT AND SPRING
LID SUPPORT-
L SHAPE SHOWN
(SEE NOTE 3)
3/8" (IN) STEEL
COVER LIP PLATE
3/16
WWF-TIED IN 2
PLACES TO HEADED
ANCHOR SHEAR STUD
WWF 4x4-W2.9xW2.9
(TYP.) (6 GAGE)
(SEE NOTE 10)
3/8" (IN) X 3" (IN)
HEADED ANCHOR
SHEARSTUD-
WELDEDTO
LIP PLATE
3/8" (IN) STEEL
COVER LIP PLATE
3/16
WWF-TIED IN 2
PLACES TO HEADED
ANCHOR SHEAR STUD
WWF 4x4-W2.9xW2.9
(TYP.) (6 GAGE)
(SEE NOTE 10)
3/8" (IN) X 3" (IN)
HEADED ANCHOR
SHEARSTUD-
WELDEDTO
LIP PLATE
3/8" (IN) STEEL COVER PLATE -
SHOWN CUT AWAY FOR CLARITY
3/8" (IN) STEEL
COVER LIP PLATE
1 1/2
LID SUPPORT-
L SHAPE SHOWN
(SEE NOTE 3)
HEX COUPLING NUT
LID BOLT DOWN
ATTACHMENT TAB-
SEE DETAIL
WWF-WELDED
TO LIP PLATE
WELDED WIRE
HOOP (TYP.)
W2.9 (6 GAGE)
(SEE NOTE 10)
LID HOOK-1" (IN) x
1" (IN) x 3/16" (IN) ANGLE
3/8" (IN) STEEL
COVER LIP PLATE
3/16
LID SUPPORT -
L SHAPE SHOWN
(SEE NOTE 3)
SECTION 0
WWF-TIED IN 2 PLACES
TO EACH HEADED
ANCHOR SHEAR STUD
WWF 4x4-W2.9xW2.9 (TYP.)
(6 GAGE) (SEE NOTE 10)
3/8" (IN) x 3" (IN) HEADED
ANCHOR SHEAR STUD-
WELDED TO LIP PLATE
1/2-13 x 1 1/2 S. S. PENTA HEAD
BOLT AND 1/2" (IN) S. S. FLAT WASHER
SLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL
LID BOLT DOWN ATTACHMENT
TAB-SEE DETAIL
DETAIL 0
ALTERNATIVE 1 SHOWN
1 3/8" (IN) DIAM. HOLE
BOLT PLATE CHANNEL-
SEE DETAIL
LID LIFTING NOTCH -1/4" (IN) x 3/4" (IN)
3/8" (IN) STEEL COVER PLATE-
SHOWN CUT AWAY FOR CLARITY
9/16" (IN) ~" DIAM.
HOL_E I 1 1/2"
~1_1 i
HEX COUPLING NUT
S. S. 5/16-NC x 7/8" (IN) WITH
BOLT DOWN
ATTACHMENT TAB-
SEE DETAIL
S. S. 5/16-NC x 3/4" (IN) BOLT & THREE
EACH S. S. 5/16" (IN) FLAT WASHERS
LID BOLT DOWN SUPPORT ANGLE -
1 1/2" (IN) X 3" (IN) X 1/4" (IN) ANGLE
DETAIL 0
ALTERNATIVE 2 SHOWN
1/2-13 x 1 1/2 S. S. PENTA
HEAD BOLT AND 1/2" (IN) S. S.
FLAT WASHER 1 1/8" (IN) x 2" (IN)
1/4" (IN) STEEL PLATE
VERTICAL SLOT
.)
1/8" (IN) X 3/4" (IN)
ANGLE (TYP.)
1/4" (IN) S. S. PLATE
LID SUPPORT-L SHAPE SHOWN
(SEE NOTE 3)
f-~-~-----
DETAIL 0
ALTERNATIVE 2 SHOWN
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
3/16 1 1/2
LID SUPPORT-L SHAPE
SHOWN (SEE NOTE 3)
EXPOSE LID BOLT DOWN
SUPPORT ANGLE TO ATTACH
ALTERNATIVE 2 LID BOLT DOWN
ANGLE ATTACHMENT TAB
LID BOLT DOWN SUPPORT
ANGLE-2" (IN) X 2" (IN) X
1/4" (IN) ANGLE
1/2" (IN) S. S. HEX NUT
7/16" (IN) x 3/4" (IN) SLOT
1/2" (IN) S. S. HEX NUT
7/16" (IN) X
3/4" (IN)
SLOT
9/16" (IN)
DIAM. HOLE
ALTERNATIVE 2
2" (IN) X 3" (IN) X
1/4" (IN) ANGLE
LID BOLT DOWN ATTACHMENT TAB
1/2-13 x 1 1/2 S. S. PENTA HEAD BOLT
AND 1/2" (IN) S. S. FLAT WASHER
3/8" (IN) STEEL COVER
PLATE-SHOWN CUT
AWAY FOR CLARITY
(SEE NOTE 12)
:...;;:;"~I 118" (IN) X 314 " (IN) 1/4" (IN) STEEL PLATE l_ L STEELANGLE~
f t:..::l -=-=-=-=-=..::..::..::..::..::-=-=-=-=1 ~I ~ -114" (IN)~;'!~~
1 1/2
LID SUPPORT-
L SHAPE SHOWN
(SEE NOTE 3)
4" 3 3/4" ~t ~t =1· ~·1 ~c::::=1· ~·1
--r-L t
I 3/4" (IN)
RADIUS
1/2" (IN) S. S.
DETAIL 0
ALTERNATIVE 3 SHOWN
DETAIL 0
ALTERNATIVE 3 SHOWN
PERSPECTIVE VIEW
1/8" (IN) x 3/4" (IN) STEEL
ANGLE -RIGHT ANGLE
SHOWN, MIRROR IMAGE
FOR LEFT ANGLE
HEX NUT
ALTERNATIVE 3
LID BOLT DOWN ATTACHMENT TAB
(SEE NOTE 12)
1/8" (IN) x 3/4" (IN) STEEL
ANGLE-MIRROR IMAGE
FOR LEFT ANGLE
------------------
2 1/2" -~ ~l_l ~
f~~
5/8" (IN) X
1" (IN)
HORIZONTAL
SLOT
5/8" (IN) X 1" (IN)
HORIZONTAL SLOT
HEX COUPLING NUT
S. S. 5/16-NC x 7/8" (IN) WITH
s. s. 5/16-NC X 3/4" (IN) BOLT
& (3 EACH) S. S. 5/16" (IN)
FLAT WASHERS
ALTERNATIVE 1
LID BOLT DOWN ATTACHMENT TAB
(SEE NOTE 12)
BOLT PLATE CHANNEL
LOCKING LID STANDARD
DUTY ~UNCTION BOX
TYPES 1 & 2
STANDARD PLAN ~-40.10-04
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS
APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER .....
... Washington State Department of Transportation
(EXI
-' -' UJ
□ □ ::J
z c:::
UJ
LL
;;.: cc
I
□
1IT 3IT 10'···_· _·_· ·_· -----~.
..
...
....
...
.------------,1
\ YELLOW-=RLINE,
CENTERLINE & LANE LINE WHITE -LANE LINE
10'
...
30' 10'
YELLOW
NO-PASS LINE & TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN CENTERLINE
10'
...
30'
REVERSIBLE LANE LINE
10' 30' 10'--_· --•-· _-._--T
\WHITE
WIDE BROKEN LANE LINE
SEE CONTRACT FOR LENGTH
\ YELLOW OR WHITE -
SEE NOTE 2
EDGE LINE & SOLID LANE LINE
NOTES
1. Dotted Extension Line shall be the same color as the line it is extending.
2. Edge Line shall be white on the right edge of traveled way, and yellow on
the left edge of traveled way (on one-way roadways). Solid Lane Line
shall be white .
3. The distance between the lines of the Double Centerline shall be 12"
everywhere, except 4" for left-turn channelization and narrow roadways
with lane widths of 10 feet or less. Local Agencies (on non-state routes)
may specify a 4" distance for all locations.
The distance between the lines of the Double Lane Line shall be 4".
~--------------------4" OR 12" -~ _[ SEE NOTE 3~i==~---------~T
~t
DOUBLE CENTERLINE & DOUBLE LANE LINE
SEE CONTRACT FOR LENGTH
L~I-------~-
\ WHITE
WIDE EDGE LINE & WIDE SOLID LANE LINE
OPTION TO USE AS CIRCULATORY ON ROUNDABOUT APPLICATIONS
SEE CONTRACT FOR LENGTH
tL~--------~-
~t L ~------~+-----
DOUBLE WIDE LANE LINE
SEE CONTRACT FOR LENGTH
YELLOW -DBL. CENTERLINE,
WHITE -DBL. LANE LINE
Aug 1, 2022
LONGITUDINAL
MARKING PATTERNS
STANDARD PLAN M-20.10-04
SHEET 1 OF 4 SHEETS
APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
Aug 2, 2022
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER......
BARRIER LINE YELLOW ~• Washingtan State Department of Transportation
...I
...I w
Cl
Cl
:::i
z
0::: w u.
~i'--~~·
DOTTED LANE LINE WHITE
_s r-~
-------~ YELLOW OR WHITE -
SEE NOTE 1
DOTTED EXTENSION LINE
ROUNDABOUT SPECIFIC LINES
•• • •• 3' .. 2' .. 3' ..
.... l
6' 3'
• • • • 3" • ,. _9•--i-3•l
~8"
t
----------
WHITE
WIDE DOTTED LANE LINE
6' l 6' l
WIDE DOTTED EXTENSION LINE
6'
8"
-----------------~\ YELLOW OR WHI~
WIDE DOTTED ENTRY LINE STRONG LANE LINE -SEE NOTE 1
OPTION TO USE AS CIRCULATORY ON ROUNDABOUT APPLICATIONS
4' 3' 4'
•• ·•-· ----· ·•-· ---•• I
8"
WHITE
WIDE DOTTED CIRCULATING LANE LINE
6' l
8"
~ WHITE
Aug 1, 2022
LONGITUDINAL
MARKING PATTERNS
STANDARD PLAN M-20.10-04
SHEET 2 OF 4 SHEETS
APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
,U,.,,,.£. AA/u,u-✓ Aug 2, 2022
Mark Gaines \Aug 2, 2022 10:17 PDT)
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER...,
~• Washingtan State Department of Transportation
-' -' LU
Cl
Cl
::J
z r:r:
LU
LL
:;.:
CD
Ir:r:
Cl
-·1·
-·1·
10'
T
10'
T
10'
T
10'
T
DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC -(TYPICAL)
20'
T
10'
YELLOW~ CENTERLINE, 7
WHITE -LANE LINE
CENTERLINE & LANE LINE
20'
T
10'
I
YELLOW J)
T
10'
T
10'
l ~r:\ ==i: ~ t\ ~
BLACK CON:RAST
STRIPING (TYP.)
NO-PASS LINE & TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN CENTERLINE
10' 10' 20'-·1 -· _·_· -10' 10'l ·_· --~~,
YELL~:o~w~y~E~~~~~===:,:;::B:LA=C::~
STRIPING (TYP.)
REVERSIBLE LANE LINE
.. T l -·-· -T T---~
c====•----WHITE[I1====::::11••\--B·~=NTRAST
10' 10' 20' 10' 10'
STRIPING (TYP.)
WIDE BROKEN LANE LINE
NOTE
1. Dotted Extension Line shall be the same color as the line it is extending.
~
/
ISOMETRIC VIEW
Aug 1, 2022
LONGITUDINAL
MARKING PATTERNS
STANDARD PLAN M-20.10-04
SHEET 3 OF 4 SHEETS
APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
Aug 2, 2022
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER......
~• Washington State Department of Transportation
....I
....I w
0
0
::J
z
0::: w u..
•• ·_· 3' ·_· 3' ·_· _6' _·_· 3' ·_· 3' ·•· ••
BLACK CONTRAST 7
STRIPING (TYP.)
DOTTED LANE LINE
\-WH-IT-E --~
DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC
(TYPICAL)
4"
6' 6' 6' 6'--·1 -· __· --1 -· --1 -· -l ..
WIDE DOTTED EXTENSION LINE
___ 3• T2· ___ 3'
T
BLACK CONTRAST
STRIPING (TYP.)
WHITE
WIDE DOTTED ENTRY LINE
ROUNDABOUT SPECIFIC LINES
2' • 1 ...
...
~12"
6'
•••
BLACK CONTRAST
STRIPING (TYP.)
.. ·1 _· 3' ·1 _· 3' ·1 _· _6' _·_·
3'
· 1 .
3'
BLA~K CONTRAST~--------~-~
WHITE
3'
STRIPING (TYP.)
WIDE DOTTED LANE LINE
T 2· T 2· ___ •• _
1
_ 2· _
1
_ 2· _
1
_
BLACK CONTRAST /
STRIPING (TYP.)
\ YELLOW OR WHITE
(SEE NOTE 1)
DOTTED EXTENSION LINE
• •• -----...
6' 3'
YELLOW OR WHITE
(SEE NOTE 1)
STRONG LANE LINE
4"
· 1 ...
CX) f
OPTION TO USE AS CIRCULATORY ON ROUNDABOUT APPLICATIONS
..
4'
•••
3'
• ••
4'
•••
3' ..
BLACK CONTRAST~
-
\ WHITESTRIPING (TYP.)
WIDE DOTTED Cl RC ULATING LANE LINE
..
rof
Aug 1, 2022
LONGITUDINAL
MARKING PATTERNS
STANDARD PLAN M-20.10-04
SHEET 4 OF 4 SHEETS
APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
Mark Gaines \Aug 2, 2022 10:17 PDT) Aug 2, 2022
STATE DESIGN ENGINEER......
~• Washingtan State Department of Transportation
NOTES:
1. Raised Pavement Markers Types 2YY and 2W, spaced
at 80' (ft) intervals on tangents and on horizontal curves
with a radius of 1500' (ft) or more, and at 40' (ft)
intervals on horizontal curves having radii of less than
1500' (ft). Center the RPMs in the gaps between the
pavement marking lines.
~
=
15'
□
80' (SEE NOTE 1) 80' (SEE NOTE 1)
15' 10' 30' 10' 15'
(TYP.)r TYPE 2YY RPM ~ WHITE EDGE LINE
I I I
/ I
\ =
~
= = □ / □ = □ \ = =
\ I \ 2. Type 2Y RP Ms, when specified, placed outside the left \ \ \ Edge Line at 80' (ft) intervals. See "LEFT EDGE OF LANE
PLACEMENT DETAIL."\_ CENTERLINE \_ NO-PASS LINE \_ DOUBLE CENTERLINE \_ NO PASS LINE
TWO-LANE TWO-WAY TRAFFIC 3. Recessed pavement markers, when specified, installed
at the locations shown for Type 2W RP Ms multilane
one-way roadways, and Type 2YY RPMs on
two-lane two-way roadways.
4. The Type 2W RPMs placed on multilane one-way
roadways and all RPMs set in recesses shall have
an abrasion-resistant coating.
WHITE EDGE LINE 5. Do not recess side-to-side RPMs on Wide Dotted Lane
Lines.
TRAFFIC LANE
LEFT EDGE LANE
TYPE 2Y RPM_) c1
80'
TYPE 2 RPM RAISED FACE COLORS
TYPE 2YY YELLOW AND YELLOW
TYPE 2W WHITE ~ ONE SIDE ONLY
TYPE 2Y YELLOW ~ ONE SIDE ONLY
TYPE 2Y RPM TYPE 2W RPM (SEE NOTE 2)(SEE NOTES 1 & 4)
MULTI-LANE ONE-WAY TRAFFIC LEFT EDGE OF LANE PLACEMENT DETAIL
(SEE NOTE 2)
80' (SEE NOTE 1)
15' 15' 10' 30' 10' 15'
YELLOW EDGE
LINE
3' 9' 3' 9'
4' -6" 4' -6"
3' 9' 3' 9'
4' -6" 4' -6"
3'
Jun 28, 2024
LONGITUDINAL MARKING
SUPPLEMENT WITH RAISED
PAVEMENT MARKERS
ST AND ARD PLAN M-20.30-05
SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS
TYPE 2W RPM (TYP.)
(SEE NOTE 4)WIDE DOTTED LANE LINE DETAIL
(SEE NOTE 6)
APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
Ada~ Jun2s,2024
ST A TE DESIGN ENGINEER......p Washington State
,., Department of Transportation
RECESS LENGTH
TAPER LENGTH FLAT TAPER LENGTH
MARKER
________________j____===-------1.,____________________.L_ 3 -V
PLAN VIEW
TOP OF PAVEMENT TYPE 2YY RPMMARKER (SEE NOTE 4)
TOP OF PAVEMENT 1 ADHESIVE t
1 1·><
~<( 4040 ::::!!:::::!!:
co~
~~
TWO-WAY ROADWAY RESESSED
PAVEMENT MARKER DETAIL
(FOR USE WHERE SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT)
RECESS LENGTH
TAPER LENGTH
PLAN VIEW
611 FLAT
~ MARKER
TYPE 2W RPM ORTOP OF PAVEMENT
TYPE 2YY RPMMARKER
(SEE NOTE 4)
ONE-WAY TRAFFIC TOP OF PAVEMENT 1 ADHESIVE Jun 28, 2024 t----------------------------------------------~~-LONGITUDINAL MARKING
SUPPLEMENT WITH RAISED
PAVEMENT MARKERS40
RADIUS DEPENDS ON ST AND ARD PLAN M-20.30-05SAW BLADE DIAMETER
SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS
SECTION®
ONE-WAY ROADWAY RESESSED
PAVEMENT MARKER DETAIL
(FOR USE WHERE SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT)
APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION
Ada~ Jun2a,2024 ..... ST A TE DESIGN ENGINEER
~.,,,/1 Washington State
Department of Transportation